City Commission - Regular Meeting

Wednesday, July 22, 2026

The City Commission discussed and voted on several key financial and infrastructure items, including a significant debate on funding for water, sewer, and stormwater projects. The Commission ultimately approved a plan to fund these projects through a rate increase, opting against a general obligation bond at this time. Other discussions included a commercial lease amendment, micro-mobility device regulations, and various departmental referrals.

About this meeting

Government Body
City Commission
Meeting Type
City Commission
Location
Miami Beach, FL
Meeting Date
July 22, 2026

Transcript

1438 sections

3:38 – 3:54Speaker 57

Please take your seats. The meeting is about to begin. Remember to speak into the microphone as this meeting is being recorded for public record. Please stand by. We are going on air in five, four, three, two, one.

3:56 – 4:07Speaker 58

Good morning. Good morning, everyone. Thanks for being here. Good morning to my colleagues as well. We'll get started. Busy day and I'll turn it over to our city clerk to give us any relevant information.

4:07 – 5:55Speaker 48

Thank you, Mayor. Good morning. The city commission is physically present in the commission chambers at Miami Beach City Hall, located at 1700 Convention Center Drive, third floor. Members of the public are invited to attend either in person or virtually. If you're joining us virtually, you can log in using the Zoom app or visit the zoom.us on your browser. You can also phone in at 305-224-1968. Again, 305-224-1968. The toll-free number is 888-475-4499. The webinar ID is 813-928-576-71-pound. Again, webinar ID is 813-928-576-71-pound. If you would like to speak virtually on an item during the meeting, please click the raise hand icon in the Zoom app or press star nine on your phone. The Zoom link, webinar ID, and phone number stay the same for every commission meeting. All lobbyists must register with the Office of the City Clerk located on the first floor of City Hall. You do not need to register if you are an expert witness giving only technical or specialized testimony, a representative of a neighborhood association or nonprofit speaking without pay, or a private citizen speaking on your own behalf without compensation. However, if you're an expert witness or a nonprofit or neighborhood rep, you do need to submit a written disclosure to the office of the city clerk before speaking with the commissioner, commission, or city staff. Forms are available at the office of the city clerk. If a lobbyist gives or agrees to give $1,000 or more to a neighborhood association or its representative regarding a city matter, that must be disclosed in writing to the clerk. Note that contingency fees are not permitted to compensate lobbyists. If you plan to speak during the comment period today, We ask you to please sign in. You can sign in in the sign-in sheets on the podium or the QR codes that are also located on the podium. Thank you, Mayor.

5:56 – 8:32Speaker 58

Thank you, Ralph. And before we get started with our invocation, I just wanted to give a shout-out and a thank you and a recognition of the incredible 39 days we had of World Cup. Our city really did shine in a big way worldwide. Personally, just being an American baseball, basketball, football, hockey fan, seeing the world's sport on our stage was something I personally have never witnessed. It was incredible. I tried to get to almost as many watch parties as I could, and it really took a collective effort. There was a lot of people here that my colleagues were so instrumental in bringing the Tartan Army from Scotland, the Norwegian Rowing Club, And certainly I spent a lot of time in North Beach with our Argentinian fans, which is incredible because not only do we have North Beach, which is a little Buenos Aires here, we had fans from Argentina, from other countries, from... Our country, I had fans tell me they came from New York or other places to specifically come to Miami Beach to watch the games here because they knew that the excitement, the energy, the passion was right here in Miami Beach. And I have no doubt we're going to have a lot of repeat visitors after the success we put on. So thank you to all of my colleagues, Eric, our police department fire, sanitation. I mean, this was a major cleanup effort across the board and it was done brilliantly. So kudos to our city and for really making us look like the world-class city we are. So congrats. I would like to ask Dr. Walter T. Richardson, chaplain from Miami-Dade Sheriff's Office. So during spring to come up, during spring break, WE HAVE A LOT OF OFFICERS AND THERE'S A ROLL CALL THAT I KNOW ME AND MY COLLEAGUES SOMETIMES JOIN AND THERE'S HUNDREDS OF POLICE OFFICERS THERE FROM OUR MIAMI BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT, THE SHERIFF'S OFFICE, STATE POLICE, OTHER CITIES. IT'S REALLY SOMETHING TO BEHOLD. SO MANY DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS COMING TOGETHER WITH ONE GOAL AND TO KEEP EVERYONE SAFE WHICH WE'VE DONE BRILLIANTLY THE LAST THREE YEARS. BUT DR. gave the invocation there one morning, and I and my team walked over to him afterwards, and I'm like, you have to come to our commission meeting. You spoke brilliantly and eloquently, and I'm so proud to have you here.

8:35 – 15:33Speaker 3

Thank you, Mr. Mayor, and to you and to all the members of the dais. God bless each of you, and I so much appreciate this opportunity. Before I pray, I would like to mention that I'm warmed by this by this setting as a little boy coming up in Liberty City Coming across the bridge to come to Miami Beach as a little boy with my parents and my little brother We enjoyed riding through Miami Beach When I was old enough to understand a few more things about life we stopped on Collins Avenue and And I wanted to get out of the car to see the sights and to feel the ground beneath me. And my daddy quickly advised me that that was not a good idea because at that point colored people, as we were called then, were not allowed to walk the streets of Miami Beach. I remember that. I remember that with sadness because I didn't understand why, as a colored person, I was not able to walk the streets of Miami Beach. Let me give you another perspective. In 1960, when the Lincoln Road Mall opened, I was 12 years old, and for the first time in my life, I felt free because that mall was open to the public. And I was able to ride the trains that they had at that time for the children and their escorts to go up and down Lincoln Road Mall, one of the first malls built without street traffic. And so I'm glad to be here. This is warming for me. And thank you again for the invitation. There are three Abrahamic traditions that speak about those who are called to be leaders in God's house, making sure that they instruct the people of their communities to pray for civic and government leaders. Judaism through Jeremiah says that we must pray for our leaders because they, by their doing well and honoring God, bring peace to the city The Christian scriptures offers a rabbi by the name of Paul who says virtually the same thing. He says, pray for rulers and magistrates that there may be peace in the community. And even Muhammad in his writings in the Quran urge us to make sure that we lift up in prayer those who lead us in our communities. It's a very sobering reminder of what happens when people do not pray for their leaders. It's also a very telling comment about what happens when we do pray. God promises to bring peace to the city, to the community, if we lift up our leaders in prayer. So with that in mind, I'd like to pray for everyone here today. Let's pray. eternal and ever-present one, source of all order and origin of all justice. We gather this morning in gratitude, grateful for another sunrise over this city by the sea, grateful for the sacred labor of governance, and grateful for the leaders assembled here to steward it. God, we give you thanks to Mayor Stephen Minor, whose commitment to law and order is not cold enforcement of statutes, But the warm safeguarding of a community's peace grant him, oh God, the wisdom to know when firmness serves the people and when flexibility serves the people. The courage to lead decisively and the compassion to remember that behind every ordinance stands a human being. We give you thanks and pray for city manager Eric Carpenter, whose care for the city's workforce reflects the truth This House of Government too easily forgets that an institution is only as strong as those who show up each day to serve. May he continue to lead not merely with competence but with kindness, honoring the dignity of every employee whose labor, often unseen, keeps this city running. Oh God, we give you thanks for Chief Wayne Jones. entrusted with the delicate balance of protecting our streets while preserving the very spirit that makes Miami Beach the coolest city. Keep it vibrant, welcoming, alive. May he walk that line with integrity, ensuring safety never comes at the expense of soul, and that security and celebration remain partners rather than opposites. We give you thanks for these members Board of City Commissioners, call to the demanding work of deliberation and decision. Grant them patient minds in disagreement, generous hearts in debate, and a shared devotion to the common good that outlasts any single vote or term. Bind all of these leaders together, we pray, not in uniformity of opinion, but in unity of purpose that Miami Beach might flourish as a city of safety and soul, order and opportunity, discipline and delight. For those who serve and those who are served, for residents and visitors, for the vulnerable among us who look to this body for protection and provision, we ask your continued favor upon this city and this commission. May this session be conducted with integrity, its decisions marked by justice, and its outcomes measured in the well-being of the people of this great city called Miami Beach. We ask this in the name of the God who is known by many names, worshiped in many languages, and trusted by all who call on the divine in sincerity and in truth. Let us all together say amen.

15:37 – 18:39Speaker 58

Dr. Richardson, no surprise. You did not disappoint. Thank you. I wanted to take a moment to recognize that while we are taking obviously serious work of our city today, while we celebrated the World Cup, there's still a nation that is dealing with tremendous tragedy of the earthquakes, Venezuela. Thousands have died, rescue operations underway. Many, many, many children have been lost. And we try to do our part here in Miami Beach. We sent four firefighters to volunteer. Two are present with us, Chief David Sola and Lieutenant Pete Darley. Thank you for being here. Also want to acknowledge firefighter Michael Savadro and Lieutenant Ivan Chavez, who also took it upon them, putting their life in danger, going into a very dangerous situation, dealing with the after effects of an earthquake. Wanted to invite up two children to really recognize the children of Venezuela who have either been lost, lost parents, are now orphans, and we have to acknowledge their pain. And I'd like to ask James and Astrid to come up and hold the Venezuelan flag. Thank you Jose Frias for doing your work and being Venezuelan yourself to really keep this at the forefront. We also had donations at our fire stations to send food over. And I'd like to ask us to do a 30 second moment of silence while James and Astrid hold the flag. Thank you. We continue to pray for the people and the nation of Venezuela. I think one thing the World Cup definitely showed us is that we're a united world. We have to keep uniting and not let the differences divide us. I'd like to ask Chief David Sola and Lieutenant Pete Darley, James and Astrid, you're welcome to join as well, Jose, in leading us in the Pledge of Allegiance.

18:49Speaker 1

Thank you and God bless. So today,

19:17 – 20:31Speaker 58

Before we start with, thank you for being patient to our speakers who are gonna speak, but I asked Michael Rossi from the Miami Beach Classical Music Festival Youth Program to bring a couple of his students. We're celebrating America 250 this year, and I think it's been a great celebration on July 4th. You put on a wonderful show, Michael, and your Miami Beach Classical Music Festival team. I highly recommend and you do a show for the holidays at the end of the year celebrating. I highly recommend anybody who hasn't seen the show to come and see it. It is first class, it's free, and it just shows what we do here at Miami Beach. But you are training and inspiring young local artists. You provide music education, mentorship, performance opportunities. You had this summer over 40 local youth participate in a full-time youth camp located at Temple Emanuel. not too far, for seven full weeks. And today, we are very fortunate to have Soleil Nation, Soleil Nation, 12 years old, and Maria Perroza, 16 years old, to celebrate today with us and America 250 by singing God Bless America.

21:08 – 22:51Speaker 25

God bless America Land that I love Stand beside her and guide her Through the night with the light from above From the mountain, to the prairie, to the ocean, white with foam, God bless America, my home sweet home. God bless America One that I love Stand beside her and guide her Through the night with a light from above From the mountains To the prairie, to the ocean, to the waves where we're from God bless America, my home Sweet home

23:20 – 23:45Speaker 58

Soleil, Maria, that was absolutely incredible. You have no idea what you just gave to all of us, so thank you. And I see some proud moms in the room, which is always great to see. Thank you, Michael. Okay, I think we've had a very inspiring morning so far, and I'd like to start our Sutnick Hour.

23:45 – 24:22Speaker 46

Good morning. Good morning, Mayor and City Commissioner, City Commission. My name is Annabel Urrea. I am the new IG liaison for Mayor Daniela Levine Cava's office. So I am taking over David Leyte Vidal's position. So I just wanted to introduce myself personally to you guys and just, you know, wanted to, Mayor wanted me to come here and, you know, just keep on growing the relationship and strengthening it because it's been a wonderful one for the past few years. So please, I'm here to help you or if you need anything with the mayor or the county, I'm your girl. Okay? And Blake has my contact information. So anything you guys need, I'm here for you.

24:23Speaker 58

Thank you. Thank you. Tell Mayor Cobb what we say hello. I will. She's a friend. Thank you.

24:27Speaker 46

Absolutely. Thank you.

24:29Speaker 48

Welcome. Next, please. State your name, address, I have two minutes.

24:38 – 26:38Speaker 24

Good morning, Jose Alzi, 788 South East Park Drive. I'm a resident of Hialeah, but I come here to talk as a resident of Miami-Dade County. Miami-Dade County has invested billions and the county has invested billions for the services you provide. The residents of Miami-Dade County, like me, I'm here almost every weekday morning, either working out in your Muscle Beach or walking my dog in your beautiful parks. My concern, I followed the prayer, what the pastor was saying. I used to pray for Miami Beach, but now I'm praying for Miami. I used to pray for Hialeah, but now I'm praying for Miami Beach because the danger that my family did in Cuba, you guys are facing that danger. And what Miami City of New York faced, you guys are facing that danger. So did Venezuela when Chavez came as a... Socialist Democrat. Fidel came as a Socialist Democrat. There were many videos on that. You can watch it on YouTube. I specifically ask you to be aware of that. Don't think that you're immune to it, just like New York City was immune thinking that would never happen to them. I... I ask you, Commissioner Alex Fernandez, I know you're very in with the LGBT community, but let them know that communists like Fidel Castro put homosexuals in camps. Let them know the real reason why the movement is behind. And the people of faith, they don't get involved with politics. And like the Catholic faith could have stopped, the Catholic Church could have stopped either Hitler and they could have stopped Fidel Castro, but they chose not to get involved. And Mayor Steve Miner, I know you have a targeting hand. You're aware of that because you're open with your faith. And you guys are primed for that because only 17,000 of your residents determine the outcome, and the special election is half of that. And they're very active already in North Beach telling them, oh, look at all the services North Beach has compared to South Beach. Capitalists, you know, they're taking And you have a lot of young people that they're very active, you know. So even though it's only a small amount, please don't let your guard down. Don't think it could never happen to you. That's what they were saying in New York City four years ago. Be aware of that. And I love coming to Miami Beach and I love everything you do.

26:41Speaker 48

Thank you. Next, please. State your name, address. You have two minutes.

26:46 – 28:48Speaker 6

My name is Gina Russ. I'm 2800 Sunset Drive, Miami. I'm here to ask you to please call today or move to consent. 9F, reference P-S-N-Q-L-C, to rename a street in honor of Dennis Russ. Many of you knew Dennis personally. Many of you worked with Dennis. Dennis was one of the unsung heroes of Miami Beach, the Art Deco District, Lincoln Road, Washington Avenue, and affordable housing. And you've gotten letters of support from community leaders, Neeson Kasdan, Marty... I RECEIVED A LETTER TODAY AND I JUST WANTED TO READ. THIS IS FROM SUSIE JACOBS WHO WORKED WITH DENNIS IN THE 80s AND I THINK SHE SUMMED UP DENNIS. She said, if Barbara Kappenman was the face, then Dennis was the backbone. He saw the beauty, value, and worked tirelessly to restore South Beach's charm. If you didn't participate in early preservation efforts, you could have missed his contributions. Fame wasn't his motivation. He wasn't flashy, nor did he rush. Instead, Dennis laughed and kept building the city we celebrate today. Dennis Russ was a great guy, so smart and kind. one of a kind and definitely deserving of collective memory. So I ask you to please honor his work. These are the kind of people we want to help Miami Beach. He loved Miami Beach. As you know, he died a couple months ago and this would be a great honor to him and the people that worked with him and the people that have learned from him and he was mentored by. So I respectfully ask you to please agree to name a street and the specific streets that we've requested are, I have 10 seconds, The naming of either 14th Street from Ocean Drive to Pennsylvania Avenue or 12th Street from Washington Avenue to Meridian Avenue. Thank you so much for your consideration.

29:04 – 31:08Speaker 7

Good morning, everybody. My name is Dana Stillman. I've been a Miami Beach resident for 15 years, and I'm here to discuss the spring breaking of our cat overpopulation problem. Over the last few weeks and months, I have met with most of you or your amazing staff members regarding our cat program and have been very, very pleased with the feedback I've been getting regarding improvements to the program. Today, Miami Beach has the opportunity to become a leader, not only with responding to the cat overpopulation, but in preventing it. That starts with owned pet cats. not the ones that we've already failed that are living outside. And that's a fact. Whether you love cats or don't like cats, we can all agree there should be less of them. Right now, our city spends most of its time and resources managing the consequences of this problem and not addressing the root cause. Right at this moment, we have thousands of unaltered Miami Beach cats reproducing, and last month I went over how ridiculous it is to drive them off the beach to get them fixed. Every year we rescue kittens through our Trap, Neuter, Vaccinate return program, We respond to complaints and we also load hundreds of cats onto expensive private planes operated by various nonprofits, which basically kicks the cost over to them to get them out of South Florida where they will have a chance at a better life. Yet despite those efforts, our cat population continues to grow. Our taxpayers deserve a system that delivers better results for every single dollar invested. Every cat prevented from reproducing today means fewer kittens born tomorrow, fewer kittens dying in the bushes, which is what happens, Fewer complaints lower public health risks, reduce pressure on city departments, shelters, veterinarians, nonprofits, volunteers, and lower long-term costs for our community. Communities across the country have already demonstrated that when prevention becomes the primary strategy, cat populations decline, costs decrease, and outcomes improve for both animals and residents. In September, together with your help, I look forward to presenting a comprehensive spay and neuter prevention-based initiative that builds on those models, starting with the Miami Beach Spay and Neuter Task Force. County participation will be essential because this issue extends beyond municipal boundaries and significant funding opportunities will be available. Thank you.

31:14 – 33:32Speaker 28

Good morning, Mitch Novick, 901 Collins. At May's commission meeting, six of you voted to hand another $100,000 to the chair and owner of the Betsy Hotel to subsidize the Ocean Drive Association's music series, often held inside the hotel's lobby. Despite the fact that I had my hand raised to speak, no public comment was taken before the subsidy was approved. Then, at last week's Finance Committee meeting, the same six of you voted to spend another 137,000 to print and mail the antiquated Miami Beach Magazine, even though it's already available online. This publication produced by our very own Office of Marketing and Communication has become a fitting example of the taxpayer waste that occurs all too often within the walls of City Hall. Today I urge you to pull item C7C from the consent agenda. Why would this self-proclaimed budget-conscious commission spend nearly $1 million on an outside consultant to communicate with West Avenue residents about a construction project? We already employ 19 people in the city's Office of Marketing and Communication. Surely this arm of government has the expertise and capacity to handle public outreach for the West Avenue residents without outsourcing taxpayer dollars. I'll continue to argue that taxpayers are being fleeced while special interests continue to receive preferential treatment. If the city has discretionary funds available, those dollars should be directed toward genuine public priorities such as after-school children's programs, or even the repavement of the basketball court at South Point Elementary, rather than producing a costly, glossy magazine that's already available online or subsidizing a private organization's music series. Thank you.

33:33Speaker 48

Next, please.

33:37 – 35:34Speaker 2

Good morning, Mayor and Commissioners. My name is Ofer Manor. I am the owner of Blue Star Linen in Hialeah. We do business with hotels in Miami Beach. Last year, we value the relationship with the city. We always try to work with the city on every issue that arouse. And last year, we had an agreement with the magistrate and the city regarding parking tickets that was above $100,000. The global agreement was supposed to cover everything that was before 2025, and recently we just got another ticket from 2024 of above $10,000. It's very hard to deal with the parking issues coming with the trucks to deliver linen to hotels. Those are very big bins that each one of them weigh above 600 or 700 pounds. And there's no parking at all the places that we need to service. The magistrate asked us to meet with the parking department and we've been trying to deal with them and have a face-to-face meeting to find a solution to the places that we don't have parking and how to work it out to make things available and fair for everybody. And we're not able to make that meeting. We're getting the runaround. We want to ask you to to help us with getting that meeting with the parking department to resolve these issues. We don't want to be causing any issues with parking, but we want to find a solution to our problem. Thank you very much. Eric, can you meet up with him or your team?

35:34Speaker 58

Absolutely. Thank you for coming in.

35:36Speaker 2

Thank you very much.

35:40 – 36:22Speaker 35

Good morning, Mayor and Commissioners. My name is Claudia Jagat and I'm here on behalf of the Lincoln Road bid. I wanted to make sure you were aware that the Lincoln Road bid supports agenda item R7H regarding the proposed lease amendment with R.K. Rivani LLC for 1691 Michigan Avenue. We've also submitted a letter of support for the record outlining the bid's position. In case I'm not present, if When this item is called, I wanted to ensure that our support is noted. We believe this proposal represents a positive investment in Lincoln Road and will continue to add to the district's long-term vitality. Thank you for your time and consideration.

36:30 – 38:29Speaker 17

Good morning, Commission, Mayor. Nice to see all of you. My time already started. For something different, and since South Beach inspires in me poetry, I wrote a brief poem to share. This is in regards to the Washington Avenue Up Zone, proposed primarily by the commissioners that's not seated there right now. What's wrong with leaving what's left of our small historic district untouched by a bulldozer or wrecking ball? Why not be content with our unique two- to five-story buildings tall? Residents wish not breathe construction dust and debris, but rather, as Paul McCartney says, let it be. Yet let it not be in disrepair, empty, deteriorating, as there are dozens of ways without new build for renovating. How about a marketing campaign targeting Brickell Gen Z? Out of place in that intense vertical space. Or applying for HP grants. Many there are. We likely wouldn't need to look that far. Or imagine our own version of Key West 30's island conversion. read about it. It is cool. History is in the making here, and tearing down our old buildings should not be part of that, to be sure, to be clear. Este es un distrito histórico, icónico y único. I'll end with my 20 seconds. I might even change out what I'll end with. I love the micro-mobility movement. I think everybody under 18 should have to wear a helmet, and I love that you are making a way, Mayor Minor, for people that have a mental problem that get in legal trouble. I read about that as well. And I like the MB Magazine for the record.

38:30Speaker 48

Excuse me. I didn't catch your name. Your name?

38:33Speaker 17

My bad. Jessica Pita, 639 13th Street. Thank you so much. Thank you all.

38:45 – 41:39Speaker 45

Good morning, everybody. I want to kind of open this up to our neighborhood. Kevin Krueger, nine-year South Beach resident. So good morning, neighbors and commissioners. Coach Kevin, I've been here promoting sports tourism most of the last seven years, as a lot of you guys know. And I want to ask, because it's viral on video worldwide right now, especially on YouTube, how much do you miss our FIFA fans? How fun were they? And I want to open up with a quick Q&A. I'll probably ask you like four or five different moments Which moment in hosting our sports tourists was your favorite was the Argentinian fan game watches at the Miami Beach fanshell show of hands could probably pick more than one if you want was it the the finding the the footballs that oversized soccer balls with the with the foreign flags that was kind of cool that was done also with badger ops it was a little scavenger hunt you could do really cool experience celebrating our foreign fan flags the Brazilians saw Samba dancing in the streets don't forget that that was during the group round and Brazilians something there we go The Scottish Tartan Army, I think that's got a lot of hands. The Norwegian Viking row we just had, I know that's got a lot of hands. Fresh on the mind, but don't forget. Others? None? Anyone dissatisfied? I ask because, and I hope that the hotels and restaurants got a lot of great stories and filled your bank accounts, but I ask because if you notice, the common denominator are the fans. So years ago, a unanimous commission sponsored my suggestion that we rebrand the month of March, and we did some fitness activations. But what I recognized then was that's going to lack fans in the hotels and restaurants, I think. some of them are here represented, deserve those fans. They deserve those dollars. So with competition and our fitness competitions, starting with 305K and half marathon in place, I would like to help the marketing department, the tourism department, this commission could be the first to program an entire month that lasts well over a decade. We can own the month of March. You know, beyond sports and fitness, you all know that I'm going to present to you at some point more formally Miami Beach games or some other concept. And I've sat down with the tourism department. But I want to ask the audience, would you like more fans on their best behavior? Okay, great. With that, I'd like to follow up with you next month in the tourism department and continue. And feel free to add your own Q&A and answer in the last 10 seconds if you want.

41:40 – 41:51Speaker 58

Thank you, sir. Thank you, Kevin. You've been very consistent for years. Patient. Patient in health and wellness. And you've got to feel proud that it's happening.

41:51 – 42:20Speaker 45

Well, I think it's this FIFA host committee that I've been strategizing and learning as we go. And I think that's what it is. I don't want to be a producer. I want our city to host. And it's a we. It's 85,000 people, as we just did. and the host committee's not producing the World Cup, but they've done such a great job as did our city. So compliments to all of us, residents included. So I'm here to help if asked. Thank you.

42:26 – 44:51Speaker 23

Good morning. I may need just a couple of seconds extra, but I hope not. I have a letter to read to you. Dear Mayor, Stephen Miner, City Manager, Mr. Eric Carpenter, and members of the City Commission. I'm writing and speaking before you as a director of Sobey Business Alliance. Sobey Business Alliance has now grown into having 47 members, of which 27 members are comprised of Ocean Drive hotels, restaurants, cafes, and retail establishments. Our hotel members include the Park Central Hotel, the Bentley Hotel, the Beacon Hotel, Colony Hotel, Breakwater Hotel, Edison Hotel, the Clevelander Hotel, the Villa Casa Casa Arena, Versace Mansion, Hotel Victor, Hotel Ocean, the Carlisle Hotel. Over 25 Ocean Drive cafes, restaurants, and retail establishments are also members. We also have hotel members on Collins Avenue. This organization now constitutes the largest Ocean Drive and South Beach business organization in Miami Beach. All of these hotels, restaurants, cafes, and retail establishments are unified in the importance of Ocean Drive remaining fully open and accessible to vehicular traffic and for our valets on Ocean Drive as well as restoration and maintenance of side street parking. We are also vitally concerned with all major events held on the beach, in Loomis Park, and on Ocean Drive, and most importantly, life safety emergency services on Ocean Drive. This organization exceeds the amount of real estate of property tax paying properties and Ocean Drive Association and as such wishes to become an active participant in all decision making processes relative to Ocean Drive going forward into the future. We look forward to a close association and dialogue with the city of Miami Beach and other South Beach civic organizations. Thank you so much for your time.

44:51Speaker 58

Thank you, David.

44:59 – 48:06Speaker 11

Hello, everyone. My name is Christina Vega. I live in Golden Dreams Condominium, 65 Washington Avenue. As the United States of America is celebrating 250th birthday, little or maybe none of us asked, what does United States of America want for his birthday. What does it need from us? And what it wants is respect. It wants for us to be united. It wants us to respect the law, history, and law-abiding people who live here. I have a doubt, as a founder of Cyber Money Laundering and Real Estate Investigations Corp, a company that investigates cyber-enabled crimes, that Citi respects the law and the history. A year ago, I discovered that plot books, plot books are documents that describe, visualize the land of Miami-Dade. were replaced with forged ones between 2009 to 2011. I specifically spoke to Commissioner Tanya Bhatt via Facebook Messenger and notified about this. I sent many emails regarding this matter to the mayor, the city manager, building department, and other officials. One of such plot books is a plot book describing South Beach, which is Black Book 281. It has streets that never existed on our land. For example, Orange Street, Mango Street, Pear Street. Furthermore, after more research, we came across this old Miami Beach book, which was published in 1994. What we discovered is that majority of mortgages and deeds were also removed from county records. One of the most disturbing discoveries are the review findings of our permits, applications for development, and documents submitted by the developers. 1250 West Avenue, two LLCs that do not exist, Delaware LLCs, San Juan Hotel, Barclay Hotel, But the most disturbing are the bank applications, Bank of America and PNC Bank. Those two have inaccurate claims regarding the land and identity of the applicant. Because Miami Beach permits are being used for Know Your Customer CDD requirements, we are filing petition for injunction under the Bank Secrecy Act with the United States Secretary of Treasury. Thank you so much.

48:08 – 48:22Speaker 48

Seeing no one else in the audience, I'm going to go to Zoom. Jeff Burkow, state your name, address. You have two minutes. Let's go then to Johan Moore.

48:28 – 50:40Speaker 27

Good morning, Commissioners. Johan Moore, 717 Jefferson Avenue. I want to speak to two topics today, three items in total. I want to express my appreciation for Commissioner Fernandez C7AO and urge that that move forward expeditiously. Any and all efforts to amend Live Local can only benefit our communities. My primary comments today revolve around items R5AJ and R5AI. While I and many of my neighbors would very much welcome the return of 3,000 of our now lost residents due to census data shows, we believe that there are better ways to do so than changing the zoning in a shoot from the hip fashion on Washington Avenue, such as an item that would incentivize reconversion of formerly low income housing that is now short-term rentals back to affordable housing. That would be an item that we would be able to support. We further would argue that a program to incentivize culture and arts undertakings to fill the vacant storefronts on Washington Avenue might be an efficacious attempt at reviving it as a commercial corridor, albeit of a different flavor. We oppose the height and the bulk that would be imposed on our neighborhood, that would infringe on our neighborhood. uh there is the possibility under this item of at least one seven-story tall building uh possibly with twice the bulk of moxie or good time on each and every single block thank you next caller is sharon sharon state your name address you have two minutes uh good morning sharon it's two three three eighty eight

50:41 – 52:30Speaker 37

There are so many topics on today's agenda that about two minutes is not sufficient. I'm just going my thoughts in a way that covers everything in a general manner. First, I'd like to thank Commissioner Suarez and the other commissioners who voted along with him for making the salary portal public. Having this information is a huge and rare benefit to the residents. Next, I know I am not alone in saying that I am completely disgusted and demoralized right now. Resident taxpayers cover 63 percent of the city's budget. But time and again, we feel like we've passed in consideration behind developed consultants, centers, hotel companies, and its own employees. And despite covering 63 percent of the budget, we can't even in the ocean because it is completely polluted by matter. Even worse when the city, whether it is the elected for the highly city employees, mismanage projects and go over budget, the very first response is to make the residents pay for it. It is not a creative solution to offer a geo bond as an alternative to higher water bills to pay for infrastructure upgrades, just as an example. Both of those options are just different ways of making the taxpayer shoulder most of the financial burden to solve a problem that we did not cause. And again, this is just one example. Time and again, the stakeholders who make a lot of money off of our city, hotel operators, developers, beach concessionaires, tow companies, they get freebies from the city and are never asked to participate in a financially meaningful way. The continued reliance on residents as the city's ATM has got to stop. We have had enough. Thank you for your consideration.

52:32 – 52:51Speaker 48

Thank you so much. Our next virtual caller has a phone number ending in 304. Please state your name, address, and you have two minutes. Please unmute yourself. PJ, let's go then to Larry Schaefer.

52:58 – 53:59Speaker 50

Larry Schaffer, 233 81st Street. Did the mayor leave the room? He didn't want to hear the people. How can a world-class town have residents and turks are swimming in poop? Why did the state shut down multiple beaches because of poop pollution? Where is the feces? Don't interrupt. Where is the feces coming from, mayor? Is the city of Miami Beach water company polluting its own waters? We have waterfront sewage pumps in many of the sites that are testing poorly. Why has Parkview Canal been polluted for six years or more? Why is the second most polluted place in the U.S. in a world-class town? Why is your backyard, Mayor, with feces? It hits differently. Your backyard is now testing six times higher than the notorious Parkview Canal. Is this what you want from Miami Beach, Dave? All the tourists at the waters, you have 2,500 employees and so much money. Look at the salary you pay the employees, and you expect swimming feces while employees become multimillionaires. Operation Climber was a failure. Well, organizational changes are taking. Where's the water testing lab you promised?

54:02Speaker 48

Our next caller is Judith Smigel.

54:11 – 56:07Speaker 25

condominium. I'm speaking against the proposed ordinance to double the size of the larger development on Washington Avenue. I know that we all love this fabulous city, but I've also fondly remembered her promises to protect our very special quality of life by not allowing out of state development. We do not want larger and taller buildings. That's not what led to What we do want housing for people that live and work here. I know that there are steps that exist that need to be required, that developers take steps to ensure that places only are able to rent. Now, let's be honest. This is a fragile city. People would love a place to rent, even if it's only $1,530, which is not smart. People would never place near the beach. What's to keep corporations from renting out apartments as opposed to those people? What's to keep groups of people from renting out and sharing it? What's to keep unlicensed districts and renters? Who's going to staff any project to make sure there's no built-in renters? Plus, if you want to live and work on the beach, you may actually need to deposit cash. You're not going to depend on buses to get to work at Mount Sinai. Again, I believe that everybody that's involved with this audience really does have the best of intentions and just want any development to be more thoughtful, to think about the impact on residents. Thousands of people living without parking, for instance, what that's going to do with adjacent very already very limited parking. And thank you.

56:10Speaker 48

Thank you. Our next caller is Elba Machado from V&E Group.

56:17 – 58:01Speaker 8

Hi, good morning. Good morning. Elba Machado from V&E Hospitality Group. And I'm here in support of item R9G, continuing the food and beverage partnership with Sodexo Live. I'd like to say that for the hospitality industry, the convention center and Sodexo Live are an economic engine for our city. Every successful convention brings visitors who feel hotels, restaurants, shops, and the quality of their experience, including the hospitality and culinary services Sodexo Life provides within the convention center play a role in whether those groups choose Miami Beach again. Yes, please. Also, Sodexo Life's collaborative approach has also led local businesses like ours participate directly in conventions and major events, sharing Miami Beach flavor and culture with thousands of visitors and strengthening our local restaurant community. On a personal note, and for the last four years, V Hospitality Groups particularly has hosted our Employee Appreciation Breakfast at the Convention Center. It's one of the few times each year we get to celebrate our team who make hospitality possible for us. And thanks to Sodexo Life's team and their affordable and practical approach, our employees get the same excellence we work to give our guests. So the finance committee analysis confirms that the renewing the agreement present existing investments avoids unnecessary transition costs and required no additional cost for taxpayer while protecting the city's reputation as a premier destination for meetings and conventions. So on behalf of VA hospitality group, we respectfully urge you to support the administration's recommendation and continue investing in the stability and long-term success of Sodexo Live at the Miami Beach Convention Center. Thank you.

58:02Speaker 48

Thank you so much. Our next caller is Wayne Roberts. Go ahead, sir.

58:08 – 1:00:05Speaker 52

Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. I've supported each and every one of you at some point in your career to be a politician. And I've never been so disappointed by a group of people in my 65 years of life. When it comes to budgets, thankfully, the compensation was put out there. And I was shocked that a FIRE EMS employee, several, makes $500,000 last year, and they're running at about a pace based on their last biweekly check to running at $760,026. On top of that, they make hundreds of thousands of dollars in pension payments, medical, use of cars, food. It's over a million dollars if this year's run rate is biweekly for those employees. There are many examples of that across many divisions within the government. You've doubled many salaries in the process in the last two years, which is unfair to the taxpayer, and it's an abuse of our tax system. What's more, we have lost in the county 278,000 residents in the last five years, and it's not because we didn't have enough housing. Clearly, the hundreds of hundreds of FAR increases across the county, has not made an improvement to the residential quality of life, which is the driving factor of where people want to live. FAR is against the policy of humans. It blocks the sun. It pollutes the ocean. It creates a bureaucracy in government. And I urge you, I urge you, ladies and gentlemen, to change direction, change course that is about humans and residents. Thank you very much.

1:00:06Speaker 48

Our next caller is Jeff Burkow.

1:00:15 – 1:01:32Speaker 21

Thank you. Can you hear me? Yes. Okay, thank you, Mr. Clerk, Mr. Mayor and Commissioners, Jeff Burkow, 590 Lakeview Drive. This morning, the Commission is considering several items to fund improvements to our critical infrastructure, R7A, B and C, and R9G. I'm part of a group of Lakeview residents advocating for funding for stormwater improvements to address the terrible flooding conditions in the western part of our neighborhood. We want the Commission to agree on an infrastructure funding program that the voters will approve this November. The city's stormwater infrastructure needs are pressing and the critical neighborhood projects need funding, but climate change is not waiting for us. When you evaluate the available alternatives later this morning, please choose a program that has the greatest likelihood of securing voter approval. Because if that vote fails, lenders will stop lending, insurers will stop insuring, property values and our tax base will drop and it will be catastrophic for our city. Thank you.

1:01:33Speaker 48

Thank you. Our next caller is Audrey. State your name and address.

1:01:41Speaker 14

Hi, good morning. Can you hear me?

1:01:43Speaker 48

Yes, go ahead, please.

1:01:45 – 1:03:39Speaker 14

Okay. My name is Audrey Phelan. I'm at 1309 Euclid Avenue. And I'd like to just share that as a community member of the FPNA and also the FPNA subcommittee who's kind of working with the concepts of the Washington Avenue development, I'd just like to say that There really shouldn't be any quote unquote improvements to Washington Avenue, especially south of 17th, that should be made without the input and influence of the FP&A and its subcommittees as these are the residents of that community. And we're very open to all people who live in that community and even people beyond our immediate community. And also, to kind of, I mean, it's obvious, but you know, the sky above is not quote available space. And I understand that developers see a really great community. They see dollar signs and they see a lot of space that they can develop upwards and outwards to the street. And that would, in effect, destroy not only why they're coming there, but it would also destroy the people who live there and work there. And I hope that the commissioners who've shown support of the community over developers, I hope that they continue to support the community and the ones who have supported. I'm sorry, I don't have all their names written down, but there's a lot of you, and it's very, very much appreciated by the community members. And I the mayor for his support. And I think that's all. And I'd like to thank Johan and Jessica for speaking up as well. Thank you very much. Have a good morning.

1:03:39Speaker 48

Thank you. Our next caller is Charlie. Charlie, state your name, address. You have two minutes.

1:03:45 – 1:05:00Speaker 19

Hi, it's Charlie Fisher. I'm at 635 Euclid. Nice to see you all. I'll speak a little bit more to Washington Avenue later, but I just wanted to bring up three points. They are, one, I think it's interesting that we're discussing the crumbling infrastructure that we currently have and raising taxes and bonds to pay for that infrastructure because it's crumbling. and at the same meeting discussing passing legislation which would encourage huge buildings being built in the very area that our infrastructure is crumbling. It's like we can't have crumbling infrastructure, expect to pay for it, and then lose the character of our neighborhood. We need to fix what we have, not try to add more to it. And the second point I was going to make is we were sold an idea of switching hotel and condo incentives, but what we got was an increase in FAR from two to four along Washington Avenue. It's not the same thing. These are gigantic buildings that are being proposed in a neighborhood that doesn't want it, and with infrastructure that we're currently trying to figure out how to raise money to pay to improve. It feels misguided, and I'm calling to oppose it. I'll speak later to it when the item is called. Thank you.

1:05:01Speaker 48

Thank you. Our next caller has a phone number ending in 304. Please unmute yourself and state your name and address.

1:05:12Speaker 47

Okay, PJ, let's go to the next caller.

1:05:14Speaker 48

Has a screen name of Miami Beach. Go ahead, please.

1:05:25 – 1:06:46Speaker 1

Good morning to all. My name is Wanda Jamin, 8305 Presby Boulevard. Today I echo the sentiments of my friends and neighbors, especially Sharon Weiss and Larry Schaefer, expressing and stating the dissatisfaction with the way a city is moving. They said it better than me and I feel and think the same way. Please govern with common sense. However, with that said, today I want to give credit where credit is due. Mr. Mayor, thank you for your opening remarks today. Not only was it moving to hear you commemorate America's 250th milestone, I truly love America. But although I'm not Venezuelan, your touching acknowledgement of Venezuela and its people during their ongoing devastating crisis meant the world to me and to many of us here. Bringing such human empathy and global awareness to a local forum was deeply touching. And I am truly grateful for your gesture. God bless America, God bless the people of Venezuela, and God bless the entire world. Thank you.

1:06:47 – 1:07:03Speaker 48

Thank you, PJ. Let's try 304 again. I appreciate your words. Phone number 304. Okay, this is the third time, so we're going to stop Suttnick right now. There's no one else. Thank you.

1:07:04Speaker 58

Great. Let's get to the consent agenda. Yes, sir.

1:07:08 – 1:08:36Speaker 48

Mayor, the following items have been separated from the consent agenda. The mayor has separated C7G. These are all on the list that we provided to you. Commissioner Dominguez has separated C7AG. Commissioner Fernandez has separated C2E. Commissioner Mateo Salinas has separated C2E and C7O. And Commissioner Suarez is separating C7C and C7AN. Some announcements to make. On the dais, you have an addendum that was submitted yesterday. It's addendum three. You have the packet in front of you. In the dais, it's C7AS. Evaluate consolidating departments requested by Commissioner Suarez. Also, these are not on your list, okay? R5I is being opened and continued. R5. R5-O is being open and continued. R5-I, open and continued. R5-O, open and continued, both to September 10th meeting. May I have a motion to approve the consent agenda excluding the separated items and excluding the addendum items that the mayor will hear after five? So moved. Motion by Commissioner Fernandez. I have a second from Commissioner Suarez. All in favor of the consent agenda excluding separated and addendum items, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, the agenda is approved 7-0, the consent agenda.

1:08:38Speaker 58

Great. We'll get started. We've got a lot of items, but I think we can get through most of it today. So that's the challenge that I'm putting on myself and all of us. R5A.

1:08:52 – 1:09:09Speaker 48

R5A is an Orders of the Mayor, City Commissioner, City of Miami Beach, Florida amending Chapter 10 entitled Animals by Repealing Section 10-21 entitled Shore-Based Shark Fishing, Prohibited Definitions, Penalties, and Provisions for Repealer, Survivability, Qualification, and an Effective Date. This is a second reading public hearing. It is item R5A.

1:09:10Speaker 12

I move the item. Second.

1:09:13Speaker 3

Hold on. Okay.

1:09:16 – 1:09:34Speaker 48

Motion by Commissioner Dominguez. by Commissioner Fernandez. It is a public hearing. I see no one on Zoom and I see no one in the audience requesting to speak. If there's no discussion, may I call the roll? Call the roll. Commissioner Magazine. Yes. Commissioner Bach. Yes. Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

1:09:35 – 1:10:54Speaker 48

Vice Mayor Dominguez. Yes. Commissioner Fernandez. Yes. Commissioner Suarez. Yes. Mayor Miner. Yes. Motion carries. The item is approved. That was item R5A. R5B. R5B is an ordinance of the Mayor and City Commissioner of the City of Miami Beach, Florida, amending the Miami Beach Resiliency Code by amending Chapter 2, entitled Administration and Review Procedures, Article 1, entitled Land Use Board, Section 2.1.2, entitled Planning Board, by modifying the published notice requirements for a public hearing to the Planning Board to review approved sale of exchange conveyance or lease of city-owned property. and other matters where the Planning Board makes recommendations to the City Commission by amending Article 5, entitled Rezoning and Development Approval, Section 2.5.1, entitled Change to Zoning District Boundaries Rezoning by Modifying the Published Notice Requirements for a Public Hearing of the Planning Board to Review a Proposed Change to the Zoning District Boundaries of a Parcel or Parcels by Amending Chapter 7, entitled Zoning Districts Regulations, Article 2, entitled District Regulations, Section 7.2.16, entitled GU Government Use District to Modify Section 7.2.16.3, Entitled Development Regulations, GU, by modifying published notice requirements for a public hearing of the City Commission to consider a proposed waiver of development regulations providing for qualification, repealer, servability, and effective date. This is a first reading public hearing. The item requires 5.7's vote. It is item R5B. Commissioner Suarez. Yes.

1:10:56Speaker 44

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. Debbie, if you can take it on.

1:10:59 – 1:11:57Speaker 9

Okay, thank you. Good morning, Mr. Mayor, members of the commission. This is an amendment that would allow the city to notice planning board amendments as well as some other minor applications, including GU waivers. on the Miami-Dade County website in lieu of a publication in the Miami Herald. In 2024, the voters of the city approved a charter amendment that allowed for us to notice our public hearings on the Miami-Dade County website instead of the Miami Herald, so we have In 2025, we amended the LDRs to switch that notification for almost all of our public hearings, including the Historic Preservation Board applications, the Design Review Board applications, and the Board of Adjustment applications. In my opinion, this was an oversight, so we're just making this consistent with all of the other public hearings that are noticed by the Planning Department.

1:11:58 – 1:12:11Speaker 48

With that, I move by item. Second. Call the vote. Motion by Commissioner Suarez. Second was Commissioner Fernandez. Yes. It is a public hearing. I see no one on Zoom and no one in the audience requesting to speak. Commissioner Bott.

1:12:14Speaker 48

Commissioner Suarez. Yes. Commissioner Dominguez.

1:12:16Speaker 48

Vice Mayor Dominguez. Commissioner Magazine.

1:12:19 – 1:12:32Speaker 48

Commissioner Mattel Salinas. Yes. Commissioner Fernandez. Yes. Mayor Miner. Yes. Motion carries. This is a first reading. So second reading public hearing is scheduled for October 14th. That was item R5B. R5C.

1:12:36Speaker 58

R5C. Ralph, just why October, not September?

1:12:40Speaker 48

Did I say October? Oh, it's on the land use planning cycle. Got it. R5C. R5C. It's a long one, so.

1:12:50 – 1:15:28Speaker 48

In order to the Mayor, City Commissioner of the City of Miami Beach, Florida, amending the Miami Beach Resiliency Code by amending Chapter 1, entitled General Provisions, at Article 2 thereof, entitled Definitions to Clarify and Re-establish Definition to Address Inconsistencies in the Code, Chapter 2, entitled Administration and Review Procedures, Article 2, entitled General Development Application and Hearing Procedures, Section 2.2.3 thereof, entitled Development Application Submission and Review to Establish Fees for Commission of Warrants to Section 2.2.4, thereof, entitled public hearing to clarify quasi-judicial hearing procedures. Article 4, entitled amendments to comprehensive plan and the text of the land development regulations to clarify procedures for code amendments. Article 5, thereof, entitled rezoning and redevelopment approvals to clarify advertisement requirements for design review board advisory review. Article 12, thereof, entitled issuance of certificate of appropriateness, certificate to dig, certificate of appropriateness for demolition. To clarify that appeals are to a special magistrate section 2.4.1, thereof entitled generally to clarify procedures for amendments chapter 4 entitled landscape requirement Article 1 thereof entitled intent and applicability to clarify that administrative reviews are processed as planning and zoning permits. Article 2 thereof entitled requirements to clarify landscape mitigation fees. Chapter 5 entitled off-street parking. Article 1 thereof entitled in general to clarify interpretation of parking calculations. Chapter 6 entitled signs. Article 1 thereof entitled in general to clarify permitting requirements. Article 3 The relevant title temporary signs to clarify that certain temporary signs do not require permit. Chapter 7 entitled zoning districts and regulations. Article 1 thereof entitled general to all zoning districts to clarify understory level and first finish floor standards and clarify paint permit requirements. Article 2 entitled district regulations. Section 7.2.2 thereof entitled RS1, RS2, RS3, RS4 single family residential districts to clarify accessory use regulations and single family development regulations. Section 7.2.4 thereof, entitled RM1, residential multifamily low intensity. Section 7.2.5 thereof, RM-2, residential multifamily medium intensity. Section 7.2.6 thereof, entitled RM3, residential multifamily high intensity. And Section 7.2.23 thereof, entitled I-1, light industrial district, to clarify permitted uses. And use requirements section 7.2.16 thereof entitled G of government and use district to clarify permitted uses and use requirements. Article 5 thereof entitled supplementary district regulations to clarify a liable height exception, supplementary yard regulations, and supplementary use regulations. Amending the code of the city by amending appendix A fee schedule to establish fees for certificates of use, landscape requirements, and commission warrants. Providing for codification repealer servability on effective date. This is a first reading public hearing. It is a 5-7 vote. It is item R5C.

1:15:29 – 1:15:43Speaker 56

Commissioner Fernandez. Thank you, Mr. Mayor. When we adopted the resiliency code, we knew that through its implementation, there would have to be periodic updates and clarification. We're not changing the code. These are just clarifications and technical updates. So I'll just move the item.

1:15:44 – 1:15:57Speaker 48

I'll second. It is a public hearing. I see no one in Zoom and no one in the audience requesting to speak. I have a motion by Commissioner Fernandez, seconded by Mayor Miner. May I call the roll? Yes. Vice Mayor Dominguez.

1:15:58Speaker 48

Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

1:16:00Speaker 48

Commissioner Fernandez. Yes. Commissioner Suarez. Is absent. Commissioner Bott.

1:16:09Speaker 48

Commissioner Magazine.

1:16:10 – 1:17:01Speaker 48

Mayor Miner. Yes. Motion carries. The item is approved. Second reading public hearing is October 14th. R5D. R5D is an order from the Mayor, City Commissioner, City of Miami Beach, Florida amending Miami Beach Resiliency Code Chapter 6 entitled Signs Article 3 entitled Temporary Signs Section 6.3.2 thereof entitled Design Standards to Modify Requirements and Regulations Applicable to Construction Signs amending Chapter 7 entitled Zoning Districts and Regulations Article 5 entitled Supplementary District Regulations Section 7.5.1 entitled Generally Supplementary District Regulations. Section 7.5.1.6, they're all entitled vacant and abandoned properties and construction sites. By amending and expanding existing regulations for minimum fence and screening requirements and providing for codification repealers of ability on an effective date. This is a first reading public hearing. It requires 5.7's vote. It is item R5D. Commissioner Magazine.

1:17:01 – 1:19:41Speaker 43

Yes, thank you, Mr. Mayor. And this is something that my intention is to help with the beautification and enhancing the aesthetic beauty of our city. Right now, well, any time in a city, you may have various plots of land that have projects that are coming further down in the future. And Debbie, correct me if I'm wrong now, there's a lot of nuance to this, but essentially if there is a pending project and there's no building permanent place, what is required right now is we have the chain link mesh fence. And there's a reason for that. You want to see visibility. You don't want this opaque structure. But a lot of times it really, Comes with an unaesthetic appearance for the neighborhood, especially when there's that green mesh that then gets ripped and things like that And what I am proposing is essentially It wouldn't be mandated however, it would give the option of Essentially having the more enhanced maybe you have the correct terminology for it, but more aesthetically pleasing fencing that surrounds a future property or project, think similar to the Convention Center Hotel and the beautiful, Ceramic almost looking fencing or matte fencing that has artistic value and things like that when I walk down Lincoln Road We have an exciting project that will come right next to the church site however, we have this very unfortunate chain fence with this green mesh that just doesn't uphold the standards that I want to see walking down Lincoln Road along some of our beachfront properties where we have these projects that can be years in the making until they get a building permit. I want to give the option of really enhancing that area with more aesthetically appealing and higher-end fencing, which right now is constraining these properties. I think a great example to point out is Lincoln Road, because you can see that every single day we're all trying to work hard. but until they have an actual building permit in place, they're actually constrained about the type of fence that they'd be able to have. I understand the concerns about being able to see through into a vacant lot. That does have some merit. Perhaps we could talk about how we could mitigate those, but Debbie, let me kick it over to you. You can correct all the areas I was likely wrong, and then take it from there.

1:19:42 – 1:20:37Speaker 9

No, thank you, Mr. Chair. That was a very good explanation. What this ordinance would also do is it would correct the lag that we often see between the time that a property receives a demolition permit and a building permit to construct whatever project is previously approved. So this would address that lag in terms of allowing them to move forward with an artistic graphic construction fence in lieu of the vacant property standards. So this would give them a 12-month period for that. This would also allow renderings of the approved or proposed project for the site to be much larger than they currently are. We had previously considered a rendering of the project to be part of the signage, and this corrects that, because I think a lot of people love to see the renderings. I know I do. People want to kind of look and see what's going in that location. So, yes, we are supportive. The planning board also was supportive of this.

1:20:39Speaker 56

And just so that I can understand, so this restores being able to see through the sideline, through the fencing?

1:20:48 – 1:21:09Speaker 9

For the vacant properties, for the construction site, we always allow the mesh. Okay. This will still, so that's not really changing in terms of the requirements. What this is doing is allowing more artistic graphics. I love that. So, yeah. Good job. Good job, Commissioner Magazine.

1:21:09Speaker 16

Through the Vice Mayor?

1:21:11Speaker 15

Or through the Mayor? Commissioner Boston.

1:21:13 – 1:22:14Speaker 16

I love this idea. I think it's always exciting to see what's coming down the pike. I do know that, I mean, there is a vacant lot on the corner of my street that has had so many code violations because their mesh that is disgraceful. It really devalues the neighborhood and it looks terrible. So I'm really happy to see this. I would suggest a friendly amendment which would be that for those properties they comply with or enroll in the police program to ensure that before such a solid fence is put on that they have the no trespassing agreement in place with the police department because I do know that that becomes an issue for homeless and vagrancy concerns and public safety concerns. And so if that is in place before the fence goes up, then, um, the police can go in at the first call and deal with it quickly.

1:22:14Speaker 23

We have a motion.

1:22:27 – 1:22:50Speaker 58

Commissioner Magazine. Second by Commissioner Fernandez. Thank you for bringing this item. I think an example, maybe not totally, is the Doval, where they put it, you actually drive by there and it looks presentable. It looks really nice. So we could really make a difference for properties that are awaiting building and development by just making it look reasonable. So thank you.

1:22:52Speaker 48

It is a public hearing. I see no one on Zoom, no one in the audience requesting to speak. It is item R5D. Commissioner Bott.

1:23:01Speaker 48

Commissioner Mattel Salinas.

1:23:03Speaker 48

Commissioner Magazine.

1:23:05Speaker 48

Commissioner Suarez. Yes. Vice Mayor Dominguez.

1:23:08Speaker 48

Commissioner Fernandez.

1:23:09Speaker 48

Mayor Miner. Yes. Motion carries. Second reading public hearings scheduled for October 14th.

1:23:16 – 1:23:27Speaker 58

So I'm going to call one more. I see County Commissioner Vicky Lopez here. Thank you for joining us. We're going to call the CRA items, but I can't call them until another minute. So we're going to do one more item, R5E.

1:23:29 – 1:23:50Speaker 48

R5E is an order from the Mayor and City Commissioner of the City of Manatee Beach, Florida, amending Chapter 30 of the Manatee Beach City Code, entitled Code Enforcement, by amending Article 2, entitled Special Magistrate, by amending Section 30-37, entitled Terms of Office Compensation, by amending the compensation of the Special Magistrates, providing for codification, repeal, or servability on an effective date. This is the second reading of public hearing. This is Item R5E. Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

1:23:51Speaker 34

So this is the second reading, and I move my item.

1:23:56 – 1:24:07Speaker 48

I have a motion by Commissioner Monica Mateo Salinas, seconded by Commissioner Fernandez. It is a public hearing. I see no one on Zoom, no one in the audience requesting to speak. Roll call, Commissioner Fernandez. Yes. Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

1:24:08Speaker 48

Mayor Dominguez.

1:24:13 – 1:24:28Speaker 48

Commissioner Bott. Yes. Commissioner Suarez. Yes. Commissioner Magazine. Yes. Mayor Miner. Yes. Mayors say yes? Yes. Item is approved 7-0. That was item R5B. It is approved. Great.

1:24:29 – 1:24:41Speaker 58

Right on time. Thank you for joining us, County Commissioner Vicky Lopez. Appreciate all the hard work you've done on behalf of Miami Beach. It's a pleasure working together with you. And you want to join us up here?

1:24:42 – 1:24:59Speaker 48

So we are recessing as a commission meeting and convening as the redevelopment agency. There are two items on the RDA this morning. Item one is grant RDA executive director authorization during RDA recess.

1:25:09Speaker 56

Welcome, Commissioner Lopez. Motion to convene as the RDA. Second.

1:25:14 – 1:25:28Speaker 48

All in favor? Aye. So we're doing RDA 1, which is joint grant. It's a joint item, but it's a grant RDA executive director authorization during RDA recess. I move the item.

1:25:30 – 1:26:01Speaker 48

A motion by Commissioner Fernandez, seconded by Commissioner Suarez. All in favor, please say aye. RDA 1. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, the item is approved 8-0. Now, we have... Yes, got it. Thank you. RDA 2 is approve assignment assumption RDA loans documents Meridian Place Apartments to MDC. Please note that this is a joint item with item C7O, Mayor, and that was separated from the consent agenda, so we may want to hear them both together.

1:26:02Speaker 48

Let's do that. So this is RDA 2. Welcome, Alba.

1:26:12 – 1:27:25Speaker 40

Hey, good morning. Alba Tarray, Office of Housing and Community Services. This item asks the board to approve the assignment and the assumption by the Miami-Dade County of the RDA and city loan documents on the Meridian Place Apartments. This is a 34-unit affordable senior housing property at 530 Meridian Avenue in connection with the county's purchase of the property from NBCDC Meridian. The property carries a $1.5 million RDA loan from 2007 and a $2.8 million city home loan from 2011, both with affordability covenants running through September 25th, 2043. And city approval is required because we are a party to those loan documents. This transfer is part of the county's ongoing acquisition of the remaining MBCDC portfolio, the same process we have already approved for the Jefferson Apartments back in 2024. And in exchange, the county will fund needed repairs, assign Royal American Management to operate the property, satisfy several outstanding mortgages, and continue to honor all existing affordability restrictions through 2043. We have Christian Arango, the Executive Director for NBCDC, as well as county staff members, if there's any questions.

1:27:25 – 1:27:44Speaker 29

Good morning, Mayor. Good morning, Commissioners. By way of introduction, I'm Christian Arango, known as Chris, and I'm very happy to be here. Thank you, Alba. It's been a journey. Hello. Hello, Mayor. How are you? Good.

1:27:48 – 1:28:17Speaker 29

I WAS STATING EARLIER THAT BY WAY OF INTRODUCTION I'M CHRISTIAN ARANGO. I REPRESENT THE MIAMI BEACH CDC. I HAVE BEEN SINCE DECEMBER OF 2021. IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALBA AND HER STAFF, WE'RE HERE REGARDING THE MATTER SET FORTH. AND I DO OPEN THE AUDIENCE RIGHT NOW FOR ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE MERIDIAN PLACE LOCATED AT 530 MERIDIAN AVENUE. AND OTHER QUESTIONS THAT MAY TOUCH ON OR CONCERN THE PORTFOLIO THAT WILL BE EVENTUALLY TRANSFERRED TO MIAMI-DADE COUNTY.

1:28:18Speaker 58

NEW SPEAKER THANK YOU. NEW SPEAKER SHORT AND SWEET.

1:28:20Speaker 29

NEW SPEAKER WE LIKE THAT.

1:28:22 – 1:28:33Speaker 44

NEW SPEAKER WE'RE GIVING THE COUNTY THE EXACTLY WHAT DOES THIS ITEM DO.

1:28:34 – 1:28:52Speaker 40

So for NBCDC, they are transferring their portfolio to the county because of issues with maintenance and repairs and trying to keep the portfolio afloat and making sure affordability continues. They are in the process of transferring all of their properties.

1:28:53 – 1:29:17Speaker 40

Miami Beach Community Development Corporation, NBCDC, which is the agency that Christian Arango represents. They were the chodo of the city for a very long time back in 2007. In 2011, that's where these monies come from. There were funds that were placed from RDA as well as home dollars. So we're a party to this because since they want to do the transfer of the property, we would need to go through the board to get their approval.

1:29:18Speaker 44

And they want to do the transfer because the county can...

1:29:21Speaker 40

Maintain these properties. And this one in particular, 530 Meridian.

1:29:26 – 1:29:37Speaker 38

If I may, through the chair, for further clarification, what this item does is it approves the assignment of mortgage and other loan documents from MVCDC to the county.

1:29:40Speaker 58

Does this save us resources?

1:29:45Speaker 40

The investment has already been placed back with the dollars back in 2011 in RDA funds. So this preserves affordability for this property.

1:29:56Speaker 58

Commissioner Mattias Salinas.

1:29:58 – 1:30:50Speaker 34

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. Hello. Good morning, Dr. Terry. Good morning, Commissioner Lopez. Thank you. Good morning, Chris, Christian, and Char. Hello. I actually, this is a companion item to C7O, which I pulled because I do have some concerns. with this transfer, actually not really with the transfer, but with the building. And I've spoken with you before about it because I know that Royal American in the county is operating the building now. And we also had a affordable housing advisory committee meeting last night where we discussed this at our meeting. And the committee has some concerns too. First of all, I just wanna make sure that, and I don't wanna, I'm not trying to block this, I'm not trying to hold it up. I'm grateful to the county for stepping in and for taking over this portfolio and for maintaining the affordability of these units. The CDC portfolio was, wasn't it 12 buildings?

1:30:52Speaker 31

The entire portfolio was larger, 14 buildings.

1:30:56 – 1:33:11Speaker 34

Okay, that have been slowly transferring over, slowly transferring over. And, you know, we can't take them on. AND I UNDERSTAND THAT. AND WE DON'T HAVE THE FUNDS NOR THE MANPOWER AND IT'S A VERY COMPLICATED PORTFOLIO. I WILL SAY THE AFFORDABLE HOUSING ADVISORY BOARD DID HAVE SOME CONCERNS WITH, YOU KNOW, IF THE COUNTY COULD MAKE US WHOLE FINANCIALLY BECAUSE WE PUT IN OUR TAXPAYER DOLLARS AND OUR RDA MONEY INTO THIS PORTFOLIO AND WE'RE NOT GETTING ANYTHING. THE CITY ISN'T GETTING A PENNY. SO THAT'S JUST ONE CONCERN THAT I HAVE. AGAIN, NOT TRYING TO prolong this. The other concern that I have is that this particular building at 530 Meridian Avenue is a very troublesome building. There was a shooting there three, four months ago where a tenant in the building and a gentleman that was I don't know who the gentleman was, but they got into a verbal altercation. I believe, and I could be wrong on this, and I know the chief is here, I believe the tenant of the building actually shot at the other gentleman. The bullet hit the building next door, their window, Which is a vacant storefront at this moment in time, but of course everyone I happen to live across the street from this building I live at five to five Meridian and everybody on that block knows that I am a commissioner and so Everybody I couldn't walk outside which is okay. I mean, that's what I signed up to do. And I actually love that building and I love those neighbors and you know, Ms. J still lives there. She still reaches out to me. There was another woman who was waking up at four in the morning. So this building is, can be problematic. We love them. We want to keep them there. We want to keep it affordable. But please, I just, I don't know who to reach out to other than Commissioner Lopez. And thankfully, I'm so grateful that you're a representative and we have a good relationship and you're so responsive because you are very responsive. And I remember I, you know, it's, but I just, that building can become problematic. And I just kindly ask that we are aware of this and we stay ahead of this and we address issues that come up.

1:33:12 – 1:33:48Speaker 62

Specifically to this building and frankly any of the buildings But for the most part the portfolios is works well, and it's in good hands, and it isn't good hands with the county too So those are just my thoughts Commissioner Lopez Thank You mr. Mayor so Thank You Commissioner Mateo Salinas for those comments I was unaware that we were having what I consider to be public safety issues at the building So maybe I would have my county staff address this the ways in which we can ensure that the residents are are secured and that these kind of problems are not taking place in the portfolio units that we are accepting and receiving.

1:33:49 – 1:35:49Speaker 5

May I respond to the Chair? To the Chair. Alexandro Bolaños, I serve as the asset manager on behalf of Miami-Dade County. So to your point, Commissioner, Meridian Place is a challenge being that we serve 20 units of formerly homeless households. We have a collaboration with the Homeless Trust and the assistance is with the City of Miami Beach Housing Authority. With that said, one of the challenges there is that the average was over leveraged. We have paid over a million dollars in institutional debt to date, and now we're absorbing the additional debt. Furthermore, we've expended a million dollars with the exterior, addressing the watery pit, you know, the water intrusion. We've repainted. The building looks really sexy from the outside. And we've done a lot of cleanup. We've been able to stabilize the occupancy. One of the things that we're doing now is that we are engaging with a consultant on implementing crime prevention through environmental design. So we are assessing the building, looking at all of the areas that we have exposure that are hidden and then coming up with a plan to ensure that we have more vigilance, more eyes on the property remotely and also discourage bad behavior. And one of the things that we also do is that when there's a problem we address it quickly and then that is the reason we have a lot of turnover because we are serving a hard to serve population. The residents in that program are referred. A lot of times we're able to accept maybe one in 10 applications because we do have a resident selection criteria. It is an elderly building. So there are challenges there, but we're very sensitive. But I believe that the event that you're referring to is isolated. I understand it was something with a solicitation of services and so with that said, we are mindful and we will continue to, the county already has invested tons of capital, so we have a lot of skin in the game. So it is in the best interest of everyone that we continue to manage it and keep it in compliance.

1:35:50Speaker 62

Mr. Chairman, I have some questions for Alex. Alex, how many units are in the building?

1:35:54Speaker 5

So there are 34 units in the building, 20 are single room occupancy units, and the 14 remaining are one bedrooms at 60% or below of AMI.

1:36:04 – 1:37:48Speaker 62

Okay, and I guess I'll make a comment. So I'm experiencing the same problem in buildings both on the mainland and here, where elderly people are living. And then we have reserved a number of units for the homeless population. My elderly residents are telling me that it's not working for them. They don't feel safe. They're not the same kind of people. They don't have the same challenges. that the elderly population have. And now they're really complaining that they don't feel safe. They leave the doors open. I mean, security in particular during the evening hours is important to elderly people. And they've seen that the doors are left open by some of the residents that were homeless. So it's an ongoing problem. And I've continued to say that I think when we house homeless people, we should do so with wraparound services. We should not just provide a home. They have been on the street, many who are suffering from mental illness, and do not have the skill set currently without the help of therapists, and support services that can help them make the transition in a better way that makes everyone safe. So it's an ongoing situation that I'm facing for my elderly residents. And I know, Alex, you've heard this already several times. So maybe you could just comment on what we're trying to do here, because it's important that we do house the formerly homeless. But we need to make sure that they feel like they are making successful and healthy transition without impacting negatively the other residents that don't that weren't formerly homeless so to the chair that may be

1:37:51 – 1:39:39Speaker 5

SRO program is housing first, so there is no wraparound. Unfortunately, the assistance tied to it is at 30% of AMI. So the rent, the contract rent is 30% AMI. So we don't even have enough, actually the program operates at a deficit. That's why the asset does not sustain without the county support, because it's over leveraged and then the assistance tied to it is not enough to underwrite operating costs. So at this time we cannot even, if we have the desire, employ supportive services, which is what's required. So it would be great if at some point the SRO contract could include enough revenue to employ the supportive housing component. That can be addressed, because that's really the challenge is that it's a housing first, so to the Commissioner's point, someone that came off the street, they're just giving, they're assigned a unit there, and then it's on property management to do the case management, which we don't have that capacity. I understand supportive housing, I'm a proponent of it. Villa Maddie is a supportive housing community, Fernwood is supportive housing. Those are very, Fernwood is very challenging, but you haven't heard anything because it's supportive housing and we've been able to work with HUD to ensure that it has the proper fiscal resources. Meridian doesn't have that avenue because it is a local housing authority contract. But again, we're gonna continue to work and if we're able to, over time, we should continue to see improvement. But to the commissioner's point, it is a difficult blend when you have a homeless population with an elderly housing. If there's no wraparound on site.

1:39:41 – 1:40:28Speaker 34

Thank you. I understand. I mean, you know, again, I just, and thank you. And I'd like to connect with you and commissioner Lopez. You always are. Again, I have to reiterate so responsive. So, um, and I appreciate that. And I just, you know, There are multiple concerns in the building and I know all the tea in that building and I probably know it before it reaches even you guys because I live right there and people will knock on my door, which is fine. And I love that building. So I just wanted to share those concerns that we just have this open communication to make sure The residents in the building are safe, all of them, and safety is their priority as well, and everyone on that block, and we're just mitigating any concerns that come up. So thank you, Commissioner.

1:40:28Speaker 43

Commissioner Magazine. Are there covenants or deeds on this that mandate the type of housing we need to provide here?

1:40:36 – 1:40:58Speaker 31

Yes, yes. Sharzadi Mami, I'm counsel for Miami Beach CDC. I've been working with the CDC for over 10 years now, pro bono, helping the CDC through all of this and then transferring the assets to Miami-Dade County. All of these projects have affordability covenants, this one including. This one has two.

1:40:58Speaker 43

Walk me through that. Why are these covenants? Did we... Do we get tax breaks on this?

1:41:06 – 1:41:42Speaker 31

It's various types of funding. Your housing department can explain all the various types of funding that the city of Miami Beach has, either from HUD or from the state of Florida. This particular building, it depends on the building. This one has home funding. Home funding is a federal subsidy. It flows down through the states and then to the individual participating jurisdictions. You are a participating jurisdiction, the City of Miami Beach. So you got an allocation of home funds. You get an allocation of home funds really every year. And then those funds go into affordable housing projects.

1:41:43 – 1:42:43Speaker 43

So let me talk about how I view this in general. And I should have paid more attention to this that I didn't appreciate some of these details. In an area like this, We are facing a housing affordability crisis across the board at every income level. In particular, our working class. It's just an article, Miami became more expensive than New York. We are facing this across the board and this is one of our working neighborhoods where families that have two parents or single moms living with daughters trying to make ends meet tend to live in general for this program. If this housing, I don't want to use the word project, but if this development was not owned by the government, what would happen?

1:42:48 – 1:43:46Speaker 43

It would revert to market rate housing, but that market rate housing would house working class families, single moms with children, people trying to get by in our city where that housing is needed most. So now I'm trying to sit here and recollect where I'm saying, well, that housing actually is being taken away from them and we're paying to then move homeless people into it. How do I go and tell the working mother at my daughter's school, no, I'm sorry, you can't live here. You don't have the ability to rent here. The guy that just moved here from San Francisco and is homeless on our street, we just moved him right in there. Is this a program where you go right from homeless into housing? So there's no in between intermediate steps?

1:43:48Speaker 40

For us, the home dollars that we have...

1:43:50Speaker 43

Very easy question.

1:43:52Speaker 43

Very easy question. Is this a program where you take somebody from the street and put them right into this housing?

1:43:59Speaker 40

The thing is that...

1:44:01Speaker 40

Well, I... Yes, to a certain degree, because of other funding, not the city's funding. The city of Miami...

1:44:08 – 1:45:09Speaker 43

So, yes. That is insane. Okay, that we're putting people from the streets right into the middle of a working class neighborhood. How close is that to our community centers? And not only that, we're paying to do it. We are paying to do that and we are paying to take that housing offline in a working class neighborhood away from single mothers trying to send their children to one of the best schools in South Florida working two, three jobs so they can give their children a more dignified living than what they may have had. We're taking that housing away from them and we're paying to take homeless people that likely didn't originate in Miami Beach and move them into housing. And then they are incompatible from the neighborhood to that working class neighborhood. Talking about shootings there. This is insane.

1:45:12 – 1:45:44Speaker 31

So I will say, Commissioner, having been an affordable housing attorney and advocate for 25 years now, I teach affordable housing law at the University of Miami. I have for 15 years. I know this area inside and out. And I understand your feeling about the location of the building. And wouldn't it be better to serve another alternative population? I will say that if the building did go market rate, those single working mothers would not be able to afford to live there.

1:45:44Speaker 43

I'm sorry, why?

1:45:46Speaker 31

Because if you go market rate in that area of Miami Beach or in Miami Beach in general, the rents are far too high and people can't afford to live there.

1:45:56 – 1:47:28Speaker 43

Is Flamingo Park not completely filled with the same exact type of market rate housing where single mothers are raising their children? Of course it is. Okay. Of course it is. No, I'm sorry. No, there's affordable housing for various AMIs. I'm sorry, hold on. So you're telling me the overwhelming majority of Flamingo Park is not market rate housing that organically serves our working class. In fact, I'm sitting next to one. right, that lives in Flamingo Park that was able to be a proud single mother giving her children a dignified living in the same exact neighborhood across the street. So, of course, it's insulting to say a single mother couldn't afford a market rate unit there. That is the type of housing that we're taking offline, and if they can't afford it, it's because we're taking that market rate housing offline. I am a big believer in the most basic economic principle in the world, supply and demand. If you take that supply off market and you give it to a homeless person that last night was on the street, that is why, then the rest of the working class neighborhood housing becomes more expensive. Simple supply and demand, the most basic economic principle that has ever existed in mankind.

1:47:29Speaker 44

How big are these units?

1:47:32Speaker 31

And if I could just respond to that, I think that in terms of... How big are the units?

1:47:37Speaker 5

If I make it to the chair, zero bedrooms and one bedroom. So there are 20 zero bedrooms and 14 one bedrooms. They are small units.

1:47:47Speaker 5

So they're about 500 square feet.

1:47:50Speaker 58

Commissioner Fernandez.

1:47:52 – 1:50:00Speaker 56

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. I want to ask a question of our housing department because what I am hearing here, we have a population that's in need of housing. there were public dollars that were used for the creation or creation of the availability of housing and that housing has restrictive covenants that govern the population and the affordability levels that are allowed to be housed in that housing, whether it's 30% of AMI, or whether they're formerly homeless individuals. The challenge that I'm seeing here is not the individual that is being housed in the property. It's the lack of what I and what Commissioner Lopez very well pointed to, the lack of the wraparound services. whether it be the elderly individual or whether it be the formerly homeless individual. It is a segment of population that when you provide them with housing, you need to provide them with the balance of the services. Is there a way Is there a way that perhaps on a temporary basis that we can look at providing for case management? Because we either provide for a certain level of case management on the front end, at the beginning, or eventually they're going to make their way to your office at 777 or or you're gonna end up with situations like those that have been described. So that we can achieve that balance, provide the housing, especially to, when you're talking about 30% of AMI, a lot of times those are the elderly individuals. Now I understand there's also the balance of the formerly on homeless individuals. Can we look at that? Can we look at seeing is there on a temporary basis until the county and maybe we can work with the county through Commissioner Lopez to see if on a more permanent basis we can get wraparound services?

1:50:00 – 1:50:27Speaker 40

So these placements for the units are made by the Homeless Trust of Miami-Dade County. When we put in our monies, our home dollars and our RDA monies, we didn't have any restrictions on homeless individuals. We only put affordable housing as one of the covenants for us. Now, as they added additional dollars into the project, that's where the attachment of homelessness came in. It was not through the city of Miami Beach. It was through the county.

1:50:27Speaker 56

And who approved? That was the Homeless Trust that approved putting that, and then I guess the county assembly. When did the county do that? I guess a few years ago?

1:50:37 – 1:50:54Speaker 5

Many years ago. Can I just speak to the chair? Back in 2014, the agreement was added for the homeless trust component. That is a, it was initially a 10-year term. That has matured. Right now, it's on an annual basis.

1:50:54Speaker 56

on an annual basis, and when does that expire?

1:50:57Speaker 5

It expired in 2024, and we've just done it annually because, again, we're not in a position to ask them to leave without a...

1:51:04Speaker 56

So perhaps this is something that...

1:51:06 – 1:51:24Speaker 5

But it's annual right now based on appropriation, so this is not dollars that are local. These are dollars that are managed by the Housing Authority of the City of Miami Beach. They receive an appropriation from HUD, and then they're using that to provide the housing, and since the rents are so low, it's just they have the appetite to keep them there.

1:51:24Speaker 56

Through the chair.

1:51:26Speaker 5

The contract rents are very low.

1:51:28Speaker 56

Wait one second. Okay, so the city is getting dollars and...

1:51:32Speaker 40

The city got dollars in 2011. And we put in home dollars with a 30-year affordability.

1:51:39Speaker 56

Right, but that was for the 30% of AMI.

1:51:42 – 1:52:14Speaker 40

That was for up to 80% AMI. That was our focus and our intention when we put in the dollars for this project, affordable. Not homeless, affordable. So after they got different funding sources, and that's where the homeless trust piece comes in. But yes, and these units are managed by, well, NBCDC at that point, now with this, the county, But the vouchers in and of itself are the homeless trust and Miami Beach Housing Authority vouchers.

1:52:14 – 1:52:46Speaker 31

And just to clarify, the 80 to 120% of AMI range, which is what the city of Miami Beach initially funded on this development, is considered workforce housing in the affordable housing industry. So this building was an affordable slash workforce housing building initially. And it is primarily an elderly building because of the small unit size. So the SRO funding came in at a later date and it is not from, it is from the homeless trust.

1:52:47 – 1:54:05Speaker 56

So I guess there's two parts here. In the meantime, we have a situation there where we have individuals today, and they're going to be there tomorrow, who don't have wraparound services that for as long as they are the tenants of those dwelling units, they do need wraparound services. Otherwise, we're going to end up with the challenges on the other end of after the issue happens. But then the other side to this is, okay, seeing, okay, where are we in that annual term? in that annual term with the homeless trust, where are we? When does that get renewed? And can we work through the county together with the homeless trust and our housing authority to say, okay, here in Miami Beach, what do we have a greater need for? Do we have a greater need to House the formerly homeless population right here in Miami Beach, or does this area need more of the workforce housing or even the elderly housing? What would be the best use of that property? And maybe we can ask the county. and the Housing Authority to look into that before they make a new commitment for the next year. Is that something that you guys can consider?

1:54:06Speaker 62

May I respond? Mr. Mayor, so... Well, I have Commissioner Suarez.

1:54:08Speaker 62

No, no, no worries.

1:54:10Speaker 56

Thank you. I would love to hear the response because it was a question I had. So I don't know if it's possible to get a response. Go for it.

1:54:17Speaker 62

Sorry, Commissioner Suarez. I just want to say I don't understand how up to 80% AMI would ever have been workforce housing.

1:54:24Speaker 31

Between 80% to 120% of AMI is considered workforce housing. Below 80% of AMI is considered affordable housing.

1:54:32Speaker 62

Okay, so is that a Miami beat? In the county, affordable housing is 60% to 120%. And if it's workforce, it's 60% to 140%.

1:54:43 – 1:55:09Speaker 31

Yes, that's the county designation. There's a HUD designation. So the HUD designation is 80% to 120% of AMI is considered workforce. Below 80%, which is what low income housing tax credit developments are, those are between usually 60% to 80% of AMI. And then we have other HUD programs, such as the ones that are on this property, like HOME, which is 80% is the max.

1:55:09 – 1:56:29Speaker 62

So I guess to your question, I don't know that anybody who's living in that building is anywhere close to 80% AMI. Most elderly people are not even at 30% AMI. If you look at the new AMI charts, they're at 20% AMI. So the problem that you're going to be facing with the lack of revenues is an elderly person living on Social Security does not get an increase every year. However, the rent is increasing every year. So by the third year, an elderly person actually doesn't have and can't afford to live Miami-Dade. I'm watching it across all 35 of my elderly buildings in my district. So there's one problem because it doesn't generate enough revenue and yet the next problem is the one you have encountered which is the homeless trust. So who knew and how they decide to disperse HOMELESS PEOPLE, IT TO ME IS A PROBLEM ONLY BECAUSE ELDERLY PEOPLE ARE DIFFERENT THAN REGULAR. THEY HAVE DIFFERENT CHALLENGES WHEN THEY'RE 80, 85, 90, AND 95 YEARS OLD. AND QUITE FRANKLY, I DON'T KNOW, NOW THAT I'VE LEARNED THROUGH THIS MEETING THAT WE HAVE AN ANNUAL Contract I guess for all 20 are all 20 units being used by the the homeless trust Yes, am I correct?

1:56:30 – 1:56:53Speaker 5

So if I may do the chair if I I just want to clarify So the agreement is between the housing authority of City of Miami Beach. The referrals are made through the homeless trust so the instruments between Meridian Place and And the contract are between the property and the housing authority of City of Miami Beach. The referrals are made through the homeless trust. So I just want to make sure for the record. Good clarification. If I may go back in a little bit of history, I can be corrected.

1:56:53Speaker 44

Excuse me. Yes.

1:56:55Speaker 62

I'm done. Thank you.

1:56:56 – 1:57:08Speaker 44

Commissioner Suarez. Thank you. So just to get this for a landing, this particular property was developed for workforce housing.

1:57:08 – 1:57:26Speaker 31

It was developed using home dollars, which is at or below 80% of area median income. So the initial idea was to combine the home dollars and to combine other subsidy from the city of Miami Beach to make this an elderly project.

1:57:26Speaker 44

Whose idea was that? When you say the idea was to combine?

1:57:30 – 1:58:09Speaker 31

It was the Miami Beach Community Development Corporation, which is a nonprofit corporation. It was founded by Dennis Rusk. in the 80s. And the organization took dilapidated buildings all through Miami Beach, particularly South Beach, renovated them and used HUD dollars primarily so that those buildings could be renovated and then rented to individuals that are at or below 80% of area median income. Most of the properties within the portfolio serve elderly individuals and individuals that are at or below either 50% or 60% of AMI.

1:58:10Speaker 44

OK. And so the people getting the 20 out of 32 units, are getting housed through the homeless trust.

1:58:20 – 1:58:36Speaker 31

Correct. Correct. That was an additional subsidy through the city of Miami beach housing authority at, but the, but the funding dollars come through the homeless trust and the placement of the residents.

1:58:36Speaker 44

So the homeless trust is giving a percentage toward the 20 units. Is that correct?

1:58:42Speaker 31

Exactly, there's there's a funding amount that subsidizes the and we have no control over those referrals, correct?

1:58:50 – 1:59:22Speaker 5

I can explain so if I just to go a little bit back so the 2014 the property the ownership at that sponsorship at the time entered into an agreement with the Housing Authority of Miami Beach that gave them the a rental subsidy The rental subsidy was to serve formerly homeless individuals. So the referrals are through the homeless trust. I cannot tell you that the homeless trust has stake in the game. I know that they do the referrals. The funding comes from the housing authority.

1:59:22Speaker 44

So in 2014, the city of Miami Beach agreed to house homeless people there?

1:59:27Speaker 31

The housing authority.

1:59:29Speaker 5

The housing authority.

1:59:30Speaker 44

The housing authority. So it wasn't anything that Miami Beach had any sort of input.

1:59:33 – 2:00:05Speaker 5

Not to our knowledge. It was between the ownership at that time and the housing authority. And it appears that it was done because at that time, that's when there were a lot of challenges fiscally. Those are zero bedroom units, which is a majority of the units. And it appears that it was done in order to be able to rent the units and then have some GUARANTEED REVENUE. THAT'S WHAT IT APPEARS. IT WAS PRETTY MUCH A BAND-AID TO KEEP THE BUILDING, TO STABILIZE THE BUILDING AND ALLOW IT TO THEN SERVE ALSO A NEED.

2:00:05 – 2:01:42Speaker 44

OKAY. SO DO WE UP HERE HAVE ANY SORT OF POWER TO SAY WE WANT TO FOCUS ON THE DISPLACED MIAMI BEACH RESIDENTS? SO FOR EXAMPLE, I KNOW DOZENS OF ELDERLY PEOPLE THAT ARE FACING housing or getting kicked out of their homes. They live in Miami Beach now. They'd like to stay in Miami Beach. I share Commissioner Magazine's concern that we don't want to see some non-resident who's homeless that's from anywhere in the world get put in Miami Beach when we have Miami Beach residents facing POTENTIAL HOMELESSNESS. AND I CERTAINLY DON'T FEEL COMFORTABLE WITH THE HOMELESS TRUST, WHOSE DIRECTOR, WE'VE HAD SERIOUS ISSUES IN THE PAST. I DON'T THINK ANYTHING THAT COMES OUT OF THE HOMELESS TRUST AND COMMISSIONER LOPEZ, YOU'VE SEEN MY CONCERNS WITH MR. BOOK. HE PLAYS WITH PEOPLE'S LIVES AS PONDS. AS WE'VE SEEN in here, in South Beach. So we're very cautious when someone says the homeless trust because it's really run by, in my opinion, someone who has no business running the homeless trust. So is there something, Mr. City Attorney, is there something that we can do where the City of Miami Beach can control who gets placed in there?

2:01:44 – 2:02:07Speaker 38

Well, at first blush and without having reviewed all of the documents, I believe that the transaction before you today is to transfer ownership from the NBCDC to the county. So I believe that the county, if anybody is in a position to do something to modify the structure there and who is eligible, it would fall to the county to do so.

2:02:09 – 2:03:04Speaker 44

So Commissioner Lopez, would that Would that be something that the county, that the board might consider as sort of a reform to the homeless trust where they get to decide which referrals get sent where? Because like I said, we have plenty of Miami Beach residents, all of whom are pretty much elderly, that need, that can't afford to keep up with their affordability and are getting evicted. I certainly don't like the fact that you have a quasi-governmental entity with the homeless trust that decides who gets what. So if we don't agree to this, what happens now, City Attorney?

2:03:05 – 2:03:29Speaker 38

Well, if we don't agree to this assignment, I'm not sure what position that MB CDC is in and whether it would trigger a default and potentially a foreclosure on the property Mike Mike Mike Commissioner Bob Commissioner Suarez, I apologize.

2:03:29 – 2:03:44Speaker 44

Well, I'd like to know what exactly would happen if we did we decline this this transfer because what does that mean that and and The nonprofit would then possibly come to the city for a renegotiation?

2:03:44 – 2:04:04Speaker 31

So this particular building has a lot of Miami-Dade County subsidy as well. So there is an MOU, there's an agreement, a binding agreement between Miami Beach CDC and Miami-Dade County to transfer all of the assets in the portfolio to Miami-Dade County.

2:04:04Speaker 44

So then why do we need this meeting today?

2:04:06 – 2:04:41Speaker 31

So because you all hold two mortgages on the property, that is the purpose of the meeting. There are two loans that are from the City of Miami Beach Housing Department to this particular property that we're talking about today. So because you have these two mortgages, you as the mortgage holder need to consent. to the sale, it's not really a sale, it's a transfer to Miami-Dade County, and Miami-Dade County assuming those loans. Those loans are not payable loans. They're forgivable loans. There's no debt service.

2:04:42Speaker 58

The only- If we approve this, we're literally handing over any leverage we have.

2:04:46 – 2:05:09Speaker 31

Well, if you approve this, the idea would be that if the issue, as I'm hearing today, are the SRO units, right, the formerly homeless units, Miami-Dade County then, as the owner of the property, would need to decide, do we renew the SRO contract or do we not renew it? The project as a whole...

2:05:09 – 2:05:22Speaker 44

But we're going to be out of leverage if we do that, correct? We should probably do that now. we should probably negotiate that now and then, and then decide on this item.

2:05:22Speaker 31

Well, I would defer that to the city attorney and you know, to the county as well.

2:05:28 – 2:05:42Speaker 38

You know, conversation could be had with the county to see if they're willing to, eliminate those SRO units, I believe you refer to them as, as part of this transaction. Do you have that authority single-handedly, Commissioner?

2:05:42 – 2:06:48Speaker 62

Unfortunately, I do not. Our Housing and Community Development Department is under the mayor, and we have a strong mayor, so I'd have to work with her. I'm already struggling with the same issue. of formerly homeless people being put into units where only elderly people live. So I already have a meeting scheduled with the housing and community development team to discuss this very issue. The real issue is I don't know whether the county entered into a contract with the homeless trust to place homeless, formerly homeless people in any unit that is affordable, I guess. Because somebody's funding it. I don't know if the formerly homeless are working. I don't know that, right? What I know is that the elderly have retirement, and they are forced to pay 30% of their revenue stream, whatever it is, whether it's a second job or their retirement. to live in these buildings. So is this a project-based? Is this a Section 8 project-based?

2:06:48Speaker 31

This is not project-based, Section 8.

2:06:50Speaker 62

These are vouchers that the elderly have?

2:06:52 – 2:07:42Speaker 31

Some of the units, some of the tenants would probably have vouchers. And I can refer to the county more because they know the actual structure of the makeup of the building. But that is actually the reason, and Commissioner Suarez, this goes to your point as well, why these buildings and these subsidies were created. They were created so that the rents would not increase on the elderly population. That's why they have these covenants. The covenants that are recorded against these projects make it so that the rents are only increasing very slightly according to the HUD standards. Up to 7%. So the rents are capped. Right? So they cannot continue to go up, which is why these are, you know, good places for our seniors to live so that they're not concerned with this rapid escalation in rents that we're seeing every place else.

2:07:42 – 2:08:02Speaker 58

Thank you. So this is what I'm going to do now. I'm going to turn it over to Commissioner Botton now. I need us to have a conversation. You've been incredible with a wealth of information, but I need us to talk because it keeps getting interrupted. I plan on reaching out to Mayor Calva. I'm concerned about giving off any leverage we have before I can have or collectively we have those conversations. Commissioner Bob.

2:08:03 – 2:11:35Speaker 16

Yeah, so I would I'd like to make a motion to defer, but I also want to talk about some ideas. First of all, I'm very concerned. I'm very supportive of getting homeless off the street into situations where they will succeed. I'm very concerned that taking folks off the street without wraparound service, without any kind of support, without knowing that they're homeless, Miami Beach-based homeless, I think that's a disservice to our community. Primarily the wraparound service. And I know money is tight for everyone, and I know we're all trying to do more with less, and we're all struggling. This is a national problem. But at the same time, we have other issues. And before we create new homeless families, I think we need to prioritize those folks. Because putting people who are living on the streets without the wraparound services, without psychiatric and medical care, without job training, without all the services, and just putting a roof over their head, we hear from the police department and from Alba's shop time and time again that people they pick up again have places to live, but they are not able to. because of the way they have evolved as adults. And so to me, that is doing a disservice to them, and it's also not making the best, highest use of that real estate. Second of all, I would like to have a real conversation about how the land value of that property exceeds the value of the current building. I am not proposing a live local project there. Do not, anybody, mistake what I'm suggesting. However, we have had an incredibly beautifully designed, very successful project up in North Beach, the Vista Breeze. Did I get the name right? Mm-hmm. And I don't know if it's comparable, but I do know there's all kinds of public and private money that was put into it where it's beautiful, it's secure, it is a place where you can live in dignity, not in a squalid SRO. Listen, a 500 square foot studio for a senior person living on a very fixed income can be a lovely place to live if it is carefully, thoughtfully designed. If the plumbing doesn't leak, if there's working air conditioning, if you have plenty of natural light, if you are soundproofed, it doesn't have to have gold-plated faucets and a 70,000-foot amenity deck. So this live local BS, not interested. But I would like to have a conversation about it, perhaps. And I don't know if the MOU is ironclad. There is no way to get out of it. But it was done in 2012, you said, or 2014? Needs, times, priorities, opportunities were different. So I would like to make a motion to defer so that many of these conversations that we're having up here can be discussed so that we can find a better use for this to help incentivize, encourage, and create housing for workforce housing. Second. Thank you. And it might also have some... housing for people coming off the streets who have shown that they, you know, it might have multiple levels of HUD-mandated AMIs. And that's part of the conversation. But to squander this opportunity with land that we own currently and to turn it over for more of the same, I'm not comfortable with it.

2:11:36 – 2:11:49Speaker 31

I'm just one clarification. Please, thank you. Sorry, the city of Miami Beach does not own the land. It's the nonprofit organization. The Miami Beach Community Development Corporation, correct. You have two mortgages, so you have two leads.

2:11:49 – 2:12:25Speaker 16

Okay, but still, that is an organization that is based in Miami Beach, and they can come to the table and say, you know what, we do think this is a better use, and let's bring them into the conversation. I don't know how to do this. This is all new to all of us on the table, on the days, rather, and so I think you're hearing, I think we're all hearing clearly that there's an opportunity and a desire to do something better that serves people better with the best possible outcome. And I don't think anybody here knows how to get from where we are today to where we potentially want to be. So there's a motion and a second to defer. And with the mayor's permission, I'd like it if you could call the vote.

2:12:26Speaker 44

One more thing.

2:12:26Speaker 58

I'd like to call the vote, too, but Commissioner Suarez and then Commissioner Matea Salinas, and then we'll call the vote.

2:12:32Speaker 44

Miami Beach doesn't own the land, but we have a mortgage on it.

2:12:35Speaker 31

Correct. You're a lender.

2:12:38Speaker 44

So we've paid for this on the tax?

2:12:43Speaker 31

You paid for it with federal dollars, federal dollars that came to the city of Miami Beach for the purposes of affordable housing.

2:12:51Speaker 44

But we're the principal loan owner, correct?

2:12:53Speaker 31

Yes, correct. You hold the whole debt.

2:12:54Speaker 44

So we don't actually own anything then. We just have a loan on the property.

2:12:58Speaker 31

And both of the loans are forgivable loans. There's no debt service.

2:13:05 – 2:13:23Speaker 44

If we're the loan... Maybe this is a question for the city attorney. If we're the loan holders, what rights do we have to the property? If, for example, we require this MBCC to... pay off the loan.

2:13:23Speaker 38

I'm going to ask Gisela, who's at the podium.

2:13:26Speaker 58

I think we have a motion to defer anyway, so I think it's, I'm pretty confident it's going to pass. So, I mean, obviously, I'd love to get more information.

2:13:32 – 2:13:46Speaker 38

Just a very quick question. Yes. Would a deed in lieu of foreclosure be an option here, or because of the source of funds, is the natural course simply for the property to go to the county, and then the county to be responsible for what comes next?

2:13:47 – 2:15:11Speaker 4

We're basically, we are, we hold two mortgages, And each of these mortgages provides that in the event of a sale, that we would be paid. So we have the option of getting paid, or we have the option of assigning and having the county assume these are restrictive covenant, which will require that the property be maintained affordable through 2043. How much are the loans? The city mortgage also has a reversionary provision. We're here discussing the RDA loan, which is $1.5 million. There's a city mortgage that's $2.8 million and something that has a reversionary provision in that mortgage that states that at the end of the affordability period the city has the option of either extending the affordability period further or requiring that the owner transfer the property back to the city. That was done, excuse me, and that's not a common provision, but that was done because those $2,800,000 were used in connection partially with the purchase of the property. So because it was a large amount, and using connection with the purchase of the property, that additional restriction was inserted in the mortgage at that time.

2:15:11 – 2:15:34Speaker 38

Thank you. I think what I'll do is I'm going to look further into the loan documents to see whether if this is something that the Commission and or the RDA Board at a later date wants to consider, whether a deed in lieu of foreclosure where the city takes back the property, if that's something that the Board has an appetite to do, is an option. But I need to look into that more closely.

2:15:34 – 2:16:02Speaker 31

Commissioner, oh, I'm sorry. Just just if I could just so everyone understands I did you by the way, you've been very helpful, but I really got to keep this money Just the county the the county holds Mortgages that are that are also senior to the city of Miami Beach So it wouldn't just be as simple as a deed in lieu because the county would have the senior priority on what to do Well, you definitely come across as an expert as you identified Commissioner Mateo Salinas

2:16:04 – 2:16:46Speaker 34

Really quickly. I don't want to prolong this as we take our vote, but I just to Commissioner Botts point I would love to have a sunshine meeting to discuss this further because I think it really is important to clarify what happened with the Miami Beach Community Development Corporation and how we went down this path and We're discussing one building but there's actually in total 12 that are going to be transferring to the county and I just really want to be clear that what that means, and so I would love to host a Sunshine Meeting, Commissioner Bott, if anyone is interested, because this is a very big issue in our city, everywhere, affordable housing. Okay, I would love to have you, Commissioner Lopez, and anyone, because it's a very, very deep, convoluted issue, and I just want to clear the record on a lot of issues. Thank you.

2:16:47Speaker 58

Thank you. Commissioner Lopez, we get to see you again at our meeting, so we'll look forward to it. I'm delighted.

2:16:53Speaker 58

We have a motion from Commissioner Bott. Second.

2:16:57Speaker 48

I have a motion from Commissioner Bott to defer to September 10th, seconded originally by Commissioner Fernandez. This is RDA 2. All in favor of deferring it to...

2:17:06 – 2:17:20Speaker 16

I'm sorry. I don't know. September will be enough time. I know a lot of people are gone in August, and this seems like it's going to be a pretty thorny issue. Do we want to defer it? And I want to get it right. I don't want to have this mess again. Do we want to defer to October?

2:17:21Speaker 58

Do we have a second meeting in September? It is a budget meeting. I don't know if you...

2:17:24Speaker 48

Okay, so October?

2:17:25Speaker 16

October, yeah.

2:17:26Speaker 48

So the October meeting, I believe it is October 14th. Yep.

2:17:30Speaker 58

Okay, all in agreement?

2:17:34 – 2:17:58Speaker 48

So we're deferring RDA 2 to October 14, motion by Commissioner Bott, seconded by Commissioner Fernandez. All in favor, please say aye. Aye. Any opposed? Hearing none, this item is deferred via 8-0. May I have the same motion for companion item C-7-0? Moved. Yeah. Okay, so I'll just do an acclamation, both of the joint items.

2:17:59Speaker 58

Okay, thank you. Thank you for your expertise. Thank you. It was incredibly valuable to this discussion. Great teamwork up here on the dais. So thank you.

2:18:07Speaker 5

We'll get through this.

2:18:08 – 2:18:30Speaker 58

Yes, absolutely. Any other RDA items? RDAs conclude. Thank you, Commissioner Lopez. Thank you, Commissioner Lopez. We look forward to seeing you October 14th. I'm sure we'll see you before then now. R9G.

2:18:35Speaker 48

R9G is proposed near agreement with Sodexo Live for Miami Beach Convention Center food beverage services, R9G.

2:18:43 – 2:19:06Speaker 58

So I actually pulled this item last time as Commissioner Fernandez and co-sponsored by Commissioner Mateo Salinas and Commissioner Bott. Since I pulled it, I'll just, I think you remember the discussion last time. So I'm gonna recommend referring it to the Finance Committee, which was the referral, and also the item has a slight extension, if you want to address that.

2:19:07Speaker 41

Yes, Mayor. This item is a referral to the Finance Committee to discuss the contract and extending the contract on a month-to-month basis through December of this year.

2:19:18 – 2:20:09Speaker 58

Yeah, and as I mentioned, I won't elaborate too much, but as I mentioned last time, Sodexo, they're doing a great job. They do these large scale convention events, outstanding. My issue that I'm gonna continue working on, I've asked Eric to get involved in discussions, was the smaller resident charity events that maybe 500 people or a little less. You saw a representative from the Miami Business Club came last time. They've worked it out actually since that meeting. maybe somebody wants to do a wedding there again at nights or on weekends when the convention center is not activated and there's nothing going on. Anyway, it's a great service to our residents and I found that it's been challenging to find that balance. So we'll continue to work on that and make sure that's part of the contract when it comes up for a vote.

2:20:11Speaker 58

Commissioner Fernandez.

2:20:13 – 2:21:06Speaker 56

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. And I want to be sensitive of those concerns. I'm grateful to Sodexo, and I know Doug Connor is here as well. As we all know, they've agreed to discounts for our local residents. I think it's a 20% discount and certain discounts. certain donations for 501 s, making sure that the events are at cost to these organizations. Clearly, more can be done. For example, one of the things I know, like the kosher caters, Danziger, and Danziger can be a little bit expensive. And I know you've mentioned to me you might be willing to also add more options, perhaps up to three or four possible caters so that there can be competition in that part of the contract as well.

2:21:06Speaker 43

There actually has been five.

2:21:09Speaker 43

Other kosher caterers that have worked with us in the last few years as well, so it's completely open. It's not exclusive to Danziger.

2:21:15Speaker 56

All right, so I'll move the item to go to FERC. I'll second.

2:21:19 – 2:21:35Speaker 48

Let's call the vote. I have a motion for the referral to the Finance Committee by Commissioner Fernandez, seconded by Commissioner Dominguez. All in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, R9G is referred to FERC. Thank you, Mr. Mayor.

2:21:44Speaker 58

R5G. That was R5G. That was R9. R5G, sorry. R5G, yeah.

2:21:52 – 2:22:19Speaker 48

R5G is an ordinance of the Mayor and City Commission of the City of Miami Beach, Florida, amending Chapter 10 of the Code of the City of Miami Beach, entitled Animals, by amending Section 10-11, thereof entitled Running at Large Prohibited Exceptions, by providing a grace zone extending from the perimeter of the area designated by the City Manager for the benefit of the owner of an unleashed animal who inadvertently allows his or her animal to stray outside the approved perimeter, and providing for repealer, survivability, codification, and effective date. This is a second reading public hearing. It is item R5G.

2:22:21 – 2:23:16Speaker 44

Commissioner Suarez. Thank you, Mr. Mayor. Second reading for this. And again, you know, there's a lot of, I guess, misconception online. I think that we're going to be extending an off-leash dog park beyond the actual dog park in South 5th. The South 5th dog park is unique in the sense that there's no fence. So if one of our dogs runs out for a second to chase a ball, which my dog happens to do all the time, unfortunately, there shouldn't be a penalty from any enforcement agency of the city. And I think strikes a perfect balance of enforcement and leniency for pet owners considering this dog park isn't fenced. And I move my item.

2:23:19Speaker 48

Motion by Commissioner Suarez. Seconded by Commissioner Fernandez. It is a public hearing. I see someone on Zoom. Joanna? I'm sorry.

2:23:27Speaker 58

Let me hear from Vice Mayor Dominguez. Vice Mayor Dominguez.

2:23:32 – 2:24:06Speaker 12

My concerns are the same as they were before. That park is unique. It is unfenced. But there were so many people that had written me and sent videos of what happens there. So I'm concerned about that. adding leeway for unleashed outside of that particular area. And maybe something to look at for the future would be to fence in that area because there have been dogs that have bitten people and get into fights with other dogs. So it's not an area that's without its issues. But that's my concern.

2:24:09Speaker 12

Commissioner Bhat.

2:24:10 – 2:25:02Speaker 16

Yeah, I share those concerns and you know just just because a dog runs outside of the existing parameters doesn't mean that they that that owner is going to be cited I think as the police do with other matters of law enforcement that are not major there are there's there's a matter of judgment and discretion and so I don't think that expanding this is going to make anything better. In fact, I think it's going to make it worse. It's going to be harder to enforce, more complicated, and I have seen, long before even this was an item on the agenda, I've gotten residents reaching out to me about issues with dog owners with their dogs off leash, attacking children, attacking cat feeders, attacking other dogs. And we need less chaos, not more of it. So I will be a no on this.

2:25:02 – 2:25:31Speaker 48

We have a motion. I have a motion by Commissioner Suarez, seconded by Commissioner Fernandez. It is a public hearing. I have no one here in the audience requesting to speak. I have three in Zoom. Joanna, please go ahead. Joanna, please unmute yourself. Hello, do you hear me? Yes, go ahead.

2:25:31Speaker 63

Hi, my name is Joanna Berinska, 90 Alpen Road.

2:25:35 – 2:25:47Speaker 25

Instead of speaking, I have submitted the video to the audiovisual department. I'm asking the mayor for about two minutes, 25 seconds to play a video, if possible. It's called off-leash, thank you.

2:25:53Speaker 58

I'm looking at our communications department.

2:25:55Speaker 48

I'm not... PJ, if you don't have it, let's go to the next one, and we could always go back to it, but let's continue to the next caller.

2:26:04 – 2:26:17Speaker 58

And by the way... So let's go to the next... Yeah, I mean, these have to be vetted, obviously, because we can't just allow the videos to go up without knowing what its content could be.

2:26:18Speaker 48

So let's go to Brian Teasley. And Brian has two callers here, so let's just pick one, PJ, and go with that.

2:26:28Speaker 64

Can you hear me?

2:26:31 – 2:28:35Speaker 64

Thank you very much. Commissioner Brian Teasley, 90 Alton Road, Commissioner Magazine. I lived at 8th and Mercer in the village for more than a decade, felt the same way about opportunities in that town as you do. Unfortunately, at the first reading of this proposal, Commissioner Suarez did a bit of a sales job on you and on Mayor Miner and two of the other commissioners. He said something like, I just don't think Fluffy's owner should be given a ticket, a citation for an off-leash dog, if the dog just happens to stray outside for briefly, momentarily, he used those words, and for just chasing a squirrel or a ball or something like that. Now, at the moment, nobody is being given a ticket in that situation. What this proposal actually does, and you need to be very careful about this, it creates an off-leash zone 100 feet around the perimeter of the current off-leash park in which you can have an off-leash dog for up to five minutes. And that's a lot of squirrels and a lot of stray balls. So I went down, I walked around the park, 100 feet around the current park gives you the entirety of the entrance fountains, the walkway along the water, and all the way to the artistic lighthouse that everybody sits around and has picnics around. So if you pass this ordinance, these guys with the Rottweilers, the Dobermans and the other very dangerous dogs are going to walk into the park with the dogs off leash. They're going to wander around. They're going to go to the promenade. They're going to wander over to the lighthouse. And after that time, they're going to look around and they're going to say, oh, there's no park ranger. So five minutes of off-leash time is going to become 10, might become 15. And then finally, when one of the park rangers shows up, they're simply going to leash the dog.

2:28:35Speaker 48

Thank you, sir. Our next caller is Andres Acion.

2:28:42 – 2:29:33Speaker 13

Good morning, Commissioner. I go to that park with my dog probably two or three times a day. So I'm very familiar with the area. I would say that the idea of the fence is a great idea. Second thing, I've never seen any ranger ever ticket anybody with an off-leash dog before. Ever. So we're going after trying to prevent something that's happened that I don't think has ever happened. I'm curious to know how many citations have been given to people with off-leash dogs. Every single time a ranger comes by and sees, you know, there's several people that run with their dogs off-leash in that area, and whenever a ranger comes by, they tell them something, they leash them. But I don't think that there's ever been a ticket given to anybody with an off-leash dog in that area. So I would just recommend that idea of the fence be implemented for that area and have a nice fence for that dog park. Thank you.

2:29:36Speaker 48

Mayor, that concludes the public hearing portion of this item. Mr. Mayor. Commissioner Bach.

2:29:42 – 2:30:36Speaker 16

Just for the record, I want to make clear that my comments were made as a longtime dog lover. I've rescued dogs. I've got two rescue dogs at home at the moment. And the little dog is affectionately known as the 10-pound terrorist. He never goes off leash. Neither of my dogs, none of my dogs ever have because it's, you know, at the end of the day, dogs are animals who react to things the same way that people do on a bad day. And there's no telling when a dog, no matter how well trained, might have an adverse reaction or get provoked and there be unfortunate consequences. So this is not anything about not caring for dogs, having a preference for one type of dog over another, anything like that. It's just a public safety issue. And I would be very supportive of putting a fence in to make a large dog park where you could let your dogs off leash within the dog park without putting anybody else at risk.

2:30:38 – 2:32:01Speaker 44

Thank you. Commissioner Suarez. Thank you, Mr. Mayor. I don't see the big issue here with this particular dog park it's the only dog park in Miami Beach that's by design doesn't have a fence and I for one don't want to leave it to the discretion of an officer or park ranger to either give a citation or not. I think that's why we're up here to put some checks and balances on the enforcement side. one of the previous scholars, maybe five minutes is too much. I'm okay with two minutes because I think that's plenty of time to, if your dog accidentally goes outside the boundary, you should have two minutes to collect or to get your dog. So I'm okay to amend that and I think that's perfectly reasonable. Again, this isn't designed to make it an off-leash zone 150 feet from the park. I think this is just to say to any enforcement officer, there's a two-minute grace period. If it just so happens that your dog runs, you're not going to be cited for that. So I'd like to make that amendment from five minutes to two minutes.

2:32:02Speaker 38

We can take care of that.

2:32:04 – 2:32:41Speaker 43

OK. I'll be supportive, especially with that amendment. Can't let a good dad joke go unwasted. I'll have a short leash with this. If there's any issues here, I would ask to revisit it. In particular, kidding aside, the issues that Brian laid out, I think he laid it out pretty eloquently, where we don't want this to signal that Rottweilers and Pitbulls are somehow allowed off their leash and just to be roaming free. This is to accommodate this, let's call it grace period, if you will. So with that, I'll be fine supporting this.

2:32:42 – 2:33:15Speaker 44

And for the record, most dog breeds, I've had pit bulls, and they're the most loving dogs. So I don't know why we're vilifying pit bulls because they really were meant and bred to be family dogs. I think all dogs are domesticated. It's just who raises them is what really becomes the problem. So I just want to put that out there. But we have a motion and a second as amended.

2:33:16Speaker 48

A motion by Commissioner Suarez as amended with a two-minute grace period, seconded by Commissioner Fernandez. Vice Mayor Dominguez?

2:33:24Speaker 48

Commissioner Suarez? Yes. Commissioner Ba?

2:33:28Speaker 48

Commissioner Magazine? Yes. Commissioner Fernandez? Yes. Commissioner Mattel-Salinas?

2:33:34Speaker 48

Mayor Miner? Yes. Motion passes. The item is approved. That was item R5G.

2:33:46 – 2:34:08Speaker 48

R5F is an Orders of the Mayor, City Commissioner of the City of Miami Beach, Florida amending Chapter 30 of the Miami Beach City Code entitled Code Enforcement by amending Article 2 entitled Special Magistrate at Section 30-37 thereof entitled Terms of Office Compensation to amend the procedures for establishing the compensation for special magistrates other than the chief special magistrate and providing for repeal or servability applications at an effective date. This is item R5F.

2:34:08Speaker 58

Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

2:34:10 – 2:34:26Speaker 34

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. This item actually doesn't have anything to do with terms of office, but it's the section of the code that we're adding that the city manager can amend the compensation. With that, I move my item. Go ahead, Mr. Manager.

2:34:27 – 2:34:52Speaker 41

Yeah, and I just wanted to mention that this particular item basically aligns the special magistrates with the chief special magistrate that the manager can currently set the hourly rate for, as you've seen with me in the last six months. My intention would always be to bring that to you for consideration, but this does align the two so they're not different rules.

2:34:55Speaker 34

I move my item.

2:34:56 – 2:35:10Speaker 48

Second. Call the vote. A motion by Commissioner Mateo Salinas, seconded by Commissioner Suarez. It is a public hearing. I see no one on Zoom and no one in the audience requesting to speak. Commissioner Bott. Yes. Mayor Dominguez?

2:35:12 – 2:35:32Speaker 48

Commissioner Fernandez? Yes. Commissioner Suarez? Yes. Commissioner Mateo Salinas? Yes. Commissioner Magazine? Yes. Mayor Miner? Mayor? Yes. Thank you. This is item R5F. It is approved 7-0. Second meeting public hearing is scheduled for September 10th.

2:35:34 – 2:35:52Speaker 58

Okay. So discuss an important item now. We'll call them together. R7A, R7B, R7C, and R9D. Oh, you even brought your bow tie for today, John, huh? So R7A, it is

2:35:55 – 2:36:19Speaker 48

Authorized geobond stormwater moratorium on water sewer rates our 7b is geobond for stormwater only Option 1 our 7c is geobond for stormwater water and sewer option 2 and our 9d is discussed geobond for stormwater capital fund water sewer program and

2:36:21 – 2:43:49Speaker 54

Welcome, John. Good morning, John Norris, Public Works Director. I'm bringing back the two options that were requested at the last Commission meeting. We had started discussing the GO bond option to fund water and sewer infrastructure and critical infrastructure projects. So we had two options that we were asked to bring forward. One was an all-geo bond option to fund our 10-year capital improvement plan, and the other was a hybrid option. If you remember a few months ago, we came to City Commission to request a rate increase on water, sewer, and stormwater rates. What we've done with the hybrid option is we are requesting a water and sewer rate increase, which was about half of the rate increase. And then we're looking at a geobond option for the stormwater projects associated with the 10-year CIP plan. If we could pull up the presentation, PJ. It's a very short presentation, only a few slides. So what we did, we looked at who are the residents of Miami Beach. 90% of the residents of Miami Beach live in condominiums, not single family homes. So it makes sense to look at the cost to a condominium dwelling resident. We took a sampling of condos throughout the city. Condos have master meters. Each resident is not paying their own water bill. It's split up amongst all the residents. We took the total water bill for a sampling of condos throughout the city and we divided them by the number of units to come up with what is the average expenditure per condo dweller in the city? IN ADDITION, WE CAME UP WITH ASSOCIATED VALUES OF THOSE CONDOS, WHICH ARE VERY IMPORTANT, BECAUSE WE'RE TALKING ABOUT A GENERAL OBLIGATION BOND, WHICH IS BASED ON AN INCREASED MILLAGE RATE. SO THE TOTAL EXPENSE WILL BE BASED ON THE ASSESSED VALUE OF THE PROPERTY. YOU SEE THE FIRST VALUE THERE IS $318,570. THAT IS THE MEDIAN HOME VALUE FOR A HOMESTEADED PROPERTY IN MIAMI BEACH. AND THEN $966,000 $857 is the average homesteaded value in the city. And then we threw in some other values just to put perspective on what the cost difference would be based on the type of, or the value of the home that you owned. So as you can see for the condos, The variance was cheaper for the hybrid option. That option again includes increasing the water and sewer rates, only increasing the stormwater rate by CPI, which is a current ordinance, and then doing a geo bond for the stormwater component of the capital improvement plan. So those two columns of numbers, 1770202 down to 586049, that's the combined utility bill and portion of the property owner's tax bill associated with the GO bond. So on the left-hand column, all the projects will be funded through GO bond. On the right-hand column, only the stormwater projects will be paid for through GO bond. As you would expect, as the property value goes up, the variance gets greater because the weight on the GO bond is greater on those higher value properties. So this is for a condo. You can see in all cases that we sampled, the hybrid option is a cheaper way to go. And by the way, this is an annual cost, not a monthly cost. So you can divide that by 12, and that gives you an idea of what the monthly cost would be. We did that because a tax bill is annual. Then we looked at single-family residential homes. THAT ARE HOMESTEADED. AGAIN, WE HAVE THE SAME MEDIAN VALUE, THE SAME AVERAGE VALUE, AND THE SAME SAMPLE VALUES GIVEN. YOU CAN SEE THE FIRST LINE, THE ALL GEO BOND OPTION IS THE BETTER WAY TO GO AT AN ASSESSED VALUE OF $318,570. There aren't many single family homes with that assessed value in the city. There are some that exist. There are likely houses that were purchased 30, 40, 50 years ago and have been homesteaded since then, so the assessed value has been locked in at a 3% maximum increase. The bulk of the homes are going to fall, I'm sorry, the bulk of the single family homes are gonna fall far above that amount. So you could see in those cases, it's a better option to do the hybrid. This is the original proposed rate adjustment. I just wanted to bring this slide up to put in perspective what we were originally talking about, which has brought us to where we are right now. The average single family home using 5,000 gallons per month currently pays $138 a month Over a 10-year period, that would increase to $231 per month. And you can see the associated adjustments each year. The adjustments start higher and then taper off and go more towards the CPI adjustment. This is a rate increase that we are proposing with the hybrid option. If you remember, I said we're taking away the stormwater rate increase and only doing the water and sewer rate increase, which those are two distinct enterprise funds. It's important to note that these enterprise funds operate like a business. We do not typically receive money from the general fund to fund water, sewer, and stormwater. We receive the revenue from the users, the water bill, and all of our expenses come out of that. That includes our operating expenses and our capital improvements. This shows the original proposed rate adjustment versus the all-geo bond versus the hybrid model. Again, what you can see is for the lowest value, There's a savings for the all geo bond, the 318. That's a single family residential though, so it is very limited. And then as you get up towards the $5 million value, the monthly cost goes up significantly. And I'm gonna open it to any questions that anybody might have.

2:43:51 – 2:45:31Speaker 44

Commissioner Suarez. Thank you, Mr. Mayor. So John and I have been talking in the last couple of days and I want to land this in the best way that's for the most equitable for Miami Beach and the residents. When you use the calculation for single family homes, it's not it's because you are able to have the water usage per household, correct? And the way you have defined it is 5,000 gallons a month, correct? When it comes to condos, it's much harder to do an analysis. And so part of this analysis is you, the city, had to do a sample, correct, of multiple condos. And there are, unfortunately, you don't have a specific water meter for each unit, correct? You have a master meter. You divide however many gallons and then you divide by units in there and you have an average per unit. So just to put it into perspective, if you have a household with a median income of 310 or what was on the slide?

2:45:31Speaker 54

A median value of 318,000. 318,000, correct.

2:45:36 – 2:46:53Speaker 44

and that's assuming 5,000 gallons a month, the cost is slightly higher, correct? And why is that important to note? It's important to note because if you are a resident in Miami Beach, you have a family, you're probably using 5,000 gallons a month. If you are a full-time resident here, you are using 5,000 gallons a month or more. If you are in a building that has, let's say, snowbirds in it, that average is gonna skew down because if you're only here for three months out of the year, some of the units, and the cost share or the usage share would average down below 5,000. So, John, if you own a household, correct, with the median income, and you're using 5,000 gallons a month, which option is more expensive?

2:46:54Speaker 54

Well, it depends on the value of the, the assessed value of the property. So, median and below? Medium below the all-Geo bond would be more advantageous.

2:47:04 – 2:47:15Speaker 54

By how much? That number was $97 annually, so... Over the course? $8 a month?

2:47:16Speaker 44

No, no, over the course of the 10 years.

2:47:19 – 2:47:40Speaker 54

Over the course of that 10 years, and it would be $970 over 10 years. Okay. Actually, I I'm sorry. Let me restate that the numbers we are giving you are for the highest debt service year, which would be 2035 so it actually be Progressive up to that point. So that's not an accurate statement.

2:47:40 – 2:49:25Speaker 44

I said so Just so my colleagues are aware if you have a median household income and you are if your portfolio is within the median and below, this would affect you disproportionately as if you were above the median household income, or not income, the value. So we have to wrestle with the idea that if we go with a hybrid option, the most struggling residents in Miami Beach are potentially paying more under the hybrid option. I do, however, understand the need to keep this enterprise fund afloat. And I think not our doing, decades of commissioners have really declined to put this in good standing. You know, I want to hear how my colleagues feel about what we potentially could be doing on this because I'm still, I'm not even sure where I stand on this yet. I want to hear from a few others and see how do they wrestle with the idea that the most challenged residents in terms of affordability are going to be Not as, it's going to hurt them more than the ones who aren't challenged financially.

2:49:25 – 2:50:14Speaker 54

Yeah, if I could, Commissioner. So we used an average. These buildings have one bedroom, two bedroom, and three bedroom units, sometimes four and five bedroom units. That is the best approach that we could take. The lower assessed value units are likely going to be your one bedroom and two bedroom units. And while your usage might be averaging about 3,200 gallons a month, Conventional wisdom would say that the lower assessed value units are going to be smaller with fewer fixtures. So it would actually have less usage. So that would bring that number down. This is the best way we have to come up with it.

2:50:14Speaker 44

Sample for condos. Yeah. And just so everyone is aware, how many condos did you sample for this particular analysis that was on the slide?

2:50:23Speaker 54

There are 18 buildings that were sampled of varying sizes and varying geographic locations and ages as well.

2:50:31 – 2:51:12Speaker 44

And when you did the sample, from what we discussed, some buildings, some condos or apartments were better off with the full Geobon. Obviously, some were better off with the hybrid. What were the differences in those condos? When you when you did the sample and you saw that some condos were It was preferred it was beneficial to the to the ones who were sampled for Maybe higher usage more occupancy and the geo bond would have been more beneficial to them Maybe you could speak a little bit more about that.

2:51:12 – 2:52:02Speaker 54

Yes, sir. The the lowest value for were the ones where the all-geo bond worked better. However, again, we have to, if we had a way to prorate that usage, if we had a meter for every condo, this would be a very easy exercise. We don't. We are averaging across the building. I live in a condo building. We have predominantly one-bedroom units in the building. I live in a three bedroom because I have a bunch of kids, but that average is going to be skewed based on the number of bedrooms and number of fixtures per unit. So again, this is just an exercise that we're going to try to come up with overall the best approach to funding the capital improvement plan for all of our residents.

2:52:04Speaker 58

Commissioner Magazine, and then Commissioner Bott, then Commissioner Fernandez. Thank you, everybody, for this.

2:52:09 – 2:59:07Speaker 43

Our administration, you have jumped through hoops that we've put you through over the past several years. Thank you to the Commission for being cost-conscious, but also realizing how critical it is that we move forward with some of these infrastructure and resiliency challenges. Because of how important and nuanced these discussions have been, evidenced by just the back and forth that we heard there. We've all become so detail-oriented. I think what we can also do is take a step back and make this even more simple. And I actually apologize for not kind of seeing this earlier and hoping steer in this direction. Apology accepted. And this is where I hope to go with this, right? We're getting so caught up in the weeds about geo bond versus revenue bond and what portion it should be. Let's take a step back and ask what we're trying to achieve. Two primary things. move forward, which we all collectively agree is needed, with critical, critical infrastructure and resiliency projects that have been kicked down the road until this Commission said, enough's enough, we won't be the Commission that keeps kicking it down the road. So that is the number one challenge that our residents face every single storm season, every single summer. We need to be serious about moving forward with these infrastructure and resiliency challenges. The second needle that we need to thread is affordability. We all see our residents are impacted by the increased cost of living, and we're doing everything that we can, evidenced by our budget meeting last Friday, where we sat here for hours and hours and cut millions and millions and millions of dollars of recurring spending. So, instead of getting further caught up in trying to decipher which funding mechanism is best, I think the best way to achieve those two primary objectives is moving forward with critical infrastructure and resiliency and keeping costs low, is we take that list that was given us to the administration that we're essentially thinking about moving forward with now. The total is about what, John? About $775 million in present value? Yes, sir. Right? And we say, we're actually going to pare that down right now. Right? We're only going to move forward with those items that we can all help to define that are mission critical. That being No neighborhood gets favored or benefited, but the projects that we can either move forward with right away or we lose state or federal funding or that we need to do because they are critical, because we have pipes bursting. When I went through this project list with John, there's some projects on here. in part of this number that we're contemplating borrowing for, that have no physical way of being done in the next 10, 12 years. We're borrowing for things like First Street Phase 3 and 4. We're authorizing borrowing. That's not going to get completed within 15 years, if ever. This project list, we would need to implement a new public works and CIP department to undertake all of these in the next 10 years. These are huge undertakings and it is very, very robust. So what I would propose is we scale down the amount that is being proposed by the administration somewhere around what is contemplated under the utility rate for the hybrid option, around $430 million, something along those lines, right? We find the mixture of stormwater and water projects that are mission critical, that total in aggregate to about that $430 million, and we borrow through those how these projects are typically borrowed through utility rate funding. And that saves everybody versus what is being proposed here, poorest and most vulnerable to the richest. And in five years from now, if you come and tell us, you know what, we've been able to make so much progress, it's time that we can be serious about these more ambitious pie-in-the-sky type things, then we can have a renewed discussion around that. But if we're trying to thread the needle of affordability and cost efficiency, I really don't see the need that we need to borrow here $750 or $775 million. We borrow now for only the projects that are mission critical. that we have significant federal and state funding for that we would lose if we don't do, a combination of stormwater neighborhood improvement projects and critical water and stormwater projects. And we travel on the same path that the utility rate portion of the hybrid would have traveled. So in September, we come back for first reading and we say, we're here to authorize, let's call it 400, $450 million that would reflect a much scaled down increase to everybody across the income spectrum. than is being proposed in either the full geobond method or the hybrid method, right? We save $300 million of costs that, regardless of what funding mechanism, would be borne by our residents. So we achieve affordability by really paring down this wish list into nice to have, into really let's fund the meat and potatoes, the things that are very critical right now, and not just right now, but for the next couple of years, give you breathing room to do these projects. Give our residents breathing room so we're not in construction paralysis. And we move forward, and by definition, we've actually achieved significant cost savings versus either one of those options that are being proposed just by the sheer reduction in the total amount that we're borrowing.

2:59:08Speaker 58

Thank you, Commissioner Magazine. Commissioner Bob, then Commissioner Fernandez.

2:59:12Speaker 16

John, can you clarify if we are proposing to borrow everything now or just authorize the borrowing as we need it?

2:59:19 – 3:00:32Speaker 54

No, we would be borrowing as we needed it. So the debt service would not hit until later on certain projects. One concern I have, unless we take, let's say, our first five years of projects and we spread that out over the next 10 years, then I see that we would realize savings. But if we say we're going to do the first five years and we're going to borrow all that money in five years, I'm not a finance guy. but I think the financial hit is still gonna be the same because we're gonna be doing the same thing in five years for that second half of the CIP program. Now if we do spread this out, and I do wanna be clear, we have actually spread this out significantly. When we started this exercise, we looked at, can we deliver these projects in this time period? And we went back and forth and decided, no, we couldn't. So we started just pushing stuff out, pushing stuff out, till we thought it was a manageable, now aggressive, but manageable CIP plan. But I would like maybe Jason to comment on the financial impact of that.

3:00:33 – 3:01:40Speaker 43

I'm sorry, Commissioner Buck. I wasn't proposing to compress that into an accelerated, I wasn't proposing to compress it into a more accelerated timeframe than what you had proposed. The exact funding mechanism that you have that exists in the hybrid method for the utility rates, we do that, but we don't move forward with the geobond portion, right? So we're borrowing less. We would have to essentially reconfigure what constituted that utility rate portion of the revenue bond, right? But we're essentially borrowing less, and yes, you're absolutely right, Commissioner Bach, we're just authorizing now, but the numbers that we're authorizing are being reflected in what these proposed rates are. So we essentially cap that and say, until we revisit this discussion, you have $400 whatever number we decide on, million dollars of projects that you can borrow to. So by definition, that is a much, much less increase than what we were proposing in either of these two methods.

3:01:40 – 3:03:24Speaker 16

So, John, I also, and Jason, in just a second, I'll, but John, I also want to talk about the other part of that proposal, having half the projects. I how long has it taken us as a city to get to the point where we are which is if we are going to do a hybrid option it has to happen today otherwise we missed the window to get it on the ballot in November and then we are back to being another year out if we're going to pursue the hybrid option so how long has it taken us to get here and can you give some backstory on on why we're at this critical juncture. I mean, we haven't had CPI increases for the water rates for decades. And we've, the city has, the city commission before us, commissions before us have not focused on this, so we now have a backlog of projects. And if you could provide a little color on that, and then how long it's taken us to get to where we are today, because my concern, and I'm not, a Pollyanna, I'm not pretending that we're going to get all the projects done in the next 10 years, but to defer decision making on half the projects which affect the entire city for some future commission which may or may not have the stones to do what needs to be done. I'm not really comfortable with that unless you can tell me that that list of lesser than projects really doesn't matter to the residents across the city. I'd like to hear John's answer and the CFO's answer to your earlier question.

3:03:24Speaker 44

Just to clarify, there are CPI increases, right?

3:03:28 – 3:03:54Speaker 54

Yes, there have been CPI increases, not on the impact fees, but CPI increases have been done as part of an ordinance that was adopted for the water and sewer rates, just not the impact fees, which the Commission corrected a few months ago. I've been working on this since I got here since we met and then two previous public works directors have been working on This rate increase as well. So it's probably two to three years.

3:03:54 – 3:05:45Speaker 42

I think Jason might be able to expand on that Yeah, I can add a little to that Jason green chief financial officer. I think it probably starts back in 2017 I think when we started the city part of me getting here, you know, we're endeavored on developing its critical needs program and its NIPs and getting those approved. It's been a long, long process. There was a rate ordinance put in place that set rates to be at CPI, but those first, I think, four or five years were set artificially low. And during that timeframe, inflation was higher than that. So I think that the city lost out on inflation by 10%. So the rates would have been 10% higher. Actually, what was interesting in working with the public works team on this is when they looked at the year 2035 and they looked at what the utility rates would be, the average utility bill would be, the new ordinance that is being proposed on just the water and sewer having increased versus the existing was a 10% increase. KIND OF WAS JOKING WITH JOHN WAS THAT IF THEY JUST SET THE CPI BACK IN 17 AND LEFT IT ALONE, WE MIGHT EVEN BE HERE FOR AT LEAST ON THE WATER AND SEWER COMPONENT. SO I THOUGHT THAT WAS INTERESTING. AND THEN TO THE ELEMENT OF WHAT WE'VE BEEN WORKING ON NOW, THIS GOES BACK I WANT TO SAY APRIL OF 25. SO, YEAH, IT'S BEEN PROBABLY A YEAR AND A HALF THAT THIS HAS BEEN IN THE WORKS. WE STARTED WITH UTILITY RATES AND THAT WAS KIND OF postponed for a bit utility rates again these were unanimous approval at finance it was postponed it came back to the finance committee utility rates again were were fully endorsed then it was postponed again and then we took a couple different tax based on commission discussion with geo bonds and here we are with a hybrid model that we think is the way to be able to move forward thank you all right i got commissioner fernandez and commissioner suarez

3:05:48 – 3:07:08Speaker 56

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. John, so when we talk about selecting projects, So it's my understanding that there has been a prioritization list that over the years the city has. The city has a list of projects and those projects are numbered based on their critical nature and their importance to our city? Yes, sir. Okay, and that's how the projects have been identified? and the funding that the city needs has been identified based on that? Correct. Okay. So you gave us a presentation where you showed us different numbers and in that presentation you were comparing THE RESIDENT'S TOTAL MONTHLY COST, NOT JUST UTILITY RATE CHARGES, BUT ALSO WHAT THE ANNUAL G.O. BOND CONVERTED INTO A MONTHLY AMOUNT WOULD BE? YES, SIR. And the figures that you showed there assumed that all those households were consuming about 5,000 gallons per month under every scenario.

3:07:08Speaker 54

For the single-family homes, the condos were an average of 3,200 gallons per month, per unit. Okay.

3:07:17 – 3:07:43Speaker 56

All right. And the median that you established was about 300,000? 318,000, yes, sir. Okay. And for those properties, you showed an estimated monthly cost by 2035 of how much? Under the all-geo bond option?

3:07:45 – 3:08:08Speaker 54

For the all-geo bond option for a condominium, it was about $1,772. Okay, and for the hybrid option? $1,762, so $9.60 different for a year. So it was about the same? Yes, sir.

3:08:09 – 3:09:03Speaker 56

Okay. Hold on. What's that? Help me understand how Commissioner Magazine's proposal could be more beneficial to the city from your perspective. to the city, to the system, to the utility system. When I say to the city, I think to the people that are receiving the services, to the homeowners, to the condo owners, and to the people who ultimately need to pay. Because my goal is to be able to deliver the projects that are, as the commissioner mentioned, mission critical, but at the lowest rate possible, which is why we placed that moratorium on the water and sewer rate increases because it was going to be very burdensome on a lot of people. So help me understand how Commissioner Magazine's proposal could be more beneficial to the city.

3:09:06 – 3:10:23Speaker 54

So if we're talking about the median household, median assessed value or lower, that would be less beneficial to them. Water and sewer rates are user fees and the storm water fee is a storm water assessment per unit. So you can control your use of water and in return you're controlling your sewer fee as well because that's based on your metered water, but every household is going to have the storm water assessment on it. So as you get lower, just like with your gas bill or your FPNL bill, THE PERCENTAGE OF INCOME TO THE LOWER INCOME IS GOING TO BE GREATER FOR THEIR UTILITIES. AND IF WE GO WITH A UTILITY RATE INCREASE ACROSS THE BOARD, IT'S GOING TO GENERALLY AFFECT THE LOWER INCOME PEOPLE AT ABOUT THE SAME LEVEL AS IT WOULD THE HIGHER INCOME PEOPLE. WHEN WE ADD THE GEO BOND COMPONENT, it does become a little more progressive on the stormwater side. Did that answer your question?

3:10:24Speaker 56

Yeah, so it shifts the burden based on the property value. The people that have a higher property value, in essence, are contributing more.

3:10:34Speaker 43

Only if you borrow the same amount.

3:10:39Speaker 56

What? What's that, Commissioner Magazine?

3:10:42Speaker 43

Only if you borrow the same amount. You're answering Commissioner Fernandez's point as if we're borrowing the same amount.

3:10:53 – 3:11:06Speaker 54

I was just answering that as if we raise utility rates and the stormwater assessment across the board, how it's going to affect the residents. I think that's what the question was. I'm sorry. I'm trying to.

3:11:06 – 3:11:32Speaker 43

And I don't mean to interject. I'm trying to understand the concept. You answered it as if we borrow the same amount across the board. I'm not proposing that. When you said people on the lower income threshold would be more impacted by what I'm proposing, that's not correct because we're borrowing hundreds of millions of dollars less under my proposal.

3:11:32 – 3:11:46Speaker 54

Let me clarify. Any utility rate increase was my point. Just like an FPL bill or a gas bill is going to affect the lower income person more than it would the higher income person.

3:11:46 – 3:12:17Speaker 42

If I can add to what I think the general point would be, because remember our total capital program for this period I think is about $1.1 billion total. It's partially cash flow funded and partially debt financed. I think with the, I believe with the commissioner's basic proposal, is to not do a geobond and just revisit the entire capital program and say, of the $1.1 billion, which projects would we be moving forward with and which ones would we be, not necessarily canceling, but maybe postponing off into a semi-indefinite future. So if you pared down the program, you would need less.

3:12:18 – 3:12:57Speaker 56

But I guess from what you were explaining, Placing more of the program on the utility rates shifts a greater relative burden, whatever the amount we end up borrowing through utility bonds onto residents in lower assessed homes and people of more moderate income, It puts more of a burden on them on a relative scale while placing more of it on the GEO bond asks owners of higher assessed properties to carry a larger share. Yes, sir.

3:12:57Speaker 54

That was my point. Okay. You know, from the debt standpoint, that's a different answer to that question.

3:13:03 – 3:14:30Speaker 43

John, what I've suggested is, is borrowing the same exact amount in the utility, via utility rates, under this proposal as your hybrid proposal. The same exact amount, right? So there's no shifting, oh, well, okay, it's more for people, the same exact, mechanism that you're proposing in your hybrid. See, let's do that and we move forward with it. Let me ask you a question. What happens to the lower income people if in November homestead exemption is taken away, I'm sorry, increased and then over the years It's greatly expanded. That means the people whose homes are at $5, $10, $25 million that are paying right now in the geobond are removed from that. What do you think that does to the people on the lower end of the income threshold, to renters? They are left carrying that burden. of the homesteaded property tax payers that are removed from the system.

3:14:32Speaker 54

I'm going to defer to CFO on that one.

3:14:37Speaker 42

So I just wanted to make sure I understand the question.

3:14:40 – 3:15:23Speaker 43

Geo bonds are funded via property taxes, correct? Correct. I'm asking a question, I know the answer. If in November, a large portion of the people that are paying property taxes are removed from having to pay them, by definition, then what is that going to do? The people that aren't part of that homestead exemption. And over the years, it's going to grow and grow and grow. That is the plan here. So the people whose homes are worth $10, $20, $30, $50 million in Miami Beach, are removed from having to pay into the GEO bond debt service.

3:15:24Speaker 56

Right? I need clarity, if I may.

3:15:29 – 3:16:03Speaker 56

OK. So right now, the property tax reform that's going to the voters is, if it passes, the first year, the homestead exemption gets increased to $150,000. And then the second year, it gets increased to $250,000. So we're not, we don't have a proposal, and Mr. Attorney, correct me if I'm wrong, we don't have a property reform that completely eliminates property taxes from people's trim notices, is that correct?

3:16:04 – 3:16:18Speaker 38

That is correct, but the legislation does contemplate that the state legislature will adopt rules that would allow municipalities, if they want, to further increase the homestead exemption. Right. So so so it'll be optional.

3:16:18 – 3:17:06Speaker 56

It commands it commands the legislature to prescribe a uniform method through which any other taxing entity could eliminate those those property taxes. And in this case, it would be up to us whether whether we decide to do that. in which case, if this property tax reform passes, and in year two we're seeing an increase of $250,000, in essence, the bulk of people who are in the medium property range, or below Jason, If this passes, they probably then won't be affected by this general obligation bond impact because they would have a tax, their property tax exemption goes up.

3:17:08 – 3:17:30Speaker 42

Yes, Commissioner. If you happen to have a homesteaded property on the very low end of the scale at 250 or lower and the constitutional amendment passes, my understanding of that implementation would be you would pay no property taxes. So it would be free to you. It would be a tax burden shift if that constitutional amendment so happens to pass.

3:17:31 – 3:18:02Speaker 56

Okay, so in essence, those individuals, probably a big chunk of those individuals who are in the median property value range of about 300 and how much was it? 318. 318. If this $250,000 property tax reform passes, probably a big chunk of those individuals won't be affected by the general obligation bond. IF IT WERE TO PASS IN THE BALLOT BOX.

3:18:02Speaker 42

IT WOULD BE AN INCREASE BECAUSE THERE'S ALREADY A 50 ALREADY INCLUDED IN THAT 318. SO IT WOULD BE A $200,000 INCREASE. SO THEORETICALLY THAT MEDIAN WOULD SHIFT DOWN.

3:18:11Speaker 56

SO THE PEOPLE WHO ARE IN THE LOWEST INCOME RANGES WOULD BE PROTECTED. AND SO I JUST THINK THAT'S GOOD CLARITY TO HAVE HERE.

3:18:31Speaker 44

Commissioner, can you, I didn't hear you.

3:18:35 – 3:20:45Speaker 43

So the, sorry, the lower income homeowners would get exempt. However, 66% of our city, the residents are renters. They get no exemptions and they are the ones left holding the bag for where this shifts to. If you lose income, it has to be borne by somebody. It's not going to say don't pay your debt service. It's going to be borne by the people that aren't exempt from this. I'll just reiterate very simplistically what I am proposing is I can in good faith vote for and I don't lament people that are it is just my difference in opinion I think it's very important we move forward with water infrastructure resiliency However, I do think that we can pare this down not to eliminate these projects. But the ones that are 15 years in the future, we don't need to authorize borrowing for that now. We can cross that bridge when we get closer to it. We send a message to our residents that we are really only doing the things that are more mission critical, just like we did in our budget process. We are reprioritizing things. We are authorizing things. things that are only the highest priority, and we could define that however you want, right? But we are essentially only authorizing a lower amount to be borrowed. And by definition, that is the best way to save money for our residents, right? We're authorizing less to be borrowed. And what are we giving up? Projects like First Street Phase 3 and 4 that are never going to get done, ever. Okay, they're never going to get done. We're not even at First Street phase one. That is at best. Talk to me honestly, just bluntly. 12 years, 15 years?

3:20:48Speaker 41

If you're asking me through the chair, what we've presented here is a 10-year CIP.

3:20:55 – 3:21:07Speaker 43

I know, but just first phase three and four. Just talk to me. I don't even want to say off record. We're on record, but just not with the engineering stuff, just layman's terms.

3:21:07 – 3:21:32Speaker 41

You asked me this question yesterday, and I said that my belief is that we likely wouldn't be able to start three and four for approximately 10 years. But it's part of the 10-year CIP that we're proposing to fund through these rate increases over the next nine years. I think what I'm hearing from you, Commissioner, is you would rather look at a five-year CIP.

3:21:33 – 3:23:56Speaker 43

But not in a compressed borrowing window. It's not even a five-year, right? But the projects that are not as mission critical, that is how we achieve affordability. is we prioritize right now for the next couple of years, and we revisit in a few years if we come back and these affordability challenges have lessened. Then we look to a further borrowing program. We're not getting rid of these programs. We are just saying for the ones that can get completed in this shorter, let's call it five to seven year window, those are the ones that we borrow for right now. I don't have, I don't think it is prudent to sit here and authorize borrowing for projects that I'm not sold, we're going to complete, right? I look out and I see some of our construction projects that are just your typical thing. We don't have any construction project, and this isn't a knock on anybody, it's just how, you know, the city works. that get done on time, in a timely basis. We're having a discussion later on West Avenue to pay a million dollars to a consultant to tell us what, what the heck is going on there for a project that's been talked about for 10 years, it's what, a year and a half, two years over timeline from when we started, which was just like two or three years ago, right? We're sitting here arguing about the borrowing amount for these projects that are so pie in the sky that I'm not going to authorize borrowing that could eventually increase the cost of our residents. For these projects, I'm not convinced are happening in any type of timely fashion. And if you all prove In seven years or in five years, wow, we've zipped our way through these mission-critical projects. It is time to now readdress these more ambitious projects. Then let's have this discussion again. Very simple. I'm not saying we can never have this again. But right now, we pare down our priority list of what we need and borrow, authorize borrowing at a lower amount.

3:23:57 – 3:24:59Speaker 41

And if I may, Commissioner, again, through the Chair, I am just struggling, I think, a little bit with some of the terminology that we're referring to. I don't necessarily think that we're paring down. I think what we're talking about doing is potentially saying instead of funding the entire 10-year CIP in one ordinance, we're talking about funding a five-year CIP an ordinance now with the ability to revisit it at a future date now what I don't know as we sit here today because we haven't run the numbers is what that looks like from a debt service coverage ratio and a borrowing number and what those rates are so I can't definitively say, I would love to be able to say if you borrow half the money, it's going to be half the cost. But I can't sit here today and say that because I don't think that we have that.

3:24:59Speaker 43

We already have a free proxy because in your hybrid method, you're already proposing that. So in a large way, you've already mapped that out.

3:25:09 – 3:25:32Speaker 16

That's not correct because I'm wrong, but I think the hybrid proposal bifurcates the type of project. And what you're saying is that we'll take Regardless of whether it's water, sewer, stormwater, it could get funded with the immediate funding, and it's not bifurcated by type of project. So I don't think that's a correct analysis.

3:25:32Speaker 43

Nobody's been able to explain to me why the different types of projects would cost different. I think Jason is the one to say. To any material.

3:25:41 – 3:26:32Speaker 42

I think there's two things. One, the reason GEO versus utility rates is because through GEO, it's 100% debt financed, where through utility rates, it's a partial PAYGO. So there's some PAYGO cash that's being utilized, and that's why the original $1.2 billion program doesn't borrow nearly that much. But I believe the proposal that Commission Magazine is speaking about is to not have any general obligation debt at all, AND WHAT YOU WOULD DO IS KIND OF DEFER THE WHOLE THING. I WANT TO SAY START FROM SCRATCH, BUT START WITH YOUR CIP AGAIN AND GO THROUGH THE PROJECTS AND PICK WHICH ONES ARE MOVING FORWARD NOW, WHICH ONES ARE DELAYED, WHICH ONES ARE BEING PUSHED OUT, AND THEN ONCE THE COMMISSION SAYS, OKAY, THIS IS WHAT THE LANDSCAPE WOULD LOOK FOR, OUR CIP, Then Public Works would go back with the rate consultant come back with this is what a new set of utility rates for water sewer and stormwater being from a from a utility rate perspective. So it would take a little time.

3:26:32 – 3:27:44Speaker 43

And John, also what it does is it removes any of the ballot risk and if the voters vote no, what are we going to do? Come back and say, oh, just kidding. I know we need to move forward with these things. So let's do it anyway. As our Public Works director, right we have this 10-year 700 million dollar project if i would say to you john right now we've been talking about this since years and years before you even came into the city with by october on second reading we can get you 450 million dollars of projects to go do this 10-year plan Would you not take that and run to the bank with it? Not to the bank, but run to the construction site. Bad analogy. But would you not jump up and down for that, that we didn't get everything, but we have certainty for the first time in, what, eight years that we've been discussing these, in 10 years, that we are finally moving forward. It's not at this huge, ambitious amount that we talked about before. But for the first time in 10 years, we're actually moving forward with these critical projects that we all know that we need.

3:27:46 – 3:29:08Speaker 54

If you told me to come up with $450 million in projects over the next 10 years, I would do that. But then... that would be presented to commission. And if I was to remove projects that I thought were not as critical, I'm gonna focus on the water and sewer projects. And neighborhood improvement projects are by far the low hanging fruit if we're trying to reduce the budget down. So those would probably be the ones that would be cut from the list because we have an obligation to our residents to provide clean water and safely dispose of sewage. Stormwater, we have an obligation, but the projects that we propose, the NIPs, ARE HUGE, HUGE PROJECTS. WE CAN MITIGATE FLOODING IN OTHER WAYS. THAT'S HOW OUR STORMWATER CRITICAL NEEDS PROJECTS WERE DEVELOPED. WE HAD NEIGHBORHOOD IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS IN THOSE AREAS THAT DIDN'T GO FORWARD, SO NOW WE'RE DOING SMALLER PROJECTS TO SHORE IT UP ESSENTIALLY. SO I THINK THERE IS A CHALLENGE THERE. COMMISSIONER MAGGIE, I SEE YOUR POINT, $450 MILLION. WE COULD TAKE CARE OF A LOT OF CRITICAL NEEDS WITH THAT, BUT THEN Is this body going to be okay with the list that we provide?

3:29:09Speaker 58

Well, first we got Commissioner Suarez. Did you raise your hand?

3:29:13Speaker 56

It was just to ask a question about that point. By that point, it will be gone.

3:29:17Speaker 58

We'll get back to it. Commissioner Suarez, Commissioner Bott, Commissioner Fernandez.

3:29:20 – 3:32:03Speaker 44

Philosophically, I disagree that First Street sections three and four are never going to get done. If that's sort of the rationale, why even start with Part one right is you know we're not here to just rubber stamp something we're here to actually think things through and with the hopes that the entire project gets gets finished I for one want my children to live in Miami Beach and I wanna make sure that these projects, by the time they're my age, are completely done for their children and so on and so forth. So I don't know if I necessarily buy the argument that these projects are never gonna get done because why would we start them in the first place? But I think what Commissioner Magazine is proposing is basically go back four months to before we implement this moratorium and say, We're going to pick the projects that we think are needed most. And then we're going to raise the water and sewer hike, which we're going to raise the water and sewer rates to fund that, which is why we passed a moratorium in the first place, to prevent that from happening. So I'm a little confused here on why did we even pass a moratorium to begin with if if that's the conversation we're going to have again. And only raising water and sewer rates is, like John, you said, is going to disproportionately affect people who are struggling. Not struggling, but they are going to be affected the most the challenged residents of Miami Beach. And I get it that we, there's a difference between renters and homesteaders, and I am mindful of that. One of your analysis for the condos, and I wanna kind of bring it back to the geobond option versus the hybrid option, because I, for one, am not gonna want to kick the can down the road. I want to get these projects funded. Again, we can always do them in tranches, right, Jason? It's going to, there's going to be stock gaps of where the funding comes from. It's not like we're issuing a check for $800 million all of a sudden. It's going to come in tranches, I'm assuming, correct?

3:32:03Speaker 42

Correct. We would have to come back to commission every time we wanted to borrow.

3:32:06 – 3:33:26Speaker 44

I'm of the belief that we need to move forward on these projects. It's going to cost money. How do we fund it? And We're back to where we were about 30 minutes ago. What is the best way to do that? And one of the condos or buildings that John's staff sampled, which I believe is a good representation of full-time Miami Beach residents, whether they're renters or homesteaders, is Tower 41. And when the analysis for Tower 41 was done, was that the geobond option only was actually less expense, was advantageous to the people that are living there. And I asked the staff behind you, which option was was more beneficial. So if you can come up, please, and give us the reasoning of why. And again, and this is because I believe a building like that size and the full-time resident population is a good representation of full-time residents in Miami Beach. So if you can, John.

3:33:27 – 3:33:43Speaker 54

Yes, sir. So that building had a little bit higher usage than the average. It was about 4,000 gallons per month versus 3,200 gallons per month. And the value... Average condo value was around three hundred one thousand assessed value. So it would have been a lot of homestead of properties Correct.

3:33:44 – 3:35:38Speaker 44

So just want everyone to understand when you know, I I don't really delineate between single-family homes or or condos I think of it more of a household and so If we want to give better relief to people who live here, who has families here, who has a lot of children, a lot of showers, a lot of toilet flushes, the only GEO bond option works best for that type of resident. How many times have we seen buildings go up where the people, it's only for second and third homes. You know to me that that's not that's not a no look not to say that those people don't deserve representation or Consideration But you know Who are we going to focus this on where where where is the? sort of share of responsibility going to be placed on is it going to be placed on the people who live here full-time who have large families or to people who are here part-time. So I kind of want to just get everyone back here to the idea that, first of all, I think we should move forward. Ultimately, the voters are going to decide this. And if it gets turned down, then we'll cross that bridge when we get there. So how do we fund this? Is it better through a geobond only? Or is it better through a hybrid model? And I, for one, as a big believer in the geobond only option. And again, I'd love to hear from my colleagues.

3:35:38 – 3:35:50Speaker 58

We're going to the second round of comments. So let's try to, my goal is to finish and vote on this item by 1230. So please keep that in mind. Commissioner Bott. Thank you, Commissioner Fernandez.

3:35:54Speaker 16

So just in the last year, I think, maybe two, we've had And one of them last week, we had a sewer line break in North Beach.

3:36:05Speaker 54

We had a water transmission main break.

3:36:07 – 3:37:51Speaker 16

Sorry, a water main. Forgive me. We had faulty pipes under the school playground. We had a sinkhole last year or the year before. I know I'm forgetting some. We have North Beach NIP scheduled. I'm not comfortable deferring this to even a month down the road without a list in front of me of saying what are the projects that won't get funded if we go with $400,000. We don't even know without analysis if there will actually be savings. You know, it's great to suggest that future commissions will do the right thing. I would hope that would be the case. But previous commissions haven't, so why are we all of a sudden putting faith in people who may or may not have the same priorities that this body does today? We have talked about this, and I commend my colleagues, because as I've said before, we all care deeply about resolving this in the most equitable and efficacious way possible. But we've talked about this for two years when I was still on the Finance Committee, which Joe chaired then and chairs now. Sorry, Commissioner Magazine chaired then and chaired now. We talked about this in great depth and we understand how serious this is. I am not comfortable deferring this any longer. I think we've gotten I'm gonna make a motion to vote on option one.

3:37:52Speaker 44

Which is option one? The hybrid or?

3:37:55Speaker 16

The hybrid. I'll second that.

3:37:59Speaker 58

Question, point of information. Mr. Fernandez.

3:38:02Speaker 56

Option one requires the combination of a rate increase. Yes, sir. All right, so that would require five votes.

3:38:11Speaker 54

Yes, but we would bring back an ordinance, I believe, at the September meeting for the first reading.

3:38:21 – 3:38:32Speaker 56

And what about the moratorium? Oh, I'm sorry, the moratorium you were referring to. It would require five votes to overturn the moratorium.

3:38:32Speaker 44

There would need to be a motion for that first, to overturn the moratorium.

3:38:42 – 3:39:03Speaker 38

You want to say that for certain you're going to do rate increases for the other projects today? You would need five votes if you defer that until September you would not need five votes to move forward with the geomonde Either one of the options you only need four votes but you would need five if you want to say we're addressing everything at once and

3:39:04 – 3:39:26Speaker 56

You do need the five so that you can overcome the more time and then and then if the general obligation bond does not pass We would have to go back and increase the rates to Do I then I guess a second increase on the water and sewer rates to cover? the projects that were not adopted by the general.

3:39:26Speaker 38

I'm going to defer to John on that, but I think.

3:39:28 – 3:39:41Speaker 54

Yes, sir, we would have to come back. If the stormwater geo bond did not get approved in referendum, then we wouldn't have to, but it would make sense to revisit the stormwater rate increase at that point.

3:39:41 – 3:40:12Speaker 56

You see, and that's and that's a critical part there. And that's my, you know, with I like the thought of selecting the mission critical projects. My concern is that we have, for example, I from what I'm hearing, a project like Lakeview, where we have homes, we've had residents come here crying because their homes have been flooding. Would that make it into that five-year mission-critical list?

3:40:12 – 3:40:28Speaker 54

It is labeled as a critical needs project, so I would say yes. Those are the projects that would probably move forward. As I said before, in my opinion, the neighborhood improvement projects would be the ones that would be deferred long-term.

3:40:28 – 3:40:45Speaker 56

Okay, so something, for example, Not elicited. By must park. By must park, we have the projects by 44th Street and Royal Palm, that area there that has been flooding. That's a critical needs project as well.

3:40:45 – 3:41:11Speaker 41

I want to be clear, though, that if I could jump in here just because I want to be abundantly clear. We have prioritized projects and we have put together a 10-year capital plan. If we're going to start peeling projects off, I would start at year 10 and I would start working backwards from there rather than picking and choosing which project.

3:41:11 – 3:41:32Speaker 56

No, I'm not picking and choosing, I'm just asking questions to understand, you know, I'm not proposing that we select one project over the other. I just, you know, want to understand when WHEN THE PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR IS SAYING, YOU KNOW, HE WOULD HAVE TO DETERMINE WHAT MOVES FORWARD OR NOT. I JUST WANT TO UNDERSTAND WHAT WOULD MAKE IT INTO THAT OR NOT.

3:41:33 – 3:42:29Speaker 54

AND I ALSO WANT TO BE CLEAR ON THE NEIGHBORHOOD IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS. LET'S TAKE FIRST STREET OR NORTH SHORE D. THE FIRST PHASE IS REALLY THE INFRASTRUCTURE FOR THE ENTIRE PROJECT. THE PUMP STATION, THE DISSIPATOR, THE OUTFALL, ALL THAT IS BEING INSTALLED FOR THE ENTIRETY. SO WE DO WANT TO MAKE SURE WE HAVE CONTINUITY. FIRST STREET, PHASE 3 AND 4 ARE 90% DESIGNED RIGHT NOW. DESIGNS ARE GOOD FOR ABOUT TWO YEARS ON THE SHELF. SO WE WOULD HAVE TO REVISIT THOSE. SO CONTINUITY IS A VERY, VERY IMPORTANT PART OF THIS CIP PLAN. WE HAVE 27 OF THE 57 PROJECTS IDENTIFIED IN DESIGN OR DESIGNED. So there are consequences to not fulfilling the entire CIP plan. So it's not quite as simple as just trimming some off.

3:42:30Speaker 56

So there's logic to doing the 10-year funding as opposed to five-year for the longevity of the program.

3:42:36Speaker 54

That's the way we've approached design and implementing the CIP plan.

3:42:44 – 3:43:23Speaker 16

Vice Mayor? MS. John, so I'm looking at this list of projects, which I'm sorry my colleagues don't have, and we're not prepared to discuss this, so this is not great. But I'm looking at the NIP projects, which would be the ones cut, and North Shore D Phase 1A, Normandy Isles Phase 1, and North Shore Phase 1B and 2 would all go by the wayside. Is that correct?

3:43:24 – 3:43:43Speaker 54

Based on what I said, and that's my opinion, but you're the Commission, you're directing this process, so that would be my recommendation. If you are trying to secure the water and sewer infrastructure for a limited amount of funding, that would be my suggestion.

3:43:43Speaker 16

to get rid of the neighborhood impact projects.

3:43:47Speaker 54

That's not my desire, but if we're trying to get to... No, I understand that.

3:43:49 – 3:45:17Speaker 16

I understand that, but that's what we're talking about. If we're trying to get to that number, yes. But what we're saying by doing this, which I think is absolutely beyond irresponsible, we literally did not have an infrastructure map of North Beach until it's actually still being worked on until I brought to the Commission and fought kicking and screaming to get my colleagues to approve it and we've already replaced two pipe structures with much larger pipes than we thought we needed to because of what we found through that we have leaks and sewer breaks and water main breaks in North Beach all the time we have 18 new projects, 18 new projects scheduled for North Shore, North Beach Town Center. That doesn't even count the stuff that's further afield or coming down the pike that are still twinkles in people's eyes. You're telling me that we're going to have to wait another 10 years to even contemplate those projects. There is no greater increased density of infrastructure needs going on in this city anywhere than in North Beach right now. And we have money that is planned to be spent as early as 2028, real money, to start working on those things, real money. And you're saying no? Enough, enough of this.

3:45:18Speaker 44

Commissioner, no one's saying no.

3:45:20 – 3:45:32Speaker 16

I think we're just deciding how... We are saying we are going to cut the budget in half and deprioritize the neighborhood impact projects. The three biggest neighborhood impact projects are these in North Beach.

3:45:32 – 3:45:44Speaker 43

Nobody said that. We are the commissioners. We get to decide. If we would say we can borrow up to $450 million, guess who the legislators are? For better or for worse.

3:45:45Speaker 16

So which neighborhood are you going to tell your project doesn't matter? We're not even going to talk about funding it for the next 10 years. Have fun with that conversation.

3:45:54 – 3:46:09Speaker 43

Well, given that First Street Phase 3 and 4 won't start for 10 years, I think we could talk about borrowing for that 10 years. some years down the road. I would be perfectly comfortable having that conversation.

3:46:11 – 3:47:15Speaker 58

Let me summarize where we're at. I think we'll finish up Commission Magazine, then I'll summarize. And I think this is a good policy discussion. I don't think anybody has to get upset about anything. This is what we do as legislators. We go through the different options. I'll summarize the three options we have on the table. First of all, we have a motion and a second on the city recommendation for a combination, a hybrid model, stormwater, geobond, along with water sewer rate increases. I'm sorry? Well, the problem with deferring that motion is if we're going to get it on the ballot, it's got to be done today. Right, the second option is all through a geobond. I'll call it the Suarez model. And the third option is the magazine model, which is to fund it through the water sewer and put aside the geobond for now pending needs on projects as we go forward years down the road. And Mr. Mayor, if I can.

3:47:15 – 3:47:58Speaker 44

Commissioner Suarez. And I agree with Commissioner Abbott. I'm not of the belief that we're going to kick the can on the road or we're going to stop funding projects. I think we need to move forward, right? And I think most of us can agree to that. It's just how do we get there and how do we pay for it? And philosophically, I believe that the geobond only option is a lot less burdensome on the poorest of people of Miami Beach. And so I'm gonna make a motion to go with that option. for the referendum question. Do I have a second?

3:47:58 – 3:48:09Speaker 56

I have a second. I have a question on that. We also had a motion to defer. The first option one is I would want to have a discussion about this one before we contemplate raising the water and sewer rates.

3:48:10 – 3:48:37Speaker 44

And to top it all off, we need five out of seven votes to lift the moratorium. So MR. CITY ATTORNEY, IF YOU CAN PUT US IN PROPER STANDING, IF THERE IS GOING TO BE A MOTION TO GO WITH OPTION HYBRID, OKAY, DO WE FIRST NEED TO PASS A MOTION TO LIFT THE MORATORY?

3:48:38Speaker 38

I THINK YOU WOULD NEED FIVE VOTES TO GO WITH THE HYBRID OPTION.

3:48:42Speaker 44

OKAY. SO WE, AS IT STANDS, WE HAVE A MOTION FOR HYBRID

3:48:48 – 3:49:12Speaker 58

model we also have a motion and a second for the geo bond and that is to the mayor's discretion of which item do you want to call first I don't know I'm happy to make that decision but we doesn't go in the order of when the motion was made it would go in the order that the motion was made I just need understanding and then and then Commissioner Vice Mayor Dominguez has a question and so

3:49:13 – 3:50:31Speaker 56

So Jason, just so that I understand, and my goal has always been, what is the lowest impact to the people who are at the lowest levels of affordability? It's the reason why I sponsored the moratorium, and the majority of us support is the reason why I've been inclining towards the all-Geo bond version, because it offers that. I wanna be able to be mindful of tenants, but it's hard to find a way that we can give that same level of relief to the tenants. So I'm trying to see what is the best that we can do for the majority of the people who have the lowest means. And that would be looking at the median and the average people, the people who have the lowest property values, who are homesteaded in our city. If the property tax reform were to pass, in essence, those individuals in the lowest bracket of home ownership value, they really won't be feeling the burden as significantly of this general obligation bond.

3:50:33Speaker 42

If you're speaking of homesteaded homeowners, I think you could get to that conclusion, but obviously you mentioned tenants too, but obviously there would be a burden.

3:50:43 – 3:51:23Speaker 56

I made my point already about the tenants. I want to be able to figure out how we can help tenants, and unfortunately there's no avenue here. Whether you do a utility rate increase, you're still going to pass a burden to tenants. Whether you do a general obligation bond, you're still going to pass a burden onto tenants, but there is a segment of lower income individuals who are on fixed incomes, a lot of them who are dealing with the challenges that we might be able to address through this. And so what you were answering me, the property tax reform passes. What would be the impact to them?

3:51:23 – 3:51:57Speaker 42

Yes. So as we have shown, the average homesteaded pays less than the hybrid and the median does. What was the average again? I'm sorry. The average homesteaded home would pay more under the GO bond model just as the median. So the median and average would pay more under the GO bond model. Jason. MR. Yes. MR. What is the value of the average homeowner? MR. The average homesteaded property is $966,000. MR.

3:51:57Speaker 56

The average. Okay. And so if the property tax reform passes, they're going to be based on $250,000 less?

3:52:06 – 3:52:40Speaker 42

MR. $200,000 less. But I think one thing to look at is if everyone goes down by $200,000, at the end of the day you're probably netting the same because everyone will be sharing in that $200,000 decrease. SO IF EVERYONE'S VALUE WENT DOWN BY 200,000, YOU STILL HAVE THE SAME AMOUNT OF DEBT SERVICE I HAVE TO APPLY TO EVERYBODY. YOU KNOW, IT'S DEFINITELY POSSIBLE THAT EVEN WITH THAT EXEMPTION, YOU KNOW, IT WOULD BE EVERYONE WOULD SAVE A BIT. BUT I'M SORRY. YOU WOULD HAVE TO REPORTION THOSE DOLLARS. SO ON THE LOWER END YOU WOULD END UP PAYING LESS THEORETICALLY.

3:52:40 – 3:53:16Speaker 56

NEW SPEAKER SO THOSE $300,000 CONDO UNITS, FOR EXAMPLE, THAT YOU WERE SPEAKING ABOUT EARLIER. Yeah, like I guess Commissioner Suarez was mentioning Tower 41. That is a model of many other buildings. It's a sample of the experience and the situation of many other condo buildings in our city. If the reform passes in year two of the reform, YOU KNOW, THOSE $300,000 UNITS ARE REALLY GOING TO BE TAXED BASED ON A $100,000 VALUATION.

3:53:17 – 3:53:36Speaker 42

CORRECT. AND THE 900 WOULD THEN, JUST WORKING OUT THAT THEORY, THE 966 WOULD GO DOWN TO 750. SO EVERYONE WOULD GO DOWN, SO THE MILLAGE WOULD PROBABLY HAVE TO GO UP TO COVER THAT. SO AT THE END OF THE DAY, YOU MAY END UP PAYING SIMILAR AMOUNTS, BUT WE'D HAVE TO All that's to be determined if that passes. Okay.

3:53:36 – 3:54:00Speaker 12

Thank you. I have a couple of questions. So if the hybrid geobond is what's chosen, that's a rate increase and then a geobond, IF THE GEO BOND DOESN'T PASS, DOES THE RATE INCREASE COVER WHAT EXACTLY DOES IT COVER? DOES IT COVER WHAT COMMISSIONER MAGAZINE MENTIONED, WHICH IS A CERTAIN NUMBER OF YEARS?

3:54:00 – 3:55:15Speaker 54

IT WOULD ACTUALLY COVER THE WATER AND SEWER, ALL WATER AND SEWER PROJECTS, WATER AND SANITARY SEWER, AND THE WATER AND SEWER COMPONENT OF NEIGHBOR IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS THAT COMBINE ALL OF THEM. then we would have to visit what do we want to do to fund the stormwater portion of some of those combined projects. And then at that point we could discuss the timing of it and address it. So we could have a hybrid of the hybrid if we wanted to. One important thing that we're not discussing here is the health of the utility fund. If we go with an all geo bond model, I COMPARE THIS TO BUYING A CAR THAT'S GOING TO LAST FOR 10 YEARS. WE BUY A CAR WITH THE GEO BOND, BUT WE'RE FINANCING IT FOR 30 YEARS. IN 10 YEARS, WE'RE STILL GOING TO HAVE 20 MORE YEARS OF DEBT ON THAT WORK THAT WE DID, BUT THAT CAR IS NO GOOD ANYMORE. SO WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO BUY ANOTHER CAR, SO THEN WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO LOOK AT WHAT IS OUR NEXT 10-YEAR CIP PROJECT. But I don't get that analogy.

3:55:15 – 3:55:28Speaker 58

I tried. I do. John is saying that you're going to have debt even when the projects are done, so you're going to have this debt living on, and then you're going to have to redo new projects and bring on debt on top of the debt you still owe. But how long does that project live for?

3:55:28 – 3:56:05Speaker 54

The project lives for a long time, but we're going to have another 100 years. I know. So maybe it's not the best analogy, but in 10 years, if we don't raise utility rates, In 10 years, we're going to be in the same situation with another 10-year CIP plan, but we're going to be 10 years behind on the debt service through the utility fund, if that makes sense. So we will have to go out for GO bond again or do a very, very significant rate increase to then borrow again or wrap that debt or refinance it.

3:56:06Speaker 12

And then the chart that you showed previously, the lowest burden to the residents is the hybrid?

3:56:16 – 3:56:50Speaker 54

Based on all of the categories of assessed values and all of the averages that we did, the hybrid model was the best option. And, you know, I do want to point out the discussion that the condos were an average usage. the lower assessed value condos are more than likely the smaller condos with even less usage. So if we were able to dig down into actual usage per unit, we would probably find that those would not be impacted quite as much as what was shown.

3:56:50Speaker 54

You're welcome.

3:56:54 – 3:57:19Speaker 58

Okay, again, three options. The hybrid model, stormwater, GEO bond with the water sewer rate increase. We have a motion and a second. Just the GEO bond, I believe we have a motion and a second. That's the Suarez model. Then we have the magazine model. I don't think we have a motion and a second. But we're going to go in order anyway. Are we all ready to vote?

3:57:22Speaker 60

I shouldn't have asked.

3:57:27 – 3:57:40Speaker 58

I figure everyone will get hungry eventually if we get a vote. Usually I'd force it into the vote, but this is a very important decision, so if somebody is asking for a little more time.

3:57:40 – 3:57:55Speaker 43

Can I just, and maybe we just have a casual conversation, people jump in here as they want. Here's my issue with this, right? I mean, I'm just following along, and again, this isn't knocking anybody, but the West Avenue thing

3:57:56 – 3:58:23Speaker 41

phase two right we're running significant delays right I mean the project started officially started when we contracted with the design builder in 2017 so it's been a substantial amount of time for this project right so we're sitting here and you and we're coming up with this narrative that

3:58:24 – 4:00:01Speaker 43

We can't pare down this list because we're gonna start FDOT Alton Road Utilities in 2033. That was the best argument you've made. Anybody, if Calshi is offering betting odds of us starting an FDOT utility on Alton Road by 2033 when the Venetian Road bridges are going to be shut down, I will take those odds all day long. There's zero chance. There's zero chance. Right, so we're sitting here saying, no, we can't reduce the amount that we're going to authorize borrowing, because we're doing all of these. We're not. If anybody thinks this list is all going to get completed in the next 10 years, I'll use the dad joke analogy again. I have a bridge to sell you somewhere. It's just not going to happen. I don't have the faith and confidence that we need to sit here and make these borrowing decisions or authorization decisions now for projects that are slated to start eight years from now. Water capacity on the Julia Tuttle 41st Street for $35 million in 2033. I don't know. Are you telling me we can't revisit that in three years? Didn't we just upgrade that last year?

4:00:04 – 4:00:15Speaker 41

Did a whole water line project under? We did the sub-aqueous lines at the bridges at Indian Creek.

4:00:16 – 4:01:51Speaker 43

And I'm just throwing out these examples of projects that are eight years, ten years down the road where we're authorizing now. If we take on all of these projects, our city will be in construction paralysis. All I'm suggesting we do is thread a needle where we're realistic about the mission-critical ones as we define, right? So that can be our neighborhood improvement projects. And the ones that are not unimportant, but just not realistic. over the next, I don't know, six years, seven years. We can revisit that in a couple of years from now. And if affordability pressures have abated, then we say, okay, let's go through it with phase two of this. I just don't see this pressing need to do an additional $300 million of borrowing authorization for projects. Somebody tell me I'm crazy. I am. that we're going to sit here with a straight face and say this is going to get done. One of the things we've all been frustrated with is the efficiency. Many things in the city happen, and we're placing an awful lot of trust saying, okay, well, all of that is out the window, and we're going to adhere to this 10-year schedule of, I don't know, what, 30 different projects, 50 different projects? 42? Let's just be more realistic here.

4:01:52 – 4:02:17Speaker 44

Commissioner Magazine and through the chair, Mr. City Attorney, I hear what my colleague is saying and there are valid concerns about efficiencies in government because, you know, I mean, Will these projects be built in 10 years or not? I mean, the betting odds are not there. Can we frame the geobond option as an up to allowed?

4:02:17Speaker 38

That's how it's framed.

4:02:18 – 4:02:31Speaker 44

Okay, so we don't actually have to borrow the full amount. We would have commission meetings to decide the tranches that are

4:02:32Speaker 38

I will defer to Jason, but I believe you borrow as you need it.

4:02:36 – 4:03:28Speaker 44

Yeah, so we can, we certainly can, we don't have to borrow the full amount. We can borrow just a hundred or two hundred million dollars. And in the meantime, we can certainly list all the projects that are that through the for the Geo bond portion we can list the projects that have to be funded right in fact you have to well you don't have to but that's what I would propose is we specifically list the projects uh that will get the funding and And if there come a time that we say we don't want to fund this or that project or we shift dollars around, I think we still have that ability to do that.

4:03:31 – 4:03:45Speaker 38

Look if you're asking the question does not identify specific projects. There's not enough words to do that But when the administration comes forward to request the issuance of a bond That would be when they would determine.

4:03:45 – 4:04:29Speaker 44

These are the projects that yeah, so we're gonna be doing essentially what you're saying. It's Again, how do we pay for it? Right? So I totally understand your your concern with giving the city administration a blank check. But I don't think it works like that. I think when it comes before us to issue a bond, we decide specifically what projects are going to be picked to move forward. So we have protection in doing it on a GEO bond only, or hybrid. But my preference is, We'll do for geobond only, the Suarez model.

4:04:30Speaker 58

Eric, looking at the magazine model, what's your thoughts on rate and sewer increases without doing the geobond at this time?

4:04:39 – 4:05:21Speaker 41

So I am recommending in this memo the hybrid option because we were already told not to do any kind of any a purely rate increase on this. From my perspective, the geo bond is the full faith and credit of the city. Anything that we put on the general obligation bond is taking away from our total creditability as a city. And so I would much prefer to see as much as possible go on to the rate side of things and less on the geobond side of things.

4:05:21Speaker 58

Right, but I guess the

4:05:24 – 4:05:58Speaker 41

RESISTANCE THIS COMMISSION HAD WAS THE DOUBLE DIGITS RATE INCREASE AND THE THIS PROPOSAL AGAIN ALONG WITH THE HIGH REVENUE BUT THIS PROPOSAL AND EVEN UNDER THE MAGAZINE MODEL HAS A SINGLE DIGIT RATE INCREASE SO I WOULD JUST WANT TO BE A HUNDRED PERCENT CLEAR WITH THE COMMISSION THAT IF WE FUND HALF OF THE PROGRAM WE ARE ONLY GOING TO BE ABLE TO DELIVER HALF OF THE PROGRAM And there is going to be moments where we are going to get into debates as to what's in and what's out.

4:05:58Speaker 58

When would you estimate those debates will start to happen? Because what I'm hearing from Commissioner Magazine is those debates are going to happen seven, eight, ten years from now. Is that?

4:06:09 – 4:06:20Speaker 41

I think based on my understanding of this commission, I think you're going to want to see a list of projects when you approve the rate increases. But I could be wrong.

4:06:21 – 4:06:45Speaker 58

No, but the point is, assuming today we approve, well, first of all, we won't even know until November if we go that route, whether the GO bond is approved or not. But just based on the rate increase, let's say we approve that today, can you break down for how many years you will have projects funded based on that rate increase?

4:06:46 – 4:07:34Speaker 41

Absolutely. I can't do that right at this moment in this meeting, but if you tell me you want to only do rate increases and not consider the geobond, but you only want to fund X number of dollars, we'll go back and we will make a CIP that fits those number of dollars. I think I even said that. in one of the prior discussions that we had on rate increases, that we can absolutely right-size a CIP to a certain dollar figure. What we've provided to you throughout this process is what the full 10-year CIP looks like because we're talking about eight years' worth of rate increases that are needed in order to deliver that.

4:07:35Speaker 44

And just to be clear, it's not single digits.

4:07:39 – 4:08:31Speaker 16

So, you know, just to put this all in context, I mean, not to be an idiot, but water flows, right? I mean, Parkview Island is six years into a no-contact water advisory. And it didn't happen because something happened at Parkview Island. It happened because a sewer line broke because a contractor damaged it on a project near Lincoln Road. Water was, sewage was diverted into two smaller pipes. They couldn't handle it because they were 80 years old, and they ruptured. We had all our neighboring communities helping to try to pump things out. We had our residents trying to reduce the use of the water system to try to reduce the strain. Eventually everything got fixed, and here we are, more than six years later.

4:08:31Speaker 56

That's not what caused Parkview to be contaminated.

4:08:34 – 4:09:15Speaker 16

Yes, it is. I beg to differ. I beg to differ. We have photographs of the before and after. We had sea life before and after. I lived there before and after. It's not the only thing but it was the tipping point. It's one example. It's one example that whatever we decide affects the entire city. It's not just one pipe in one neighborhood. I'm so not in favor of picking winners and losers on who gets to get projects that will potentially keep their living rooms from flooding.

4:09:15 – 4:09:52Speaker 58

I'd like to turn it for a moment to Eric to respond to that, but I guess my question wasn't so much winners and losers, but how long are we funding the projects in the pipeline? And I guess I'm sort of trying to get answers to what Commissioner Magazine. Thank you, by the way, to I think you're Miami Beach Senior High students who are interning for the Washington Avenue bid. Thank you for joining us for the meeting. It's always good to see our young generation participating in the civic process. So I'm just trying to get a good understanding. But I'd like to hear an answer to what Commissioner Bott said, because we saw a reaction from Commissioner Fernandez.

4:09:53 – 4:10:26Speaker 41

So the problem was uncovered when we had the sanitary sewer break in North Beach that ended up discharging a large amount of sanitary sewage into Parkview Canal. I am not convinced because at this point we have spent a significant amount of money and have significantly repaired that system that it is purely sanitary sewer. And I think that there is also a stormwater component, which is what we have been talking about at committee for the last two years.

4:10:26 – 4:11:28Speaker 16

That's right. And I just want to say I'm not suggesting this is the entirety of the cause. I think there was a real issue before it was uncovered. It predates it because the engineering, the shape of the canal there, but it was exacerbated significantly. I mean, just look at the before and after photos. Look, I don't want to litigate what did or did not cause Parkview Island. My point in making that example was that that was a rupture caused by contractor on Lincoln Road that has affected North Beach six years later, right? So we're a seven mile stretch of sand in the middle of the Atlantic and what we do in one part of our city is going to affect residents in another part of our city. Our pipes are a bazillion years old and they are in under tremendous duress in this environment. And we are getting more pressure put on them, no pun intended. And so I think we are treading down a perilous path here.

4:11:28Speaker 58

I'd like to hear from Commissioner Matea Salinas.

4:11:32 – 4:14:20Speaker 34

COMMISSIONER MATEA SALINAS Thank you, Mr. Mayor. This is a really difficult topic to absorb and digest and understand. I'm concerned with the GO bond that is everything together, because if it fails in November, then we have nothing. We have nothing. We have no backup plan, we have no you know, finances to help the projects that we want to do and so that's why I'm supporting the hybrid model. Now, I was just presented with Commissioner Magazine's solution and I understand it and I agree that there is merit to it, but I just don't know what the number would be that we could reduce the debt service by that would also fund appropriately the projects that need to be funded. So I understand what you're saying. This is, you know, do we need to fund a project that's not going to start for 10, 12, 15, 20 years? And perhaps the answer is no to that. But I am going to suggest that we support the hybrid model today because if it fails in November, the ballot question, we're going to have to really do your model anyway. where we're going to have to revisit some type of funding that is not a debt service. I mean, we're going to default to your model if it fails on the ballot. And if both of them fail at the ballot, then we can't turn around to the voters and say, ha ha, just kidding. You still have to pay more. We're going to increase your rates. you know, we can't do that. And so I do feel that option two, giving it all to the voters is somewhat dangerous because we have no relief at that point if it fails in November. And I'd like to just, you know, again, urge with at least option one, I'd like to urge our city staff and administration to come back with a smaller number that we would be borrowing that could take care of projects or at least maybe not. And to commissioner bots point, this is not picking winners and losers. Maybe it's more of a timeline. So we say what can feasibly be done in 10 years and that's the rate and not 20 years or 15 years or 12 years, maybe that's how we look at this, where every project gets funded that we can reasonably get off the ground in 10 years, and that's the number, and not something that's so far in the future that we'll have to revisit it in 10, 12, 15, 20 years, if that makes sense. So again, if we can look at a different number of the max debt service for option one, the hybrid option, so that way we aren't risking at all in November.

4:14:23Speaker 58

Commissioner Suarez.

4:14:24 – 4:14:55Speaker 44

Thank you. If the hybrid option moves forward, John, and the voters reject the GEO bond portion, or just rejects the motion or the referendum, You said that some of the funds for the rate increase wouldn't be used for the neighborhood improvement projects, correct? It would just be the water and sewer aspect of the neighborhood improvement project.

4:14:56Speaker 54

The rate increase associated with the hybrid option only includes water and sewer.

4:15:03Speaker 44

Right, so the stormwater would not be part of that, correct?

4:15:08Speaker 54

If the referendum for the stormwater GO bond failed, we would not have funding for the stormwater portion of NIPs moving into the future.

4:15:18 – 4:17:50Speaker 44

Okay, so just so everyone is clear, Commissioner Mateo Salinas, assuming that we go forward with the hybrid option and it We're gonna be raising rates today on water and sewer, which is, I believe, 42%, okay? So it's not single digits, it's double digits. And if it doesn't pass, then none of these neighborhood improvement projects are gonna get moving forward unless we raise the rates even more. So, well. Speak in the mic, please. I don't think any of us would want to go against the will of voters, which is why we're looking at two models that will allow... No, well, the question is, do we want to borrow the money now to pay for them or raise the water and sewer rate hikes today? So, you know, fundamentally, if we're going to go to the voters and ask for a geobond, then we should have everything included on that because we're going to be able to choose over the next... year or two, what projects actually get accomplished, which is to Commissioner Magazines and your point, Before we issue the debt in these tranches, we're gonna decide what projects get funded moving forward. But the problem with the hybrid model is if you raise the water and sewer rates today, that's gonna stay the same. And if the geobond fails, then we just raise the water and sewer rates and none of these NIPs are gonna get finished. So I think at the ballot box, you're going to have, voters are gonna have to decide, is this, are these infrastructure projects, these neighborhood improvement projects, worth my vote? And I think most of Miami Beach voters are going to say yes, because we do have infrastructure problems. and we need to address them. So I just want to clear that up because I think the concern is are we going to be able to use a sort of stop gap in this process to decide which neighborhoods get approved? We're going to be able to do that.

4:17:51 – 4:18:05Speaker 58

Okay. Here's where we're at. We, stormwater, geobond, the hybrid model needs five, seven vote. We have a moratorium right now. So those, the hybrid model and the magazine model.

4:18:05 – 4:18:21Speaker 43

I'm not having my . We'll go, how did you put it eloquently, Eric? Option three. It was having a revised aggregate total that Public Works has to fit their needed.

4:18:21Speaker 47

I think you should own it.

4:18:23Speaker 43

Minor method sounds good.

4:18:27 – 4:18:49Speaker 58

Let's call the vote. We had a motion and a second. The first motion and a second we had was on the hybrid model. It needs a 5-7 vote since we currently have the moratorium in place. So this is option one, item R7B, correct? What happens if... Then we have a motion to second another.

4:18:52 – 4:19:07Speaker 48

What would you propose? Okay, let's call the vote. I'm sorry, it's item R7C that we're doing right now. It requires five sevens vote. Is this a public comment item? It is not a public hearing. You may, but it's not a public hearing.

4:19:11Speaker 58

I mean, I usually, I like to, but we, this item's been going, this item's been going, and we've also, we had a conversation last time.

4:19:18Speaker 44

I don't think it's going to change anything.

4:19:20Speaker 48

I think, yeah, we've been. So an R7C of a motion by Commissioner Bott, seconded by Commissioner Mateo Salinas. Just to clarify.

4:19:30Speaker 58

Just to make clear, we're talking about the hybrid model. That's B. I just asked.

4:19:37 – 4:20:33Speaker 56

And. Mr. Mayor, I just need a clarification. Please, please. I just need a clarification. It's an important vote. Because I heard two things, two different answers. Commissioner Suarez asked you about affordability, and when he asked you about affordability, you said that the all-geo bond option was the one that delivered the most affordability. And then, Vice Mayor Dominguez asked you about affordability, and you answered that the hybrid model offered the most affordability. And that is the one issue that I care most about, is delivering this in the most affordable way to the residents that are living in this city today. And so can you just clarify that for me? Are we talking about the lower assessed value Yeah, I'm concerned about the lower assessed.

4:20:33 – 4:21:15Speaker 54

For the lower assessed value, our exercise showed anything below the median assessed value of $318,000 would be better off with the all GO bond portion. Okay. However, I did also... say that we took an average, and those were probably one bedroom units that we're talking about that don't use as much water, so that would skew the data a little bit. When we're looking at affordability across all different assessed values, including the average, the hybrid option is more affordable.

4:21:15 – 4:21:40Speaker 58

All right, thank you. This is what I'm going to do, because I was just having some conversations with the clerk and legal, and we're trying to get We're going to take a break now. We're not going to continue the discussion, though. We're going to take the vote after we get back. This way everyone can collect their thoughts, make sure. No, we have to, because I think there's some confusion when we even, when I even just broached it, which item is which. Yeah, I mistakenly said that it was C, but option one is B.

4:21:42 – 4:21:54Speaker 44

Okay. I'd rather just vote now. I just want to make sure everyone understands what we're voting on. If I'm late for, you know, part two, I don't want to. I don't wanna miss the vote, so can we just vote now? I think we're all pretty much made up our minds.

4:21:55 – 4:22:17Speaker 58

Okay, we're breaking, we're coming back at 1.45 and then we're gonna take the vote. And Mr. Mayor, maybe one thing we can consider is

4:22:21 – 4:22:44Speaker 43

Before we break, one thing to consider is maybe the first motion should be whether to lift the rate moratorium. That's what we're about to do? But we're going to keep this rate moratorium in place.

4:22:44Speaker 44

It would happen to be first. Right.

4:22:47Speaker 43

That's what I'm saying. Right. So I think we do that. Maybe we do that now. Let's break for lunch.

4:22:52Speaker 58

We're back at 145.

5:19:43 – 5:20:01Speaker 57

Please take your seats, the meeting is about to begin remember to speak into the microphone as this meeting is being recorded for public record. Please stand by we are going on air in 54321.

5:20:07 – 5:20:33Speaker 58

Okay, welcome back to the afternoon session of our commission meeting. So this is what we're going to do. We have County Commissioner Mickey Steinberg here for some CRA votes. Thank you for being here. She claims that she has to be back downtown, so we're going to hear this item first. Then we're going to go to Sutnick and then back to the item, the Geobahn stormwater rate item. Welcome, Commissioner.

5:20:34 – 5:20:45Speaker 48

Thank you, Mayor. We will then be recessing the Commission meeting and reconvening as the North Beach Community Redevelopment Agency, North Beach CRA, and welcome Commissioner Steinberg. Thank you. May we do Item 1?

5:20:47 – 5:21:41Speaker 48

North Beach CRA 1 is Approved Commercial Facade Grant, Dukale LLC. Can I do two, Stephen, also? Together, jointly, or one and two? You can. Number 2 is Approved Commercial Facade Grant Award, Tree Bees, Inc., one and two. I move the item. All right. Let's call the vote. I heard a motion from Commissioner Fernandez, seconded by Commissioner Mateo Salinas. All in favor of item North Beach. Oh, seconded. Okay. I heard it over there. Thank you. Commissioner Dominguez is seconded the motion. All in favor of North Beach CRA 1 and 2, please say aye. Aye. Any opposed? North Beach CRA 1 and 2 is approved 8-0. Fantastic. North Beach CRA 3 is a joint item. Grant North Beach CRA Executive Director authorization during North Beach CRA recess.

5:21:43 – 5:22:06Speaker 48

All right, a motion by Commissioner Bott, seconded by Commissioner Fernandez. All in favor of North Beach CRA 3, please say aye. Aye. Item is approved 7-0. I'm sorry, Commissioner Suarez is out, so the previous one also. North Beach CRA 4. Establishment of North Beach CRA commercial lease subsidy program.

5:22:07Speaker 58

I have a question for Commissioner Steinberg.

5:22:10 – 5:22:23Speaker 61

Thank you. Really quickly, I see this item is really one-year pilot, so that's a great thing. Yes. And you're modeling it after a program in South Beach. The current program. How is that working out currently?

5:22:23Speaker 56

If I may, Mr. Mayor, because I'm the sponsor of the item. Mr. Mayor.

5:22:29Speaker 58

Commissioner Fernandez.

5:22:30 – 5:23:09Speaker 56

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. So in South Beach, we have had a number of businesses that have come into the area, and the whole idea was to get spaces that were occupied by vape shops, liquor stores, check cashing stores, and different uses that we've established that we no longer wish to have there. So we've been able to identify, for example, Charlie's. Charlie's on Lincoln Road is a... It's a restaurant from Spain. And they opened their location here. We've also had a tech company. We had a tech company that opened up. Edgewood. Which one?

5:23:10Speaker 60

It's Edge... There we go. Edgelord.

5:23:15 – 5:23:40Speaker 56

Edgelord. There we go. That has... that has opened up on Washington Avenue and Lincoln Road, I believe, as a result of that. And we've had a number of other companies that have been able to use the grants to come in and replace nuisance uses in our city. And I don't know if the Economic Development Director would like to add to that.

5:23:40 – 5:24:19Speaker 60

Absolutely. Steven Anthony, Economic Development Director. And so, yes, the commissioner is absolutely correct. There's been a number of companies that have certainly taken advantage of the program. Two that's currently in the program today are Charlie's, which the commissioner mentioned, and South Beach Brewery are currently taking advantage over the last year. They've fully gotten their reimbursements, and they're continuing to get those reimbursements for the next two years. There's been a total of 12 applications that have come through with three that have an intent to apply. So the program is certainly picking up steam and that's certainly the reason why we feel like there's an opportunity to duplicate in the commissioner mentioned and sponsored this item to be able to duplicate the efforts that's happening and do that in North Beach.

5:24:20 – 5:24:37Speaker 61

Yes, thank you. And if I may, just I guess my final thoughts on this is, is this also for, sorry, final question, is this for new businesses interested in availing themselves of this opportunity in North Beach or is this for existing businesses that currently are there?

5:24:37Speaker 60

So this is for new businesses. Yep, this is for new businesses.

5:24:41 – 5:25:06Speaker 56

And I want to, through the chair of the CRA board, I want to publicly thank Heather Shaw, who worked with us on the original program in South Beach. When I sponsored that original program, she helped us create a framework for it, and I'm glad now with the leadership of our current economic development director, we're working on expanding it in North Beach as well.

5:25:09 – 5:25:28Speaker 48

Okay. I have a motion by Commissioner Bott. I need a second, please. I'll second. I have a second by Commissioner Steinberg. All in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? For the record, Commissioner Bott is a yes. Commissioner Suarez is absent. This concludes the items for the North Beach CRA.

5:25:28Speaker 61

Thank you, everybody. Thank you for the 130 times certain.

5:25:32Speaker 58

Hope you make your next commitment. Okay, let's go to the subject portion, public comment.

5:25:41 – 5:25:54Speaker 48

Thank you, Mayor. Is there anyone in the audience who wishes to speak during subject? Seeing none, I'm going to go to Zoom. Our first caller is Buta Cavoli. Please state your name, address, and you have two minutes.

5:25:58Speaker 63

Good afternoon, Mayor and Commissioners. Can you all hear me?

5:26:03 – 5:28:15Speaker 63

Thank you for giving me this opportunity. Speaking with you in reference to item R9-8H, which concerns Alton Road residents and as well the 63rd Street intersection on Indian Creek. These are the minutes that you have before you and the action of the Public Safety and Neighborhood Quality of Life Commission Committee meeting that took place about three weeks ago or so. We came as Alton Road residents to this meeting because we had an item on it concerning the flooding that occurs on Alton Road. As you know, Alton Road is the main evacuation road for the city of Miami Beach and the only one with a hospital, Mount Sinai. So, Making sure that Alton Road doesn't flood isn't just of importance to the residents that live on Alton, but also to the rest of our community. We have experienced tremendous flooding on Alton Road. We've had intrusion of water into the homes where personal property has been destroyed, as well as members of our community that live on Alton that have had to leave their homes so that they could be restored after the flooding took place. Vehicles were damaged with many gallons of water inside. That being said, there is a problem when we have flooding events, and that is that cars going down Alton at regular speed and even at higher speeds than are posted cause a wake, and such a wake is in violation of state law. Therefore, what the Commission unanimously, Commission Committee unanimously agreed to were the following items that are on your agenda, R9AH, and that is deploying targeted traffic enforcement along Alton Road corridor during forecasted flooding events, increasing public education regarding the prohibition against creating waits in flooded roadways.

5:28:17Speaker 48

I need you to wrap up almost. Go ahead, please.

5:28:20 – 5:28:54Speaker 63

utilizing emergency notifications, text alerts, and any other form of public service announcements to discourage motorists from Alton Road during anticipated flooding events. And then the other item we want you to consider also is installing signalized pedestrian crosswalk from the northwest to the northeast corner of the Indian Creek and 63rd Street intersection. that is also on your agenda from the Quality of Life Commission Committee. Thank you and have a good meeting.

5:28:54Speaker 48

Thank you. Our next caller is Sharon. Sharon, go ahead, please.

5:29:02 – 5:30:32Speaker 37

Hi, good afternoon. This is Sharon Weiss calling in again, 233 81st Street. I patiently listened to the late morning discussion about the water and sewer issue. I'm shocked that you didn't take public comment because all of the proposals that you were suggesting required us taxpayers to fund it. I have emailed multiple, many of you multiple times with no response, making what I think are helpful suggestions to help offset the hit to the taxpayer to fund these very needed repairs. You know, I don't understand why we're not asking the developers to pay. there should be a dollar amount attached to that, and that should go into a fund, and it should be a sizable dollar amount. It should go into a fund to pay for these repairs. I understand that we're now supposed to be charging appropriate impact fees. I don't know if that has actually been followed through. They're making a lot of money off of the beach and they're not being asked to pay. And I just think that there's a more creative solution versus asking taxpayers, including residential and commercial, again and again to pay for this stuff. Thank you.

5:30:32Speaker 48

Thank you. Our next caller is Larry Schaffer.

5:30:38 – 5:32:12Speaker 50

for 233 81st Street. I've lived and paid high water and sewer for 25 years. These are higher than those I pay at Miami that have county wall. Parts of those bill you, the city, were a lot of sewer infrastructure. Mr. CFO, where is that money now that we paid? What reserve accounts or accounts for replacement and repair are available for my payments and everyone else's payments? for this use? What balances do you have already for improvement based on the money we've already given you? Number two, when you ask tech to pay for what the use for and lock that in, the amount requested should be predicated on a very robust detailed analysis of what problems we're fixing. There needs to be a detailed project so we know what you're fixing and where so we could move away temporarily if we want to. And I don't know anyone who would write you a blank check for half a billion dollars right now. Also, we would vote for this if you prioritize North Beach first. Levine fixed Sunset Harbor where his properties were. We learned from that, and you have to do better. We did a geo bond in 2018, and we promised a community center in North Beach We never got it. How do you ask for more money when you asked before and we gave it to you and we didn't get the benefit that you marketed when you marketed the bond? Is that even almost securities fraud? You're asking us to lend you money for a community center and we never get it 10 years later? What become a real serious issue? I'm asking about your credibility here. Do you think you have the credibility after how the previous two GEO bonds went? And do you have credit with taxpayers at this point? Thanks.

5:32:13Speaker 48

Thank you, our next caller is Wayne Roberts.

5:32:19 – 5:34:14Speaker 51

Yes, good afternoon. I emailed my thoughts to you guys, it bounced. Not didn't bounce, it was blocked by everybody. Well, somebody in the city did it to me and then I resent it and it went through, I think. Strange, indeed. But I put this bond issue into AI as a choice between pay as you go, you know, putting it in our rates versus bond versus hybrid. And the clear winner was pay as you go. The only beneficiaries, by the way, according to AI, I haven't researched it in depth yet, is the hotels because they have large volumes of water. They have based on, you know, occupancy and 300 square feet. They have a very large utilization of water and they are the beneficiary. What's more, that the stormwater impact fees would be largely driven by these large developments for hotels and those kinds of properties, office towers, because they use up more land than others. And it's based on land property rather than assessed value, I think, based on AI. Once more, tranches are a bad idea. because we're getting tax free bonds that are paying equal or better rates for us than treasuries. So what we should do if we go the bond route is to take that resource and put it in one, two year and five year treasuries that pay higher than what we're paying out and we cap our long term possible rate increases based on inflation. So that's my thoughts.

5:34:14 – 5:34:28Speaker 48

Thank you very much. Thank you. Our next caller is Lori K. Davis. Let's go next. We lost Miss Davis. Can we go to the Pierce Foundation?

5:34:32 – 5:35:18Speaker 36

I'm sorry, I'm using my work computer. My name is Tricia Hopkins. I live at 5335 Alton Road. I'm calling about number R9AH, which is the Alton Road flooding that occurs during storms. And I recommend that you adopt that resolution. And that is to deploy targeted traffic enforcement during the flooding, increase public education regarding the no-wake zone, utilize emergency notifications, and try to identify weather conditions that might instigate that flooding on Alton Road. We really need help with what's happening with the traffic on Alton Road when there is a flooding that occurs. Thank you.

5:35:18Speaker 48

Thank you so much. That was our last caller, so we can conclude, Sunik.

5:35:25 – 5:37:25Speaker 58

Okay, so let's bring back R7. Thank you, everyone, for speaking on these topics. R7A, BC, and R9D, which we were talking about before the lunch break. Welcome back, John. Thank you. Glad to be back. Seriously? No, we appreciate it. There's a couple of things that could happen here right now because there's three proposals. I'm not sure we have the votes for any of them collectively, but what's gonna happen is I'm assuming once something fails, let's say somebody has a priority on A, Once that fails, they'll go to B. So we may have to actually take a vote, and we may have to have a motion for reconsideration on something. Another way to do it is I'll tell you where I am, and if everyone's willing to do it, we can just say where we're at so we can see where we have the votes. My preference, number one, would be to do the stormwater rate increase without the geobond. that based on the conversation that gives us, again, I know we're rounding off to some degree, five, six years worth of runway for now. My second one would be the hybrid to make sure we have these projects funded. My least favorite is the, IS THE GEO BOND ONLY MODEL. I'LL EXPLAIN WHY. TO ME, I AM SENSITIVE TO THAT OUR RESIDENTS CAN SAY, WELL, SOME RESIDENTS MAY LIKE IT. I WANT TO MAKE THAT DECISION. I WANT TO KNOW IF I'M GOING TO BE TAXED. YOU TELL ME. I'M SENSITIVE TO, WELL, WE'RE ELECTED. WE SHOULD BE MAKING THESE DECISIONS. THE OTHER ISSUE IS IF IT FAILS, THEN WE'RE BACK AT SQUARE ONE AND THEN WE'RE SCRAMBLING BACK TO SO FOR THOSE TWO REASONS. That's my least favorite. That's my hierarchy, one, two, and three. If everyone else wants to share, hopefully we can maybe even reach a consensus before we start taking the votes. If not, we'll just take the votes.

5:37:26 – 5:39:10Speaker 43

Mr. Mayor, I'll echo that in short order. That is my hierarchy. I will say my reasoning for not having the geobond only at the top of my priority list and actually having the hybrid below just the utility rate only, is just the tremendous amount of uncertainty that I think this referendum in Tallahassee is going to represent. If it does pass, going to market in short order thereafter with the GEO bond that is predicated on ad valorem property taxes, I think there's going to be tremendous caution in the bond market about how these things are going to be viewed and funded and things like that. And Eric used a good analogy earlier, is he'd be hesitant to place a large amount like that on a credit card. And I would take that one step further. It's not only placing on a credit card, but placing on a credit card when you are looking at a very real prospect of losing a part-time job, an income source. I commend Commissioner Suarez for the thoughtful analysis and truly, I believe his heart is solely squared on trying to get this right for the residents in the most cost-efficient manner. I think we can do so by actually borrowing less, reprioritizing some priority items, and borrowing at a slightly more realistic rate, and revisiting further projects several years down the road.

5:39:10Speaker 44

Ms. Juarez. Can we just go through one more time if the hybrid model does pass what exactly is the increase in water and sewer rates?

5:39:19 – 5:39:32Speaker 58

I really I'm gonna let it go but we I feel like we've been through this we got to take the vote I'm so I'm trying to get now you're asking questions I'm answer the question but I'm we've been through this for an hour and a half. PJ can you put the presentation up again?

5:39:44 – 5:39:55Speaker 54

There it is up on the screen. That's the hybrid model water and sewer rate increases. This is based on 5,000 gallon usage per month on a single family residence.

5:39:57Speaker 44

Okay. So overall, what is the percentage increase from 27 to 32? It's like 42%. Is that right?

5:40:15 – 5:40:37Speaker 54

36%. Okay, till 2032? But you also need to note that we have a built-in CIP automatically. CPI. Built-in CPI automatically by ordinance. So, you know, we can estimate 3% anyways on every year.

5:40:41 – 5:41:14Speaker 42

Just also to clarify that as they had shown in their projections in 2035, the difference when they had coordinated together the utility rates, new ordinance versus the existing ordinance, just showed the overall, because that includes the stormwater that's just tied to CPI. The difference in the existing rate ordinance and the one being proposed is a 10% total increase. Because you have the effect of CPI, and then you have the effect on the stormwater component, that doesn't have any increase above the base ordinance.

5:41:14Speaker 44

But I just simply asked, what's the overall increase under the hybrid model for water and sewer? And they said 36%. 36%.

5:41:20Speaker 42

Yeah, they were just adding up all of those 6.76 for those five years.

5:41:27Speaker 58

Over how many years is that?

5:41:28 – 5:41:45Speaker 42

It looks like they have increases higher than CPI for the first five years, about 3.7 to 3.5 percent per year higher than, again, assuming the CPI is 3 percent, that would be about 3.7 to 3.5 percent above CPI for three years of water and sewer, and nothing above CPI on stormwater.

5:41:46Speaker 58

Okay, so unless anyone else wants to speak on where they're at, I'm going to call the vote. We have a motion and a second.

5:41:52 – 5:42:59Speaker 16

I just want one point of clarification. just to make sure everyone gets that. Like, those rates that you saw include CPI increases, which we have already mandated by law. So, it is a small differential going above the already mandated CPI, which let me remind everybody the reason why we're here is because CPI was not mandated years ago and was undervalued for the small increases that were Built in so there's CPI which is happening no matter what there will be a rate increase no matter what because that is how Inflation works in the real world and then the small differential of the incremental Increase rate to make up the Delta of what's missing so that's one point for those listening the second point I just wanted clarification on The neighborhood impact projects, are they all stormwater? Are they all other things? Are they a mix of, like if we do just the geobond for stormwater, for instance, do we then lose all of our NIP projects?

5:42:59 – 5:43:18Speaker 54

No, they're comprised of three funding components. You have the water sewer fund, which obviously funds the water and sewer components, stormwater fund, which funds stormwater, and then above ground money, which is usually coming out of the general fund. Usually that's a small portion of the NIP, so it's mainly water sewer and stormwater.

5:43:19Speaker 16

So hypothetically speaking, if the stormwater geo bond didn't pass, would you still be able to move forward with NIP projects?

5:43:29 – 5:43:55Speaker 54

No. Potentially. Potentially, it depends on the cash funding available. And I think that would be the time when we would have to reassess the entire fund and then see what we have moving forward and look at all funding options, whether that means raising the stormwater rate as originally proposed or scaling back on projects. We could certainly do that at that point.

5:43:56Speaker 16

And would you have to come back with another rate evaluation, go through this whole process again?

5:44:03 – 5:44:17Speaker 54

Likely for the stormwater component. If we did not scale back the stormwater portion of the CIP plan enough to cash fund it, then yes, we would have to come back for a rate increase for stormwater only.

5:44:22 – 5:44:47Speaker 44

Yeah, that's the point, right? I mean, if we're going to go to the voters to decide this, why don't we just, we have everything on the table because I think that's the more appropriate thing to do. Because if we pass this, water rates go, water and sewer rates go up no matter what, and then And if it doesn't pass the half portion for stormwater, then we're going to have to go back and raise them again.

5:44:47Speaker 58

Okay, we have a motion and a second on R7. Is it B as the hybrid model?

5:44:53Speaker 48

Yes, B as in water. Okay, let's call the vote. So I have a motion by Commissioner Bott on the hybrid model, seconded by Mateo Salinas.

5:45:00Speaker 56

So we're taking the vote on the hybrid model?

5:45:02 – 5:45:13Speaker 48

Yes. All right. It requires a 5-7 vote. Do you want me to do roll call? Do you want me to do... Okay. All in favor? Go down the line. Go down the line?

5:45:13 – 5:45:31Speaker 12

May I can ask just one quick question? This is my, sorry if it's been answered or if this is, can the voters be given both options? And then whichever one gets the most votes goes through? Hybrid versus all G1?

5:45:32Speaker 54

I would defer to the city attorney.

5:45:36 – 5:45:53Speaker 38

We thought that this might be asked, so we do actually have in our pocket a two-question option, which would be a question for Geo Bond for stormwater and one separate for water sewer, so that the voters could decide if this is what the body wants to do.

5:45:58Speaker 48

I was just curious. Call the roll. I'm going to go alphabetically. Commissioner Bond.

5:46:06Speaker 48

Commissioner Dominguez.

5:46:08Speaker 48

Commissioner Fernandez. This is on hybrid? Hybrid. No. Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

5:46:15Speaker 48

Commissioner Magazine. No. Commissioner Suarez. No. Mayor Miner.

5:46:21Speaker 58

Well, failed already, but no.

5:46:23Speaker 48

Option one fails.

5:46:24Speaker 58

Okay. Let's call the no geo bonds, just the increase.

5:46:36Speaker 48

I don't have a motion or a second on that one. I think we did, but okay.

5:46:40Speaker 38

The other motion on the table was for the all-geo bond.

5:46:44Speaker 58

I can't move it, so.

5:46:47Speaker 43

So I'll make a motion. I don't know what order you want to call it. I'll move it.

5:46:49Speaker 12

Is that five-sevens?

5:46:51Speaker 43

Yes. No. It's four-sevens. No. No, because we have a moratorium.

5:46:54Speaker 58

This is just on the rate increase. Oh, okay. No geo bond.

5:46:57Speaker 16

Because there was a moratorium. We need to remove the moratorium.

5:47:01Speaker 38

Yes, this is a five-seven. Five-seven bond. Yeah. Five-seven bond.

5:47:04Speaker 48

So full rate, I have a motion by Commissioner Magazine.

5:47:09Speaker 58

It was seconded by Commissioner Suarez. Hold on.

5:47:12Speaker 48

Full rate increase, your proposal.

5:47:14Speaker 43

No, it's not a full rate increase.

5:47:16Speaker 48

I'm sorry, full.

5:47:18 – 5:47:55Speaker 43

It is. What's the item number? Okay. There's no item on the agenda. The motion is the amount that we're going to borrow under the rate increase under the hybrid method, $450 million. Make that the entirety that we're going to borrow. a rate increase, no geo bond component, and reconfigure the important NIP projects within that $450 million. So essentially we're shifting outwards to longer dated projects that aren't going to be undertaken. And that needs five seconds, correct?

5:47:55 – 5:48:41Speaker 41

Yes. Can I help? Yes, please. So I think what we would be looking at doing in that particular instance is looking to change what was a 10-year CIP into somewhere between a four and six year CIP with making sure that the rate increases were not beyond what we were proposing for the water and sewer. So it would be changing what is currently a 10-year CIP to somewhere between a four and six-year CIP, keeping the rate increases similar to what was proposed for the water and sewer.

5:48:43 – 5:49:08Speaker 16

If I can ask for some clarification, how are you going to determine what gets included and what doesn't? Because somebody is calling strikes and balls on this. So is it purely based on timeframe? Anything outside of a six-year window is punted? Or is it based on who gets most emails? Or is it based on where people have property? I mean, what's it gonna be based on?

5:49:09 – 5:49:24Speaker 41

So my suggestion would be, if you're going to entertain this option, that we do it purely based on years. And so we would drop out years until we get back to a number that falls within the 450 million.

5:49:25 – 5:49:41Speaker 16

But we're being asked to vote on that without knowing what that includes. I'm sorry, I sound like I'm challenging you. I'm not challenging you. I'm very frustrated with this process. We are being asked to vote on that without knowing what would fall off and what would stay in.

5:49:41 – 5:50:10Speaker 41

So the only thing that I would offer to help ameliorate that is ultimately you're going to have to vote on an ordinance for an increase which would very clearly articulate exactly what is in and what is out. So this would just be directing us to move forward with doing the analysis and bringing back ACIP and a rate increase ordinance.

5:50:12 – 5:50:31Speaker 44

Mr. Mayor, if I can make a suggestion. Why don't we have a vote now to lift the rate, the moratorium? And see, you know, because we can't do anything as far as water and sewer rates unless that moratorium is voted.

5:50:31Speaker 58

I don't know about that. We could take a vote and see if we have the 5.7. Then we could overturn the moratorium.

5:50:35Speaker 44

Yeah. So let's just start there and see where the chips fall.

5:50:41Speaker 58

Yeah. I wanted to take that vote.

5:50:45Speaker 44

So I'll move it. Okay. I'll move it. I'll second it.

5:50:50Speaker 58

This is for the rate increase only of the hybrid version. No, no.

5:50:54Speaker 44

This is no. I make a motion to lift the moratorium.

5:50:59Speaker 48

OK. So this is to lift the moratorium.

5:51:02Speaker 44

Correct. I have a motion and a second.

5:51:06Speaker 48

I heard a motion by Commissioner Suarez.

5:51:09 – 5:51:43Speaker 58

I mean, we can do it. The reason why I didn't do it that way, because I was trying to be fair to each one. So the first one we just voted for that failed needed five sevenths. Seriously, you didn't even get four. You didn't even get the four votes. So it wouldn't have passed regardless. I don't know. So I would take the vote. I would take the vote on this item, see where we're at, and then we'll kind of overturn the moratorium. I'm trying to be fair. Because I've told you where I fall, so I don't want to make it look like I'm trying to skew the vote with four votes on something that I'm telling you I support.

5:51:43 – 5:52:01Speaker 44

No, I'm simply saying that, look, none of these options where water and sewer isn't going to increase is going to be possible unless we lift a moratorium. So I make a motion to... Four and less five of us agree. No, you still need to lift a moratorium. You still need to vote on that. So...

5:52:04Speaker 38

If I agree then that lifts the moratorium.

5:52:07 – 5:52:35Speaker 44

Don't we have to specifically say we lift the moratorium in the motion? No, by voting 5-7 you are lifting the moratorium. Oh, okay. That changes it then. Because I was under the impression procedurally we have to first vote on lifting the moratorium and then we can vote on Any sort of measure that increases water and sewer rates, right?

5:52:35Speaker 38

But because the hybrid option Necessarily includes a rate increase by definition.

5:52:41 – 5:53:14Speaker 58

You're lifting the moratorium got it Which is why we don't need five because otherwise you need four I withdraw that's good because it's I can just add something I know we have Two who are supporting my two at the ends here. Well are supporting the geo bond model only is anybody else supporting that I Do you want me to call the vote just to have it on the record? Okay, I'm taking everyone that they're worried that that's the case. So if we have a motion and a second on the GEO bond only. We've had only two people say they're voting. Let's get that out of the way.

5:53:14 – 5:53:31Speaker 48

Okay, so this is item C, GEO bond only, which is option two, R7C option two, GEO bond. May I call the roll? Yes. Okay, I'm going to go reverse alphabetically this time. Commissioner Suarez. Yes. Commissioner Magazine?

5:53:33Speaker 48

Commissioner Mateo Salinas?

5:53:35Speaker 48

Commissioner Fernandez? Yes. Commissioner Dominguez? No. Commissioner Bott?

5:53:43Speaker 48

Motion fails. And I'm going to know just the rest.

5:53:54 – 5:54:16Speaker 58

Okay. So what I want to do now, I know I'm getting a few suggestions here, is ALL THE SEWER RATE ITEM ONLY, THE SEWER RATE INCREASED PORTION, WITHOUT THE GEO BOND, IT NEEDS A 5-7 VOTE. IF THAT PASSES, IT PASSES. IF IT FAILS, THEN WE'LL GO TO REMOVE THE MORATORIUM. MIND YOU, THE HYBRID VERSION ONLY HAD THREE VOTES.

5:54:17 – 5:55:14Speaker 56

CAN I ASK A QUESTION ON THAT? PLEASE. OKAY. SO GOING AGAIN TO WHAT IS MOST COST EFFECTIVE FOR OUR RESIDENTS, OKAY, BECAUSE FOR ME IT'S NOT YOU KNOW, WHETHER IT COMES OUT OF THE UTILITY BILL OR THE TAX BILL, THE QUESTION IS, WHAT LEAVES THE RESIDENTS' POCKETS AT THE END OF EACH MONTH? AND SO I WAS WEIGHING BETWEEN ALL GEO BOND AND HYBRID. THE ALL GEO BOND HAD THE LEAST FISCAL IMPACT, ESPECIALLY TO THE PEOPLE ON THE LOWER END OF THE BRACKETS. with this model that Commissioner Magazine is presenting to us, and when we're looking at, I guess it's about half of the depth capacity? All right, so when we're looking at half of the depth capacity, as opposed to what amount in a hybrid model?

5:55:17Speaker 54

Well, there's the rate.

5:55:18Speaker 56

I believe it's just short of $800 million. So we would be looking at about $400 million as opposed to $800 million.

5:55:27Speaker 41

Right. It's $450 on the rate increase side and $340 on the stormwater geo side.

5:55:35 – 5:56:12Speaker 56

That's on the hybrid? That's on the hybrid. Okay. All right. And with Commissioner Magazine's proposal is how much? Purely 450. 450 between water and sewer and storm water. Correct. Then to me, then under those two scenarios, that is the option that then I would imagine, and Jason, you're our CFO, is would that have the least impact on our residents? Sorry, which? The Commissioner Magazine proposal where you're cutting the debt in half.

5:56:12Speaker 42

If the proposal is to limit it to $450 million, then obviously, yeah, your program is going to go from $1.1 billion down significantly. So I'll second.

5:56:22 – 5:57:00Speaker 16

Wait, wait. I'm sorry. Earlier, before lunch, when we had the same question asked, we were told that without doing the calculations, it was unknown at this point if there would be cost savings. Like, yes, if you're borrowing less money, you're borrowing less money. Even I can understand that. However, given all the machinations, et cetera, it was unclear if there, that's what I heard coming from you guys. It's unclear at this moment without doing all the calculations if there would be a cost savings or how great that cost savings would be. Did I misunderstand that? It's entirely possible. Mr.

5:57:00 – 5:57:34Speaker 41

If I could just add a little bit of clarity to that. I think what was being discussed at the time before lunch was whether or not the percentage increases in the utility rates would be higher, lower, or the same as what's proposed in the hybrid option. Obviously, if we're talking about utility rates as well as a general obligation bond, tax bill increase, it's going to be more than just the utility rate increases.

5:57:34 – 5:57:58Speaker 16

No, I understand that. I got that part. I was asking about the, I guess because you're right-sizing it, you would only be able to fit in as many projects as would fit into the allotted rate increase. But there wouldn't be cost savings for the projects, et cetera. Thank you.

5:58:00 – 5:58:56Speaker 56

And my question was based on, you know, at the end of the day, what is leaving the residents' pocket at the end of the day when you compare the two models? And Mr. Magazine's proposal gets us started on the programs. that you can't do the $1 billion package all at once. And so you're, I guess, it's almost like phasing it. We are imposing upon ourselves tranches. No different than when you go and you do a full general obligation bond and you say, okay, we want to borrow this amount of money. You're not borrowing it all at once. You have the flexibility in pacing it. This would... would in effect create that pacing. Is that a proper explanation of it, Eric?

5:58:57Speaker 41

I think that makes perfect sense of what we're talking about. Okay.

5:59:01Speaker 58

Vice Mayor Dominguez and we have Commissioner Suarez and then we've called two of the three votes. I want to call the third item that hasn't been called yet.

5:59:09Speaker 12

When this came up before lunch, pacing it out that way was not cost effective.

5:59:16 – 6:00:00Speaker 54

in the long run. It was unknown what period of time. Like I said, if you take the total CIP and total borrowing and reduce it, and you compress that time period, it's unknown. If you extend that over the 10 year period, then obviously it would save money. And we're talking about two different things here as far as affordability. We're talking about affordability to all residents, and then we're talking about affordability based to lower income residents. So, you know, any rate increase is going to be equal to all residents across the income spectrum based on the variation of their usage. So we need to, I just want to be clear about that because we're talking about two completely different things here.

6:00:01Speaker 58

Commissioner Suarez.

6:00:04Speaker 44

So the item before us now is to simply just raise water rates and water and sewer rates and some stormwater.

6:00:12Speaker 54

Yes, all three, is my understanding, to a maximum of $450 million CIP plan.

6:00:18 – 6:00:47Speaker 44

Okay, so why did we pass a moratorium two months ago? I'm serious. We should have just decided then of what we're going to do, and now we're somehow going to change that? Again, it's a regressive tax, the water and stormwater rate increases. What? Why are we doing that? Why would we sign up for a regressive tax when we can have more of a progressive tax?

6:00:49 – 6:01:11Speaker 43

Maybe, Eric, I'll turn that to you about, I took what you said to heart about why we would fund projects like these not via geobond, but in the typical utility rate infrastructure. And in terms of why we passed the moratorium, I think what we essentially achieved in that time is scaling this amount that we're borrowing down by 300, 400 million dollars.

6:01:14Speaker 44

We just figured that out on the fly today. It wasn't like an option that staff presented to us. You know what I mean? We're kind of shooting from the hip on this one.

6:01:22 – 6:02:27Speaker 43

And that's what I said walking in here. I wish several months ago, I wish what I would have done is just take a step, a breath, and say, you know what, we're trying to achieve a significant amount of infrastructure and utility projects, but we also need to do so in a way that is more affordable to our residents. And what was being proposed several years ago was this very robust bells and whistles package that maybe from an affordability standpoint, we're just not in a position to do today. So we do the things that are mission critical and essentially we're providing cost savings to our residents because during that moratorium, we're borrowing less money. That's what that moratorium allowed. We were left with the option of several months ago, borrowing $750, $800 million. We're not going down that route now. So the moratorium that was put into place with your leadership, with Commissioner Fernandez's leadership, allowed us to essentially get to the place where we're borrowing several hundred million dollars less.

6:02:27Speaker 44

Yeah, but that also means many projects now potentially not being funded, right? So we're picking winners and losers.

6:02:35 – 6:03:06Speaker 58

ACTUALLY, SEE, THAT'S THE DIFFERENCE. I DON'T VIEW IT THAT WAY. THE WAY I VIEW IT IS WE ARE FUNDING THE PROJECTS THAT WE WANT TO GET DONE IN THE NEXT FOUR, FIVE, SIX YEARS. WE DON'T HAVE THE, WITHOUT THE GEO BOND, WE'RE NOT GOING TO HAVE THE FUNDING FOR NINE, TEN YEARS OUT, AND THAT'S GOING TO HAVE TO BE REVISITED. BUT WE HAVE ENOUGH NOW, AND BASICALLY WHAT I AM COMFORTABLE IS NOT CHARGING OUR RESIDENTS AN EXTRA TAX AT THIS POINT AND IN THIS ENVIRONMENT. to do that. I think we can get done what we have to get done now.

6:03:07 – 6:03:26Speaker 44

But to be fair, Mr. Mayor, they're going to pay one way or the other, whether it's through on a millage or a water and sewer rate. They're going to pay. So what's the more fair and equitable way for people to pay, Miami Beach residents to pay? And that's why we're here.

6:03:27 – 6:06:49Speaker 56

Correct. Mr. Mayor, if I may, I think the challenge that we're facing is that We don't have the support to do the progressive tax that takes away the burden and the weight from our most cost-strained residents. We don't have that support, obviously. Now, the goal of the moratorium was never to... Can I just ask a question? Do you mean legally? because of the tax structure? The votes. We don't have the votes. Okay. Yeah. We don't have the support, you know, to... We'll call that a progressive tax, but okay. Well, I mean, I'm just barring Commissioner Suarez's... I don't know. I'm barring his because rather than doing a rate increase where, you know, everyone is paying, this kind of relieves people of certain... of certain... But the goal of the moratorium was never to get in the way of people receiving reliable water and sewer systems, resilient infrastructure, and the projects that are needed to protect our neighborhoods from flooding. It was never to get in the way of those projects. It was specifically to challenge our government to find a more effective, less costly, more cost effective way for our residents to achieve these projects. Granted that we don't have the votes to do the all GOB option, we can't leave our residents without these infrastructure improvements, that would be irresponsible. I would never leave this day as today in a position where we leave our residents without a path forward for these significant investments, but to the extent that we can see, okay, how do we move forward without over-burning our residents, I think Commissioner Magazine's proposal is the next best choice. It gets us going, it gets us an ability to prioritize mission-critical projects. We're still addressing projects, I mean, I would want to make sure we're still addressing projects in North Beach and in Lakeview and around Must Park and, you know, the projects that we have grant funding for from the state, I would want to make sure of that, and if I can get confirmation of that, it'll be great, but we can't mix the two things. The moratorium was never meant to get in the way of the projects. It was to push our government to find a more cost-effective way than slamming our residents with, I think it was over $1,000. It was gonna get to over $1,000 that they were going to have to absorb of that. And we have achieved that goal. We have achieved that goal of not hitting our residents with this. And so we just have to do now what is the next most affordable thing from my perspective for residents, which is what Commissioner Magazine is proposing, which I believe cuts that burden now in half.

6:06:50 – 6:07:15Speaker 58

And I agree with that. Thank you, Commissioner Fernandez. If this was about picking winners and losers, I wouldn't be supporting this next vote and proposal just to raise. But what I'm hearing is we're going to fully fund the projects we need to just over a shorter time frame, maybe five years as opposed to 10. And I'm comfortable with doing that now. And I think it's actually fiscally the prudent thing to do. But how do we decide what projects to fund?

6:07:17 – 6:07:32Speaker 54

Yeah. Basically from the end we will start at 2035 and work our way back because we have prioritized these projects until we get to the number that works between the water sewer and stormwater rate increase.

6:07:32 – 6:09:02Speaker 56

So we don't determine which projects get funded. You have your orders of priority and those projects that fall within the budget of that list of priority are the projects that end up moving forward. I will bring my recommendation to Commission. Well, I mean, what I would say is that we should not deviate from what the professional recommendation is. It shouldn't be because one group organized and sent emails and one group made phone calls. The recommendation, we have a chart and that chart exists and the projects in that chart were the ones that were going to get funded in order of priority if we would have done the general obligation bond, for example. Everyone would have been treated equally based on their priority. And if we shift in a funding mechanism, I still want to make sure we are still fair, that we're not gonna, because the guy that was number 10 organizes 50 people to email us, now all of a sudden he becomes guy number three so that he doesn't get cut off the list. If we do this, I just want to make sure. I just want to make sure that we stick to whatever that professionally made ranking of priorities was. Because you had a consultant do that at one point, I believe, You guys did it internally. I can't recall, was there a consultant that came in? It was both.

6:09:02 – 6:09:13Speaker 41

It was a prioritization on the stormwater program, there was a prioritization on the neighborhood improvement program, and there was a prioritization on the critical water and sewer critical needs program. Yeah.

6:09:15 – 6:09:34Speaker 56

You know, I'm being flexible because I'm not going, I'm going to prioritize the needs of our city, which is infrastructure and affordability. But what I will not vote to do is, you know, in essence politicize then which ones make it into the $400,000, into the $400 million.

6:09:34Speaker 58

I agree with you.

6:09:36 – 6:10:06Speaker 44

Commissioner Suarez, then we vote. You know, Commissioner Dominguez brought a really good idea. Would the voters decide? Yeah. Would my colleagues be okay with both options on the table? Both one and two. Okay. Let's hit rewind. We voted twice. They failed. Well, this motion would be for both questions to be on the ballot. I mean, how do my colleagues feel about that? Let the voters decide.

6:10:06Speaker 12

I move the item.

6:10:08Speaker 58

We have a motion and a second already on the sewer rate increase.

6:10:12 – 6:10:33Speaker 44

Because I don't feel, let me just finish, because I don't feel comfortable saying we're going to cut the project in half and then five years from now we'll have to go back to this. You know, look, we can let the voters decide. I mean, because right now we're just deciding. I would like the voters to decide.

6:10:34 – 6:10:52Speaker 16

Okay. That is literally what we are elected to do, to make hard decisions about public safety of which critical infrastructure needs is one of the most important things. I mean, are we going to punt all of our decisions to the voter? Then we'll have a direct democracy like they did in ancient Greece. Let's go.

6:10:52Speaker 44

But the question is how to fund it and who gets disproportionately affected by those rate increases, Commissioner.

6:10:59 – 6:11:10Speaker 58

So, you know, that's... Let's call the vote on the sewer rate increase portion of that hybrid without the GO bond component.

6:11:12Speaker 56

So I have a question because Commissioner Dominguez...

6:11:16 – 6:11:31Speaker 58

And by the way, in all fairness, I actually announced this is the way I'm going to do it. I'm going to call all three votes, which I have. I've called two of the three. And listen, we'll call it. If it doesn't pass, then we'll figure out the next option. But I really want to call this vote, and we're kind of delaying that.

6:11:31 – 6:12:14Speaker 56

Well, because I guess my question is what Commissioner Dominguez is proposing is the same thing as the option two, just bifurcated into two questions. putting you know giving people the option to you know I liked it because at the end of the day I wanted affordability and if people voted yes on those two questions is the same effect as the option that that I preferred was which was also true is that not correct okay I seen this wrong so if Rick could you help me understand this if neither of those options get approved by voters then a

6:12:15Speaker 16

We are back to square zero. We have no rate increases. We have no mandate from the voters to increase.

6:12:22Speaker 58

I feel like these are just, these are literally morphed from the first two that failed.

6:12:27 – 6:12:45Speaker 16

To me, it's a complete non-starter because then either we say, fine, we're not going to fix our infrastructure and we're going to turn into Fort Lauderdale, God forbid, or we're going to just be back here in six months going through this entire drama again. But am I misunderstanding that?

6:12:45Speaker 12

Yeah. Rick, I have a question. Does it need 60%? Because if it doesn't, one of them is going to pass because one of them is going to have more votes than the other.

6:12:54 – 6:13:33Speaker 38

Well, what we had prepared and what I mentioned earlier was taking the item that Commissioner Suarez proposed and splitting it up so... Voters would choose do we want to fund stormwater? Do we want to fund water and sewer it now? What Commissioner Suarez just proposed was a little different which was to put option one and option two which we have on our agenda to the voters and the issue with that is that and if the voters vote for one they would have to vote for one or the other and and I would like Nick to come up to Explain how that would work because on a ballot I'm not sure how we would manage so that the voters could vote one or two.

6:13:34 – 6:14:07Speaker 44

No, I'm sorry just to be clear I think what Rick originally sent was probably the most appropriate. Why don't we ask the voters for water and sewer one Geobahn and the other for stormwater and and have the voters decide. And then we can, and if both, one or both fail, yes, we're technically back to step zero, which is only four months from here. And then we can decide what to raise. And in the meantime, we can also prioritize the projects. But again, that's, I'm just.

6:14:07 – 6:14:19Speaker 58

Guys, I'm calling the vote. I'm calling the vote. I literally laid out how I was gonna do it, and now I feel like you're stalling a vote that needs to be called. There's a motion and a second. I'm calling about, okay.

6:14:20Speaker 48

This is on the rate increase, motion by Commissioner Magazine, seconded by Commissioner Hernandez. I'm going to go randomly.

6:14:28Speaker 12

Solely rate increase, no bond?

6:14:30Speaker 48

Correct. No geo bond.

6:14:33Speaker 56

This is the half, half the capacity.

6:14:37Speaker 48

So I'm going to go randomly this time. Commissioner Magazine. Yes. Vice Mayor Dominguez. No. Commissioner Fernandez.

6:14:45Speaker 48

Commissioner Bott. Yes. Commissioner Bott?

6:14:56Speaker 16

Can you come back to me?

6:14:58Speaker 48

Commissioner Suarez? No. Commissioner Mattel Salinas?

6:15:04Speaker 48

Yes. Commissioner Bott?

6:15:08Speaker 48

Motion passes.

6:15:12 – 6:15:28Speaker 43

Can we lay out the next steps? It is exactly what they would have been under the hybrid methodology, where, John, you come back for essentially the first reading of that in September, and then we take a final vote on that in October.

6:15:29 – 6:15:48Speaker 58

By the way, thank you, everyone. This wasn't easy. I don't think anybody's really fully satisfied, which actually that's kind of what a compromise is. Some tough decisions, but I think we made some good, hard decisions with a very thoughtful discussion. So thank you.

6:15:48 – 6:16:34Speaker 43

And Mr. Mayor, one last thought. It looks like we're going to have some cost savings because we've been so fine-tuning our budget. We will have cost savings where last year we sent a stipend check to our residents. Perhaps if we have excess cost savings because of the extensive measures that we're taking through a more efficient government, we can put that towards some of this infrastructure funding to even lessen the burden. We don't have to vote on that now, but as we go through the budget process, that's something that we could all keep in mind that essentially the excess savings that we realize, if we're able to continue doing so, that we actually put that towards our infrastructure funding.

6:16:35Speaker 58

All right, thank you.

6:16:38 – 6:16:55Speaker 48

Yes, R7J. R7J is public hearing, coding part of Venetian Way as Judge Irving and Hazel Sipon Way. Commissioner, Vice Mayor Dominguez.

6:16:55 – 6:18:01Speaker 12

Thank you, Mayor. So Venetian Way at Toledo Island is currently Judge Irving Sipon Way and this was voted on many, many years ago. The family recently requested to add Hazel, the wife's name, to that section of Toledo because without her, Judge Irving Sipon would not have achieved as many successes. Interestingly, Mark and I had the opportunity to meet Hazel back in 2015 when we were knocking on doors for his first election and she was a proud Miami Beach resident raising her children and grandchildren and to come back now and I was asked to submit this at the beginning of the year, to have her name included in that portion of Doledo really made me very excited. She is already gone from here, but her children and grandchildren live throughout Miami Beach, North Bay Road, Mid Beach, South Beach, and are really excited about this item. It's already been heard at neighborhoods, and from here it would go to the county for consideration. So I move the item.

6:18:06 – 6:18:41Speaker 48

It is a public hearing. I see no one on Zoom, and I see no one in the audience on R7J. All in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, the item is approved 7-0. That was R7J. Call R7F, R7G. R7F is set. R7F, set proposed fiscal year 27 millage debt service rollback rates, Normandy Shores. G is set proposed fiscal year 27 military debt service rate and rollback rates. R7F, R7G. Hello, Tamika.

6:18:41 – 6:18:57Speaker 15

Good afternoon. Tamika Stewart, Budget Director. So the first item is for Normandy Shores. That millage rate is increasing. It is increasing because the HOA actually voted to increase their budget. This requires a unanimous vote. And this is their maximum millage rate for FY27's budget.

6:19:00 – 6:19:16Speaker 48

Call the vote. I need a motion, please. I'll move it. I'll second. I have a motion by Commissioner Suarez, second by the Mayor on R7F. Please say aye if you're in agreement. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, R7F is approved 7-0. Next item is R7G.

6:19:17 – 6:19:29Speaker 15

Yeah, the second item is for the city's maximum millage rate. As we've discussed at last Friday's work meeting, we recommend leaving the operating millage flat, same as FY26, and reducing the debt service millage rate.

6:19:30Speaker 44

So can you do it one more time, Tamika, please? What millage rate are you?

6:19:36 – 6:19:47Speaker 15

Okay. So the city's operated millage rate, we're recommending stay flat at 5.8560 mils, and then devoted debt service at 0.2693 mils.

6:19:50 – 6:20:16Speaker 44

I don't know if it's okay with my colleagues, but we just voted to raise the water and sewer rates. Can we offset that through a millage so that we, at the end of the day, the residents end up net neutral, at least in terms of water and sewer? Mr. Mayor. Again, but we could still technically do the rollback rate in what month?

6:20:16Speaker 15

In September. We have two hearings.

6:20:19 – 6:20:54Speaker 44

But today we have to definitely set the proposed millage, the floor millage rate. So... YOU CAN ALWAYS COME DOWN. I DON'T KNOW IF YOU CAN DO THIS FROM NOW UNTIL THE NEXT COUPLE MINUTES, JASON, BUT COULD YOU FIGURE OUT WHAT THE COST IS OF WHAT WE JUST INCREASED AND OFFSET IT BY A LOWER MILLAGE? NO. DO YOU THINK YOU CAN DO IT IN THE NEXT HOUR AND PERHAPS THE MAYOR CAN CALL IN AN HOUR OR TWO? Is there a ballpark estimate? No.

6:20:54 – 6:21:44Speaker 42

Public Works Department, I'm sorry to be very straightforward, but the Public Works Department was just given that direction. They're going to have to go back to work with their rate consultant to redo those rates. I have no idea what those rates would be, nor what the, you know, an average impact or any of that would be done. They have, I don't know how many hours or weeks or months, you know, I was even talking about making sure they were ready for September. So there's no way, shape, or form I could even guesstimate what theoretical utility rate adjustments would be. I can't do that. But again, today, you're just setting what your maximum is that you'll vote on in September. And September is where you have the flexibility to decrease it. That's why giving yourself the most flexibility is really so important. Exactly what we recommended on Friday. You made a series of reductions and you have some flexibility because there's a number of items that you're going to talk about in September on restoring funding for.

6:21:44Speaker 44

Jason, what is the millage rate for the rollback? What is the millage for the rollback rate gonna be and what is the proposed flat?

6:21:53 – 6:22:08Speaker 42

While she's looking up the rollback rate, just with all the funding that you restored. So if you did decide to vote on a rollback rate today, you would have to basically all of the items that you had restored funding for on Friday, you'd have to reverse and cancel those immediately on the floor.

6:22:08Speaker 44

Understood. So what is the current millage?

6:22:12Speaker 15

So the rollback millage rate is 5.5762.

6:22:16Speaker 44

Okay, and then what is the floor for that year?

6:22:20Speaker 15

The ceiling? Yes. Yeah, the ceiling is 5.8560.

6:22:25Speaker 15

Versus 5.8. Okay.

6:22:28 – 6:23:03Speaker 44

Well, colleagues, we can certainly lower the mill. Even if we pass the ceiling today, I understand we can lower it in September further. But do I have a consensus up here to at least meet halfway on this millage so that we are guaranteed to lower the millage for next year? Instead of 5.8, it's 5.5, so 5.65.

6:23:04 – 6:23:51Speaker 43

So what I can tell you is you have my wholehearted support that that's always how I entered this budget process, that I wanted to give our residents a further rollback in the millage rate. I think it is slightly premature today to set exactly what that is. I feel comfortable if we set a ceiling and we say we are 100% confident our millage rate will not be going up. As we saw on Friday, we are already, if we would set the budget, at a millage rate that's rolled back. And in July, or I'm sorry, in September, I want to go through defining the more cost savings. I just don't know what rate we're going to come in at.

6:23:52Speaker 44

So 5.85, is that correct?

6:23:56Speaker 42

The ceiling? 5.8560 is the recommended general millage operating CR and PAYGO.

6:24:03 – 6:24:15Speaker 44

If we did... If we took off 0.05, what does that translate into dollars? Would that be about $100 a household median?

6:24:16Speaker 15

If we go back to which rate?

6:24:18Speaker 42

They lower the millage by 0.05. Just a couple of elements.

6:24:22 – 6:25:02Speaker 44

Again, where I'm just simply saying, look, we have the ability today to at least offset what we just raised. And I want to hold our feet to the fire and say that we're definitely going to do that and not do the millage of what's going to keep our operating budget i want to get obviously closer to the rollback rate but again we just raise taxes on the water and sewer storm water so why don't we just decide today that we are going to tie our hands and make sure that we're going to do additional offset cost savings to THE TAXPAYERS.

6:25:03Speaker 43

WHAT DOES THAT TRANSLATE TO TOTAL AGGREGATE IN THE BUDGET?

6:25:07 – 6:26:05Speaker 42

THEY'RE WORKING ON THAT VERY QUICK. IF I CAN FOR JUST ONE ELEMENT, THE REASON AGAIN THAT WE'RE RECOMMENDING THAT KEEPING THE FLAT MILLAGE AND THAT WILL BE OUR CONTINUING RECOMMENDATION IN SEPTEMBER IS THE CAUTION, YELLOW FLASHING CAUTION, NOT RED, BUT YELLOW COMING INTO FY28 WITH THE CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT. that's definitely going to pass, so that's gonna be millions of dollars that we'll have as additional deficit. We had a $7 million deficit this year. Based on the trends of property values, there's no reason to think we won't be in a deficit situation next year equal to or greater than we were this year. You add on the constitutional amendment. So we could be, instead of having a floor of having to cut $7 million this year, we might need to cut $10 to $15 million this year. So even if you're decreasing a millage that would save half a million or a million dollars, let's say, in cutting our revenues, just add that on to the deficit for next year. So whatever you're cutting, you would have additional cuts next year. Not guaranteed, but that would be my prediction.

6:26:05Speaker 58

Commissioner Bott and Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

6:26:07 – 6:27:48Speaker 16

Commissioner Salinas- Thank you, Mayor. You know, we have a very robust budget process, and this year it has been all the more so through the collective desire of this body to get into the weeds, have a line-by-line item document that we can review, have many lengthy conversations about how to find efficiencies and how to cut things that might be a little bit painful. I think it is premature to put in a false cap until we have completed the budget process. I share my colleagues' sentiments in that I think we are all here trying to find the best way forward. We don't have all the answers yet, and that's why we're meeting in September and why we will meet one more time in October. And so I am not going to be in favor of imposing a false ceiling because it's easy to drop it and to continue to drop it. But if we drop it too low, then we are putting our constituents in harm's way potentially because we'll have to make hard choices about how many public safety cuts we're going to have to make. And I'm not willing to do that until we have completed the process. I understand everybody on this dais is concerned about affordability for everyone with almost every question that touches that topic. We just spent multiple hours talking about it with our key infrastructure needs. So that's where I stand and I think it's premature to roll it back any further than we need to at this point because we can later.

6:27:49Speaker 44

It's not rolled back at all?

6:27:50Speaker 15

So if we reduce it by 0.05.

6:27:52Speaker 44

Hold on, it's not rolled back at all, right? And I'm trying to just be reasonable. I don't think a 0.0, no? All right, let Tamika.

6:28:01Speaker 15

Right, so if we reduce the millage by 0.05 from what we're recommending, we would save $46 for the average homeowner. We reduce our revenues by $2.6 million.

6:28:12 – 6:28:40Speaker 43

Two point, so essentially we came in, you said to balance our budget and keep our millage rate flat, we had to essentially come up with cost savings of $6.9 million, correct? And we found further reductions Several million dollars. You're saying to reduce our millage? Three million. It would be $6.9 million deficit that we have, plus $3 million, was it?

6:28:40Speaker 15

Yeah, so right now, based on what we talked about on Friday, we have a $4.2 million surplus that we said we're going to set aside for future discussion in September.

6:28:48 – 6:29:07Speaker 42

Great. That was going to be your budget, kind of your budget stabilization reserve to help, again, you could be in a $10 to $15 million deficit next year. And there's, I believe, many hundreds of thousands of dollars in items that you are going to consider whether to restore funding in September. So any reduction, again, any reduction there limits your options in September.

6:29:07Speaker 43

So we have $4 million in additional savings that we realized. And if we cut our millage rate by 0.05, that would be an incremental what?

6:29:18 – 6:29:41Speaker 43

So I'll pose it to you, Commissioner. I'll either support you in this methodology now or if you would like to keep our maximum millage rate where it's at and we have that discussion to say we either reduce our millage further or we keep it the same and essentially pay for further infrastructure funding with that. I'm fine wherever you want to take that.

6:29:41 – 6:30:03Speaker 44

Thank you, Commissioner. I mean, I want to save taxes right now. So I would be in favor of capping it We're lowering it by 0.05 mils. And we'll then have about a million and a half to really decipher. And that's good because now we have a pot and we're going to have to decide who gets the funding instead of just the full four.

6:30:03 – 6:30:53Speaker 43

And to remind the group one step further, we actually now have a line item by line item budget. So there's nothing preventing us from all individually going through there and saying, you know what, I think that can be cut. I think that can be cut and I plan on doing so. So I don't think that that $4 million is going to be the maximum amount of cost efficiencies that I'm going to be looking to save. So I'm fine backing into that lower millage rate because that's well within the absolute floor what I'm looking to save. In fact, my goal over the next month, even if it's individually, is just going through the line item by line item budget to find more cost efficiency savings.

6:30:53Speaker 44

So I'd like to make a motion for a maximum of 5.8.

6:30:58Speaker 58

Commissioner Monaco-Matteo Salinas.

6:31:05 – 6:31:53Speaker 34

I don't feel comfortable doing stuff here on the fly right now, although I appreciate what you guys are trying to do, and I'm not necessarily against it. But, you know, I want some more time to process this and speak with our staff, Jason and Tamika. So I wouldn't necessarily feel comfortable doing this right now. And like Commissioner Bott said, it is a process. Um, and you know, we're not all aligned on where we want to cut and where we want to save and we all differ. And, uh, you know, we're still hearing from our residents about things that have been cut, reduced. So I just want to be fair to those residents to be able to speak up in that process that we already have in place before we adjust what our floor and ceiling is today. So that's where I'm at. Thank you.

6:31:55 – 6:32:46Speaker 12

I'm in the same boat. With that, we had a robust discussion on Friday with the budget and we went through the many different items and if we go and slash every single thing that we've got, it's really going to be cutting services and things to our city that make us unique and special. And at the end of the day, our residents will not appreciate a sterile city without having all of the services that we currently offer. During my budget, my review, the city recommends slightly reduced millage, .006 less than as required to service the geobonds, if I repeated that correctly, and the operating millage rate recommended to stay flat. And that's what I'll support today. Commissioner Fernandez.

6:32:46 – 6:35:58Speaker 56

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. I'm just going to air a frustration that I had last Friday that I wish we would have had we had our conference room session today, I was going to bring up. Last year in December, a number of us voted to ask for a rolled back budget and to give us options for a rolled back budget. And I'll tell you, my frustration with all of this has been that I believe we were given a rolled back budget, but a rolled back budget that was poison-pilled. That was poison-pilled on purpose. That every possible efficiency that this organization, $1 billion budget organization, was able to find were only those critical services that no responsible elected official would ever even think of cutting. And in fact, every single employee of this city that appeared in one of those critical positions that ended up on that list deserves a public apology, at least from me, because I feel bad that they ended up in that list, because I believe it demoralizes the critically important work that they do. And to that extent, I really don't feel that I ever really got a true, honest, rolled back budget that this city commission voted for. And I don't appreciate that. And I have to voice that publicly because the budget is the most important public policy document that we are entrusted to pass. And that has placed us in this very difficult position. I think that there truly were areas where if we would have taken that exercise seriously, that this organization could have found to really trim. And when I was given that briefing in my office, I was very clear to our wonderful staff members that gave me that briefing my feeling about it. I felt it was a political document It was a politicized, rolled back proposed budget to prevent us from adopting a true rolled back budget rate. That's my opinion on it. That's a frustration that I have. I feel we were deprived of what we asked for, and I would have been incredibly remiss had I not stated that frustration on the record. And in addition to that, and once again reiterate, a public apology that every single one of those employees, whether they're sanitation workers or firefighters or parks employees or police officers doing incredibly difficult jobs that they are the critical, most critical functions of our government. that they deserve that apology and I'm giving it publicly and I'm sorry I have to state that just because that's, I've been holding that inside of me since last Friday and I had to put that on there.

6:35:58Speaker 23

I agree wholeheartedly, Commissioner.

6:36:02 – 6:36:57Speaker 44

I couldn't agree more. The proposed rollback rate budget cuts that the city gave us was a cooked document. I mean, they even had the cats in there, right? The cats people who showed up. It had all the bells and whistles for everyone to come up and say, no, we can't do that, we can't do this. It had frontline police workers who are on ATVs doing real patrol work, which I don't want it. I want to fund those positions because those are the police officers who are literally out on the beat on the street, not sitting in a car. They're on four wheelers. roving and patrolling our city streets. So, you know, that's why I also put on yesterday an agenda item to consolidate some of our departments to save money.

6:36:58Speaker 56

And I'm happy to be co-sponsoring that.

6:36:59 – 6:37:58Speaker 44

Yeah, and thank you for the co-sponsorship, Commissioner Fernandez. But it really was a shame that we had the opportunity to really do a rollback rate, set the standard across Dade County, and Unfortunately, this is what the administration gave us, and it's going to be very difficult. But I just want to bring up another point. I know some of my colleagues mentioned that we have a process. Technically, this is the process, right? And we have the ability now, as part of that process, to lower the millage rate. We have a motion and a second for a .05 drop to 8.5. I'd like to get the win now for our taxpayers and then continue the process of which we're on right now. So, Mr. Mayor.

6:37:58Speaker 58

So we have a motion and a second. Let's call the vote. Yes, sir.

6:38:08Speaker 42

It would be 5.8060. Operating. That is a drop of .05 in the operating.

6:38:15Speaker 16

Versus what would be...

6:38:17Speaker 56

Wait, but let me go. 5.860, that's in our total general millage, or is that in the combined?

6:38:25 – 6:38:38Speaker 15

That's the operating. So right now we're recommending 5.8560 for the operating general millage. Now it's proposed to be 5.8060, just on the operating general millage.

6:38:39 – 6:40:35Speaker 43

And if I could clarify, right now, to balance our budget at this millage rate, we're facing a deficit of $6.9 million, correct? Correct. So if we would roll back our millage rate by .05, which Commissioner Suarez suggested I'm on the cusp of supporting, it would translate, we had to find an excess cost savings of what? 2.6. 2.6. We found through our budget process Friday above and beyond the $6.9 million in excess cost savings of what? 4.2. 4.2, right? So we are well past there. Okay, well past there. In fact, we'd be able to add things back into the budget and still have room. My goal is going to find further efficiencies because I agree with the poison pill theory and to the public watching at home, what does that mean? If somebody came and said, hey, we need to cut off one of your limbs, I said, okay, take my head. No, no normal person says that, take an arm. No, we came and in many departments they go, take that. And of course you're gonna say, no, I'm not gonna do that. Of course I can't do that. Right. So you kind of set it up in a way for failure, not overall. We had very significant cuts, but there were certain areas where it was just OK, if you need and no reasonable person would have done so. I have a hard time believing those were the best, most efficient cost savings. But to bring this full circle, Commissioner Suarez, I'll second your motion. It locks us into a rate. where we still have considerable amount of leeway beyond what we've already agreed to be saving.

6:40:35 – 6:41:27Speaker 56

Let me ask a question. So that, in effect, this would be a rollback rate? No. No. What is it? What is it? A reduction of smaller, just a lower. Let me ask you, Jason, what is for, and again, for me, what matters at the end of the day is not the definition of the rollback rate or the savings and what that means for, for the city, it's ultimately what does the resident ultimately have to pay. And to maintain, not a flat rate, but a flat tax bill. That now that we are going ahead and infrastructure is a necessity, so we have to do what we have to do, we have to bite that bullet and move forward with infrastructure projects that is going to be a cause to our residents. How do we help them on the other? And how do we keep their tax bill flat? What would be that millage rate so it doesn't have to go up?

6:41:27Speaker 15

Yeah, that would be 5.7040. That would reduce the budget by $8 million. So we would have a deficit now. Another $4 million.

6:41:36 – 6:42:06Speaker 56

Okay. And is that the amount that is being proposed? No. Okay. I would like for us to consider that because that is what would protect our residents the most, absent doing a rollback. And ask our administration, you know, Go back and find what would be those good areas, you know, that are not the essential services.

6:42:06Speaker 43

And how I'll respond, Commissioner Fernandez, is I think that's an... By the way, I know there's a lot going on.

6:42:12Speaker 58

Please go through me because there's actually people who wanted to be heard and not being heard. I apologize.

6:42:17 – 6:42:44Speaker 43

That's our aspirational goal for September, when that number is refined and they have the correct analysis. I think where I'll go and support Commissioner Suarez is it gets us on that path there, right? And we'll give the administration time to say, okay, what is the millage rate that would correspond with an offset of what we just passed? And we can discuss that in September. This gets us at least moving in that direction because we just don't have that analysis ready.

6:42:46 – 6:43:09Speaker 41

And I would just, in response to the poison pill concept, it's 5% across the board is what it took to get to a millage rate. We had every single department prepare a budget that had a 5% reduction. In addition to that, we provided a program budget and we provided a line item budget. So happy to discuss that further.

6:43:09Speaker 58

Okay, let's call the vote. Do we have a motion and a second?

6:43:13Speaker 42

for 8.5, 5.806? 5.8060.

6:43:20Speaker 48

So this is on item R7G as amended, 5.8060.

6:43:26Speaker 42

On the general millage.

6:43:28 – 6:43:43Speaker 48

Correct. Okay, I have a motion by Commissioner Suarez, seconded by Commissioner Magazine. All in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Nay. I have a no from Commissioner Dominguez. I have a no from Commissioner Bott. The item passes.

6:43:44Speaker 15

Are we going to vote on the debt service as well? Because this was just the operating.

6:43:49Speaker 15

And that's .2693. Say it again, Tariq.

6:43:54Speaker 15

.2693 is the debt service proposal.

6:43:57 – 6:44:10Speaker 48

I'll move the items. Second. A motion by Commissioner Fernandez, seconded by Commissioner Suarez on the debt service proposal. All in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed?

6:44:11 – 6:45:38Speaker 56

Mr. Mayor, if I could, I don't want to speak out of order. I do want to ask our administration to find what are those real efficiencies that we can find in the budget that are not critical. that are not critical that could get us to that 5.704. That will keep the tax bill then flat for the people at home that are getting that tax bill. So I'd like to make a motion asking our administration to come back to us with proposed savings. And again, let's not do what we did with the rollback budget. To me, that was unfair. Forget about us. to the people that are doing those critical services. I am confident that in this organization with a $1 billion budget, there are areas where we can find to achieve that 5.704 millage rate that does not yield any sort of tax increase without cutting away services from our residents or impacting the current level of service that our residents are getting in sanitation or in public safety services. I'll second that. Call the vote.

6:45:40 – 6:45:58Speaker 48

I have a motion to direct the administration. A motion by Commissioner Fernandez, seconded by Commissioner Suarez. All in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, the item, the direction is approved 7-0. Tamika and Jason, this will be one reso that you'll be amending with both.

6:46:00Speaker 58

Okay. Thank you, Jason. Tamika? An error.

6:46:09Speaker 48

R7L is a public hearing approved First Amendment 1250 West Avenue Development Agreement.

6:46:39Speaker 58

Welcome, David.

6:46:39 – 6:48:22Speaker 53

Good afternoon, Mr. Mayor, Commissioners, David Gomez, Director of Capital Improvements. As you will recall at our last meeting, we had the first reading of an amendment and restatement of the development agreement for 1250 West Avenue. The amended agreement includes essentially five changes. The first one is to extend the deadlines to obtain easements and upland agreements from Areas where they're responsible for building Bay walks it does not change their final deadline But it does give them a little more time to obtain the agreements The second item clarifies that the Bay walk segment at 1250 directly behind 1250 can be constructed over water Which actually works to connect to the segment that is directing to the south of 1228 the third item ALTERS THE ALLOWABLE SQUARE FOOTAGE FOR NONRESIDENTIAL AREAS. IT ACTUALLY REDUCES THE SQUARE FOOTAGE AT THE GROUND LEVEL FROM 4,000 TO 2,000 SQUARE FEET BUT DOES ALLOW THEM TO IMPLEMENT SOME USES IN THE SUBBASEMENT LEVEL FOR SPA AND OTHER USES. The fourth item clarifies the applicability of the city's floodplain regulations, essentially setting the floodplain requirement for the time when they submit for permit for their building. And then the final item is some minor technical cleanup of removing the name of the owner that's no longer there, adding the name of David Martin in lieu of Michael Stern and clarifying some defined terms.

6:48:31 – 6:49:01Speaker 56

Mr. Mayor. I'm happy to move the item for me the most important thing associated with all of this and with 1250 West is making sure that the tenants that were displaced are being You know are having a soft landing and so we just want to ask the applicants Since we are on this item Where where are we on the rental relocation? checks short

6:49:03 – 6:49:33Speaker 32

Through, the Mayor's not here, the Vice Mayor, through Vice Mayor Dominguez, good afternoon. Michael Larkin to our South Biscayne Boulevard here representing the applicant. So 106 tenants were classified as bona fide lessees. What we've done in the month of June is send out 51 checks totaling $750,000 in value. By July 31st, we'll send out additional 35 checks totaling $450,000 in value. The remainder will be sent out hopefully in the month of August, and that will qualify all 106 tenants.

6:49:34 – 6:49:46Speaker 56

Okay. So the total is over, I guess, one point, is it about 1.3? Substantial. Yeah, about 1.2 million. The 35 that are remaining, why have they not received their checks yet?

6:49:47Speaker 32

They haven't given us addresses where they have been moved to. Okay. And, you know, under the agreement, we prefer to give it to them, but we will go to the city at the very end in a year's time.

6:49:57 – 6:50:17Speaker 56

So the 51 people that have provided you with their new address, those are the ones that have received their checks. Individuals that have not provided us or you with their address, those are the 35 people. who have still not received their check, and by when, until when do they have to provide you with their address before that reverts to the city?

6:50:17Speaker 32

Let me say it a little bit differently. So 51 were mailed out in the month of June, totaling $750,000. On July 31st, there's going to be 35 more checks mailed out.

6:50:29Speaker 32

And that will be $450,000, and the remainder we hope to get the address in the month of August and send out by Labor Day.

6:50:36Speaker 56

Okay. So that will be 86. So that will leave about 20 people, I guess. Correct. That still haven't given you their address. But it was a tremendous program.

6:50:46Speaker 32

I'm sure it's very helpful to them, and we're happy to do it. Okay. All right. Thank you for the update. Thank you, Commissioner Fernandez. I'm happy to move the item.

6:50:59Speaker 48

It is a public hearing. I have Mr. Serraldo on Zoom.

6:51:08Speaker 20

GOOD AFTERNOON. CAN YOU HEAR ME?

6:51:11 – 6:52:24Speaker 20

THANK YOU. DANIEL SERALDO, 730 10TH STREET. THANK YOU COMMISSIONER FERNANDEZ FOR ASKING ABOUT THE EXISTING TENANTS IN 1250 WEST AVENUE. I IN THE LAST HEARING CALLED IN SPECIFICALLY ABOUT EVICTION LAWSUITS THAT HAVE BEEN FILED And I'm hoping that could also be addressed. I want to read into the record the names of the folks that are under that litigation due to the commission upzoning for this luxury building. Jennifer Martin, Juan Morales Martinez, Bernan Byers, Nick Sanchez, and Ashley Hernandez, Juliana Dominguez-Masso, Hallie Victoria Payne, Kayla Yepes, Jacqueline Waters, Carlos Ojeda, and Andrea Maria Jose Flores. So I'm hoping those can be addressed, those evictions that the developer has done against the tenants. And my final point is, sounds like you're grandfathering in building underground, underwater parking garages. We have seen in West Avenue, that is not a good idea. And I would urge you all to reconsider that, make sure not to have the parking where the sea level will inundate it. Thank you so much.

6:52:27 – 6:53:07Speaker 48

There's no one else in Zoom, and I see no one else in the audience. That concludes the public hearing portion. I have a motion by Commissioner Fernandez, seconded by Mayor Miner. Thank you, Commissioner Fernandez, for continuing to make that a priority. Let's call the vote. All in favor of R7L, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, R7L is approved 7-0. Let's call R7H and R7I together. Yes, sir. R7H is a public hearing. Amendment 1, Rivani Lease, 1691 Michigan Avenue. It requires a 5-7 vote. Second item, R7I, call special election, 1691 Michigan Avenue. Lease amendment, ballot question.

6:53:09 – 6:54:58Speaker 43

Commissioner Magazine. Yeah, thank you, Mr. Mayor. What I think here is a tremendous opportunity that we have in front of us for our city. We have a office property that's owned by a private individual on city-owned land with a land lease. This individual has already put in $50 million of capital improvements that has significantly benefited our city through further economic development, but perhaps just as importantly, we actually get a gross percentage of revenue of this project. So the more this project earns, the more the city earns. That is increasingly important with all the things that we're sitting here discussing today, being very budget conscious, looking to restore funding to our residents, especially in light of what's happening in Tallahassee. And there's a proposal in front of us that we've discussed at length to essentially have a phase two of this project where the property owner will put in an additional $50 million in capital enhancements that will not only increase our revenues from that share of the project, enhance our revenues that we're getting from the current project. Ozzy, turn it over to you to discuss more of the nuance and details, but essentially what I'd really like to focus on and highlight is the incremental amounts of money that we'll be getting almost right away from this project, not just because of the additional phase two of the project, but the increased revenue share that we'll be getting even from phase one. Thank you for you and your team. I know this has been months in the making through close deliberation with the property owner. We're partners here, right? We are quite literally on the same piece of land. We own, they own part of it. So thank you for your thoughtful deliberation here and excited to hear what we have in front of us.

6:54:59 – 6:57:32Speaker 49

Thank you, Commissioner. Good afternoon, Commissioners. Mayor Ozzie Dominguez, Division Director of Asset Management for the City of Miami Beach. So this is the second reading for this item. And as Commissioner Magazine had mentioned, we've been back a few times. We have been back and forth with the developer, deliberating, negotiating terms for this amendment. Now, this amendment is for the developer to have the right to extend their agreement for two additional 20 years. They're going to be adding about 47,000 square feet of rentable area on the roof of their current garage, which they are allowed to do. It's already their space to do so. But in order for them to make this investment, which is going to be between $35 million, $50 million, they are asking for the additional term. So they have the opportunity to recover the $50 million investment that they're going to be making here. As you mentioned, with that comes some immediate benefits for the city, where when Phase 2 kicks in, the percentage contribution increases from 2.5 to 3% of total revenue collected. That includes revenue that they collect on rents for retail space as well as the office space. In addition to that we have to keep in mind that those additional 220 year options will bring in revenues that currently are not being contemplated under the current agreement that expires in 2092 I believe So that's going to be bringing in an additional 234 million dollars to the city if we look, you know long term the immediate Reward to the city that the phase 2 project will bring is about 18 million dollars additional for the first term I'll open it up for some question and I did want to address during the last Commission meeting Commissioner Suarez had asked if if we can go back and see how we can take some of these additional funds or some of these funds that are going to come in through this project to assist in offsetting some of the capital infrastructure deficit. My recommendation, which I had put in the memo, is to take an additional $500,000 a year when Phase 2 kicks in and just revert those funds to be applied to the offset of this infrastructure deficit.

6:57:35Speaker 47

I'm sorry, sir?

6:57:36 – 6:58:14Speaker 49

What's the plan? Your recommendation or your question and challenge was what can we do with these additional funds? That we're going to be getting from the developer to offset some of the infrastructure deficit that we are facing and our recommendation was to take $500,000 a year from that and apply it for five years Or as the Commission wishes to that deficit directly Why only five years Just a recommendation, not sure if we can extend it out for the full six million, I think it was six, six and a half million dollars. So that was just the start of the recommendation.

6:58:16Speaker 12

Okay, Mr. Mayor. Commissioner Suarez?

6:58:25 – 6:59:55Speaker 44

Yeah, you know, I, Robert, after the last meeting, I mean, you don't have to get up, sure. I called out some of these public benefits and I said, hey, look, these are great and all, but I think all of these public benefits should go toward infrastructure. And I don't know how my colleagues feel about that because when I'm looking at this, YOU'VE GOT $100,000 FOR BLUE ZONES TO MAKE THE RESTAURANTS BLUE ZONES APPROVED. IT'S $100,000. YOU'VE GOT $100,000 TO A TIP LINE FOR HUMAN TRAFFICKING, $50,000 FOR SISTER CITIES, AND THEN THERE'S $600,000 FOR LINCOLN ROAD IMPROVEMENTS AND OR LINCOLN ROAD ART. I think just given the discussion that we just had 30 minutes ago about infrastructure, I think all of these benefits should be toward infrastructure only. And look, I'm not trying to just make a thing out about this, POLITICALLY, I'M JUST SIMPLY SAYING WE HAVE ABOUT HOW MUCH IN PUBLIC BENEFITS TOTAL?

6:59:55Speaker 49

1.3 MILLION, INCLUDING THE PARKING.

6:59:57 – 7:00:32Speaker 44

SO 1 MILLION IN TOTAL FOR PUBLIC BENEFITS. I THINK WE SHOULD HAVE ALL OF THAT TOWARD INFRASTRUCTURE. BECAUSE HOW MANY TIMES DO WE GET AN E-MAIL OR A COMMENT SAYING WHY DON'T WE JUST HAVE THE DEVELOPERS PAY? HERE'S A PERFECT EXAMPLE OF WHERE A DEVELOPER CAN LITERALLY PAY FOR INFRASTRUCTURE INSTEAD OF you know, $600,000 to Lincoln Road Art. So I'd like to see where my colleagues fall on that before we move forward on this.

7:00:34Speaker 58

Vice Mayor Dominguez.

7:00:35 – 7:01:34Speaker 12

Thank you. So the amount that were put in as public benefits that were just mentioned are a drop in the bucket compared to the almost million dollars that are being given as part of this project. And they're being used in or around Lincoln Road. So the sister cities, when there's been events, we've had them at Lincoln Road restaurants. And the 50,000 is meant to be spread out over five years. to help revitalize those restaurants when sister cities diplomats come, dignitaries come from around the world. And then some of the other ones that were important to my colleagues, that's what makes our city unique. There are seven of us and each of us have different perspectives and things that make the city special. And infrastructure is important, but so are all of the other things that make Miami Beach so iconic.

7:01:37Speaker 58

Commissioner Matea Salinas.

7:01:39 – 7:02:39Speaker 34

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. You know, I had suggested the $100,000 to go to a tip line for folks who call in for suspected human trafficking, provided that it leads to, and they'll get a small amount, provided it leads to an arrest or conviction. And that's something that's not my personal slush fund or pet project. It's something that's very important to me and very important to the public safety community of our city, especially considering there was a very high profile arrest that happened in our city not too long ago. I'm sure you heard Andrew Tate and his brother was arrested right here in Miami not too long ago for some alleged crimes. And so it's very important to me and I appreciate, so is infrastructure, you know, and I appreciate Commissioner Suarez, your suggestion, but I would like to keep the $100,000 for human trafficking tips. IF POSSIBLE.

7:02:39 – 7:03:11Speaker 58

THANK YOU. BY THE WAY, I JUST WANT THE LITTLE BIT OFF TOPIC BUT THANK YOU FOR YOUR WORK WITH THE STATE ATTORNEY'S OFFICE ON HUMAN TRAFFICKING. THERE WAS AN EVENT RECENTLY probably 100 law enforcement personnel. And the work that's being done in Miami Beach, our police department, we have our own dedicated unit to human trafficking. I believe the only city in Miami-Dade that has that, if I'm not mistaken. And the task force, but ultimately working together with multiple law enforcement agencies. It's really incredible work. So thank you.

7:03:18Speaker 58

Commissioner Magazine, Commissioner Suarez.

7:03:20 – 7:05:35Speaker 43

Yeah. Thank you, Ozzie, for the suggestion, Commissioner Suarez for bringing that up. I agree how important infrastructure is, and I think we're able to achieve multiple goals, right? These public benefits, my colleagues thought out and discussed that length for several months. totaling a million dollars, what the administration is suggesting will essentially bring two and a half times that for infrastructure funding. Is that correct? So if we do five years of $500,000 per year, that's bringing two and a half million dollars to infrastructure funding. One of the things that I think also is very important and it was really highlighted to me in the budget process following the county where they're cutting transportation funding um and this is where i would like to gauge the temperature of my colleagues that six hundred thousand dollars that's left for lincoln road um one hundred thousand dollars of that we've talked about the structural deficits for our transportation system our trolley system and those are the people that are relying on it to get to lincoln road the workers and things like that, of that $600,000, we take $100,000 of that and put it to our trolley and transportation services. And then I agree with the recommendation that was Commissioner Suarez's suggestion that we essentially take $500,000 per year of the incremental funding that will come into the city as a result of this project that'll total $2.5 million that are going towards flooding, resiliency, and infrastructure. So I think that's an incredible win where we're getting $1.3 million from across the board everything from Arden Public Places to reviving Lincoln Road, which has been a vital priority of all of ours, to trolley and transportation funding, to then what dwarfs them all is two and a half million dollars of infrastructure funding, and then we still have millions and millions of dollars of excess money that is coming in to the city that, as time goes on, every single annual operating budget, that we then recalibrate to our priorities there. Commissioner Suarez and Commissioner Fernandez.

7:05:39 – 7:06:43Speaker 44

Look, our core function as a government, public safety, infrastructure, sanitation, and literally with all due, and I don't mean this in any sort of disparaging way, giving $600,000 for art improvements on Lincoln Road MEANWHILE, WE HAVE ALMOST A BILLION DOLLARS IN INFRASTRUCTURE IS REALLY OFFENSIVE TO THE VOTERS. I MEAN, EVERY DOLLAR THAT WE CAN DEDICATE TOWARD INFRASTRUCTURE IS JUST LESS TAXES THAT OUR RESIDENTS ARE GOING TO HAVE TO PAY. AND THAT'S OUR PRIORITY AS A GOVERNMENT. FOR ME, THAT'S WHERE I STAND. Now let's go. I may not have consensus on that with my colleagues So explain how the why did you pick five years?

7:06:44 – 7:07:00Speaker 49

As far as it was a starting point just to give an example Once phase two project kicks off we can start allocating an additional five hundred thousand dollars to the infrastructure and who decides where that goes and and when because I can that can change right and we don't really have a

7:07:01Speaker 44

Is that part of the proposal here today? Yes, it is.

7:07:04Speaker 49

Yes. Who decides where it goes, I would leave that up to Jason and his team or just collecting the revenue.

7:07:15Speaker 44

Okay, I'd like to hear what the rest of my colleagues have to say.

7:07:18Speaker 49

Commissioner Fernandez.

7:07:23 – 7:09:11Speaker 56

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. As it relates to the public benefits, I'm going to leave it to, you know, ultimately what the applicant proffers, and I'll let that be determined with the sponsor of the item to get finalized, because at the end of the day, I think these are proffers that are being made, and so I'm going to let the sponsor iron that out. I appreciate the significant investment being being proposed and obviously I support revitalizing Lincoln Road and there's so many amazing developments happening from all the way the east end of Lincoln Road that hopefully soon we'll start seeing transformations there to what's happening with NOLI and that commission magazine that you're sponsoring this as well. So all of this private investment in city owned property is something that, you know, I think will will help revitalize Lincoln Road. And I recognize that that that. public benefits do come as a result of these projects. So I just have a few questions because I just want to make sure that I understand well, you know, the value that we're putting in this public asset and that we are maximizing the value for the property owners, for the taxpayers who are the property owners of this property. Ozzy, let me ask you. We obtained two independent appraisals For this property, okay. Can you confirm for the record what each appraisal concluded was the fair market ground for the property?

7:09:14Speaker 49

One appraisal was for 3.9 million per year and the second one was for 3.2 million. Okay.

7:09:23 – 7:09:43Speaker 56

The proposed amendment establishes a much lower base rent than the appraised fair market ground rent. Can you walk us through the financial analysis that explains why the negotiated economics are appropriate despite the appraisal conclusions?

7:09:45 – 7:10:17Speaker 49

The fair market appraisal that is done for this purpose is basically a tool that we use just to see what the appraisers are valuing the properties at. It doesn't mean that that is exactly what we're going to be able to obtain. With the current agreement, with this amendment, we can't enforce a change. in the base rent based on the fair market rents because it's not a market reset period. We're just using that as a tool. So we're currently locked in? We're currently locked in.

7:10:17 – 7:10:30Speaker 56

We're currently a landlord in an agreement with a tenant? Correct. And we're not able to go in and reset the rents? That is correct.

7:10:30 – 7:10:57Speaker 49

We presented and discussed it with the developer and we start there as a negotiation. But considering the investment that they're making into the property for both phase one and phase two, they came back with different financial offers, and this is where we ended up going back and forth. So that's basically how we use the market rent analysis.

7:10:57 – 7:11:19Speaker 56

Let me ask you, the administration has, I guess appropriately, emphasized the tenant's $50 million investment in this property in terms of the new construction. How did the city quantify that investment when negotiating the financial terms of this amendment?

7:11:19Speaker 49

For the Phase 2?

7:11:21 – 7:11:51Speaker 49

Mr. Commissioner, well, we took into consideration what the developers are already putting into the building and the caliber of tenants that he's bringing, plus what he is going to be creating with the expansion of the 47,000 square feet and the additional revenue that that's going to bring to the city with an immediate return and also consider the extended return that we're going to be receiving for the additional 40 years.

7:11:52 – 7:12:05Speaker 56

So in essence, you're treating that investment as the consideration the principal consideration for extending the lease term and I guess modifying the rent structure?

7:12:05 – 7:12:23Speaker 49

Correct, correct. And with the potential of continued growth that this project will have because these are just projections that we're going off of for future revenues. Their revenues can be a lot higher than what is currently being projected which will definitely generate a lot more revenue for the city as well.

7:12:23 – 7:12:46Speaker 56

Okay, this amendment grants an additional 40 years. 220 years, correct. Two 20 years, okay. Did the city obtain any analysis on how much that additional increase of, that additional term increase would have on the market value of the tenant's leasehold?

7:12:47Speaker 49

No. Okay. In the future, you mean?

7:12:51Speaker 49

No, we based everything on all future increases are based on a 12%.

7:12:56Speaker 56

And if we didn't, so if we didn't, how did we determine whether the city is receiving adequate consideration for granting those additional 40 years?

7:13:05Speaker 49

I'm sorry, Commissioner, I'm not understanding the question.

7:13:08 – 7:13:34Speaker 56

So, okay, you're telling me that we didn't do an analysis of how much the additional 40 years of what impact that has on the market value of the leasehold that the tenant has. We haven't done an analysis of that. So how did we determine whether the city receiving adequate compensation for granting those additional 40 years?

7:13:34Speaker 49

Well I think based on based on the projected revenues that we're going to be getting in the increased and growth in the rents just in the base rents alone that is what we based it on.

7:13:45 – 7:13:58Speaker 56

And when we look at when we look at the base rent and the percentage rent, when we combine those, what do we anticipate will be the aggregate?

7:13:59 – 7:14:26Speaker 49

For the two 20-year terms, it is approximately $248 million. Okay. And that's based just on... THREE PERCENT ANNUAL INCREASES. IT COULD BE HIGHER. THE RENTS THAT THEY CHARGE COULD BE HIGHER, WHICH MEANS THE REVENUES ARE GOING TO BE HIGHER. SO WE LEFT, WE BASED IT ON A VERY STANDARD GROWTH RATE. AND WHAT WAS THAT NUMBER AGAIN, I'M SORRY? THE THREE PERCENT AND THE 12 PERCENT.

7:14:27Speaker 49

SO THREE PERCENT ANNUAL GROWTH RATE.

7:14:28Speaker 56

NO, NO, BUT THE TOTAL OVER THE TERM. 248 MILLION. 248 MILLION. THOSE ARE REVENUES THAT OTHERWISE WE WOULDN'T BE GENERATING.

7:14:38Speaker 49

THAT IS CORRECT.

7:14:39 – 7:15:49Speaker 56

OKAY. You know, my concern is that this increases the value of the leasehold. And Mr. Rivani, you are a businessman. You don't have to get up. You can stay seated. You are a businessman. And so I would imagine you're not looking to hold this property for 100 years. I'm sure that eventually you're going to want to sell your interest. You're looking to invest in this property, make participate in this renaissance of Lincoln Road, and at some point, I'm sure you're going to want to recoup your investment from that. When that happens, whenever that happens, does the city get a participation rent? does the city get a transfer fee for whenever Mr. Rivani chooses to sell his property and recoup his investment?

7:15:49Speaker 49

That is not currently in the agreement, so the answer would be no.

7:15:55 – 7:16:59Speaker 56

Okay. Let me ask you another question, another question that for me is important because, you know, This is a taxpayer asset, and I want to make sure that the taxpayer gets the most that they can. When we started this conversation, and I asked you a few questions, you mentioned that right now if the city wanted to get the total appraised rent value for the property, we're not well positioned for it because this is not the time for a rent reset. That is correct. However, if at the time that we have a rent reset, The city wants to seek its fair market value for this property. Does this agreement today allow us to get the fair market value from the city? From the developer. From the developer, yes. Yes, it does. It does?

7:16:59Speaker 49

Yes. In the next reset period.

7:17:01 – 7:17:18Speaker 56

Okay, so my understanding is that there is a cap. on the rent reset? Correct. So if there is a cap on the rent reset, how will we get what would be the appraised market value at that time?

7:17:19Speaker 49

The cap request is through this amendment only. So if the amendment is approved, it is approved with the caps on the resets.

7:17:28 – 7:18:24Speaker 56

So you're saying today, under the current existing agreement that governs the deal today, The deal that we have today with Mr. Rivani, there is no cap on the rent reset. That is correct. But under the new proposed terms, there is a cap on the rent. Correct. That I have a concern with because I want to be able to support this. I see the value, the long-term value of $248 million for the city long-term. I just don't know if I'm gonna be around 60 years from now to experience that. We won't see it. And so my concern is while long-term, yes, it's great, how can we not have a less favorable term for the city? when it comes to the rent resets.

7:18:25 – 7:18:51Speaker 49

And that's why we proposed it, because staff was not in favor of having a cap. However, the developer came back on two or three occasions, said the only way that he could have a return for his investment is by there being some sort of a controlled cap on those market resets. And their request was, 20% for the first two resets, 33% for the last two resets.

7:18:51 – 7:20:05Speaker 56

But you see, what I like about this deal is that we're getting better. In general, it's putting us in a better position generally than where we are today, except when it then comes time for the taxpayers who own the property to get a true fair market rent at that point. It's at that point that the taxpayers, the taxpayers of the future, today we are limiting the hands and the ability of the taxpayers of the future to get their fair, what would be the fair amount of their asset that the taxpayers are going to own tomorrow. And that's my challenge with this, that I am, I'm looking short term is great, even long term in many things, but when it comes to that, we are limiting our our residents and future commissions. So I need guidance on how we can address that, Mr. Manager, because you're telling me that you, or I'm hearing through Ozzie, that that was a term that the administration did not want. The administration did not want the cap on the rent reset.

7:20:06 – 7:20:38Speaker 41

So as with all negotiations, there are priorities to both sides. This was one of the items that was a priority to their side. Our side was increasing the base rent and percentage rent above what we're getting today so that we start getting returns immediately. And we were willing to negotiate into these caps. Would we prefer to not have them? Absolutely. But at the end of the day, it was a give and take.

7:20:39 – 7:21:31Speaker 56

And so, Mr. Rivani. Again, thank you for the investments you're making in our city and obviously you have a tremendous vision and I think we want to see that come about. But I also have to be mindful of the residents to whom we are sending this question to. And I have to be able to look at these residents in the eyes and tell them that what I am sending them in all these different terms is better for them now than when it was prior to this agreement. And that's where I have a concern with the rent cap because that is a new, that's a change in a term that could be perceived to be less favorable to the city in the long run.

7:21:32 – 7:21:57Speaker 59

Understood. Look, I think it's important, Commissioner, to understand the most important thing, which is a tale of two buildings. 1601 Washington is the sister building of this building that was developed 20-some-odd years ago at the same time of this building. And that building has become one of the largest blights on this city's history of becoming a failed development. And we're sitting here attempting to talk about what fair market value will be 60 years from now. This building, correct me if I'm wrong, Ozzy.

7:21:57Speaker 56

But I'm sorry, but let me just ask you.

7:21:59 – 7:22:31Speaker 56

Okay. I'm not the one talking about that. No, I'm just saying in the story of the two buildings. Let me just finish. Sure. That is a term that was brought about as part of this negotiation. Mm-hmm. that is changing as a result of this negotiation. So you all are the ones that have brought that change to this deal. How can we figure this out so that we don't tie the hands of future commissions down the road?

7:22:32 – 7:22:46Speaker 59

which I was going to explain, that right now the fair market value that we're thinking about 60 years from now is conflicted by the fact that we've already doubled the revenue that the building's been getting over the past two years, Ozzy, correct me if I'm wrong?

7:22:47 – 7:24:08Speaker 59

That wasn't there two years ago. So we've already doubled by $300,000 per year. We've talked about how over the next 20 years, the city will hopefully be putting in its pocket close to $20 million that if we do not build this building, they will not be getting. now we're worried about the city not getting a tremendous value potentially during the fair market value period 60 years from now and my argument to that is nobody here has a crystal ball of where commercial real estate let alone where office will be 60 years from now or if our first floor won't even be underwater by then like we're having dealing with flooding as we speak today the point i think is important for everybody to understand it's a better gamble to take the bird in hand make 20 million dollars for the city have an asset that is going to be an anchor to the redevelopment and the resurgence of Lincoln Road and is a win on all parts for everybody. And that is what my focus is here with this building is that, yes, we could talk about increases in caps, but the increases in caps per commercial real estate national tenants are between 10 to 15 percent on an average basis across the McDonald's of the world. the Walmart to the world, we're proposing 33%. And city staff fought very hard, which is, hey, we don't want to do the 10%, 15%. It's close to double that on those periods. And it would not make any sense for anybody to go into a wild card of a development to say, we don't know what the rent's going to be in 30, 40 years, but we want you to spend $50 million more money into the project. Whenever we've already taken the...

7:24:08Speaker 56

But that's been your proposal, by the way. Or, Mr. Manager, did you ask Mr. Armani to invest $50 million?

7:24:13 – 7:24:38Speaker 59

No, no, I'm saying the first $50 million that we've already spent without asking for anything. This is a partnership that we're coming to the Commission and saying... This is a partnership for both sides to work together for both sides. We're going to make an investment and we're asking for a longer term, at least to be able to make that investment, which is a win-win for all sides, not only for Lincoln road, for the constituents, the city, the voters, and for ourselves to be able to make this make sense.

7:24:38 – 7:24:59Speaker 56

So, so let me then just understand Aussie then. So this is a new term that does not exist in, in the agreement that governors today. I'm not a commercial real estate businessman. So I need to understand in commercial properties, what is the typical rent reset term?

7:25:00 – 7:25:30Speaker 49

It will vary from property to property and geographic location and it also depends like I've said before Commercial real estate is a blank canvas. It just depends on what you know, it's a give-and-take and who wants what more? But it is as mr. Avani was saying it is typical to have Rent caps and and other types of operating expense reimbursement caps on all commercial leases. It wouldn't be uncommon to see this.

7:25:31Speaker 56

The rent cap that's been proposed in this agreement? How does it compare to what is usually in the market?

7:25:39 – 7:26:16Speaker 49

It's an acceptable rent cap. As Mr. Irvani was saying, I've seen rent caps that are 50%. I've seen rent caps that are, you know, 5%. So a 20% rent cap, and especially considering that we're getting $18 million already guaranteed on just the current agreement plus whatever the additional term is going to bring, And and you factor in the rent cap will will probably end up the same if not better when you do the calculation there's Again, not to quote you for the third time, but there's no crystal ball as to where the commercial real estate market is going to be. And that's my concern.

7:26:16 – 7:27:00Speaker 56

That ultimately is my concern because the whole, I mean, obviously we have trust and we have faith in our community and the future. If not, we wouldn't be making all of these investments. But understanding that you believe that the number is fair, then I want to understand, you know, the increase in value in the leasehold that adding these 40 years generates for the developer, Mr. Rivani. Today there's no transfer fee for the city if Mr. Rivani decides to cash out on his investment and sell his leasehold interest? That is correct. Okay.

7:27:01Speaker 49

The city will have the right of first offer.

7:27:05 – 7:27:52Speaker 56

That to me is a concern. And it's something that I've advocated for when we were discussing Lincoln Lane. I advocated for there to be a transfer fee as part of the Lincoln Lane deal. I know we had one as part of the Miami Beach Convention Center hotel deal. I'm all fine with you making money from this deal. but ultimately the taxpayer is the owner and I want the taxpayer to benefit from this as well if there is a transfer. So I need someone to guide me on participation rent because I would imagine that you would must feel probably is fair for the city as well, wouldn't it be?

7:27:53Speaker 59

Sorry, can you repeat the question again?

7:27:54 – 7:28:07Speaker 56

As it relates to participation rent, why wouldn't the city benefit from participation rent here if you sell your leasehold interest in the future?

7:28:08Speaker 59

You guys are participating with percentage rent?

7:28:11Speaker 56

With a transfer fee.

7:28:13Speaker 59

It's a new term that I've never really heard of before, but. In terms of a private sale to a private sale and paying a third party fee to a city is something new that I've not ever heard.

7:28:22Speaker 56

I mean, don't we have it? Isn't it something that we typically, I know we had it with Lincoln Lane, Eric, if you can guide me through this.

7:28:32 – 7:28:50Speaker 41

Yeah, when we did the procurement process for the Lincoln Lane projects, it was an incorporated provision, and I believe there's a similar provision in the convention center hotel deal. I'm looking at the city attorney to see if he remembers.

7:28:50 – 7:29:07Speaker 38

Sure. There is a provision in the development and ground lease agreement for the hotel. I don't recall whether it was included in the procurement or it was negotiated. I believe it was negotiated during the negotiations following the award of the RFP.

7:29:08 – 7:29:58Speaker 56

And so I just want to be mindful of that because this ultimately, we don't make the final decision on this. This is ultimately made by the voters of our city who we're passing this to. And I need to tell them how this is the best business deal. And we know that there's going to be a lot of talk out there and people won't understand certain things, unfortunately, such as, you know, we can't reset the rent now. That even though there's an appraisal, there is an existing agreement. Unfortunately, a lot of things will be distorted. However, if there is at some point a transfer, I think our residents, our taxpayers who ultimately own the land would want the city. to benefit from a transfer as a stakeholder in that as well.

7:29:58 – 7:30:47Speaker 59

I totally respect that and understand that. I'm open to an idea or suggestion, but we keep talking about the fair market value, and I think it's important to note that fair market value cuts both ways. It's not just an automatic increase. If the property falters as it did or as it was before I bought it, the gross incomes fell off a cliff. The property had a 40% to 50% occupancy rate. The developer also has to continue to put money in the asset to make sure it's a profitable asset in the first place to be able to kick that off. So I'm open to the idea or the suggestion. Again, it's first time hearing this. I don't know if the Lincoln Lane project was given FAR or if other projects were given some type of outside benefit. We're not asking for any FAR increase. We're not asking for any deal terms back to us for the project. And we're only asking for the extension. So I'm open to the suggestion, but I just want to make the prior points very clear of where we stand on it.

7:30:51 – 7:31:06Speaker 56

Well, I would want to ask Eric. Eric, you know, what would you recommend? Do you believe that a transfer fee would be appropriate in this deal? And if one would be appropriate, what would be an appropriate transfer fee?

7:31:09 – 7:31:29Speaker 41

So, obviously, there wasn't one in the original deal for this project. But obviously, you know, the city would benefit from incorporating of a transfer fee. Mr. City Attorney, do you remember what the transfer fees were in the other deals?

7:31:30 – 7:31:41Speaker 38

Lincoln Lane had a 5% transfer fee. The hotel deal, I believe, is .25. There's all over the place. That's a wide range. Yeah.

7:31:43 – 7:32:17Speaker 44

Mr. Mayor, while Eric, maybe in the meantime, Eric, I just want to kind of get back to what the added value is to the residents by signing this deal. Because I certainly want to make sure that if we send this to the voters, it's a good deal, notwithstanding these public benefits. If we were to do nothing at the next appraisal date, what would the value, what would the city receive in total for funding?

7:32:19 – 7:32:58Speaker 49

I wouldn't be able to tell you what the market value would come in at that time. But if we were to do nothing and everything stays status quo, we currently do not reap any additional benefits from the additional square footage, the additional base rent, and the additional 0.5% of gross sales that we would generate. Then we would wait for the first market reset, and whatever the market reset comes in, if it comes in at 3.9 million or if it comes in at 4.5 million, then that's... That's where the base rent would reset to.

7:33:00 – 7:33:51Speaker 59

That is just very speculative. Respectfully, it's not because there's an appraisal process where both sides need to get appraisals to go back and forth and I can sit here today and testify that the appraisals that have been given to us thus far do not Outline a clear picture and had missed multiple properties that are equivalent to ours that have sold I'm just looking at the memo where it's for public benefits It says total additional revenue through 2051 eighteen point one four to eighteen point six I think the major big difference sorry is the major big differences if we do not build the building the the more or less ballpark amount between now and the end of The current term the city would miss out on would be close to 40 to 45 million dollars before those resets kick in Okay, but I'm just looking at what the city provided us right and this is cash.

7:33:51 – 7:34:54Speaker 44

I'm assuming right so eight right so And this is through 2051 So correct me if I'm wrong if we don't do anything We're 18 million dollars short but if we sign if we do this deal Through 2051, we would have had an additional $18 million? At least, yes. Okay, at least. Well, I mean, I don't know. That doesn't seem very fair. Just an additional cash value of $18 million through 2051, and then we have a rent cap of 20%. I MEAN, LOOK, I WANT THIS TO HAPPEN. I JUST WANT TO HAVE A REALLY GOOD DEAL. BUT JUST SAYING AN EXTRA $18 MILLION FOR SOMETHING WHEN POTENTIALLY MY SON COULD BE A COMMISSIONER UP ON HERE, I DON'T KNOW. I DON'T THINK THAT'S A GOOD DEAL. I WAS TALKING WITH STAFF, AND I DON'T KNOW HOW YOU'RE OPEN TO THIS, ROBERT, BECAUSE YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE A RESTAURANT IN THERE, RIGHT, MOST LIKELY?

7:34:56Speaker 59

We may have like a small 3,000 square foot restaurant.

7:34:58Speaker 44

Yeah, like a members club. Would it be possible to have a rev share on that?

7:35:04Speaker 59

You guys do have a rev share.

7:35:06 – 7:35:26Speaker 44

No, with the gross income from the restaurant. I don't own the restaurant. Well, you could potentially lease it to someone with the understanding that whatever revenue you have, it has to go to the city because it is on the city property. The revenue from the restaurant to go to the city? Similar to what we do at Smith & Walensky's.

7:35:28 – 7:35:47Speaker 59

never seen that before in my entire career that there'd be a percentage rent and then the tenant would then pay a different percentage to them because whatever we collect from the tenant we're giving you guys we're not partners with the restaurant so the restaurant does 30 million dollars in sales for example they pay us their fixed rent we don't get a percentage typically if we do it's above a threshold

7:35:47 – 7:35:59Speaker 44

Right, and typically that'd be true, but this is on city property. Correct. And so similar to Smith & Walensky's, they pay 10% of gross, right, Mr. City Manager?

7:36:00 – 7:36:11Speaker 49

Yeah, but there's no in-between. There's an in-between. Yes, what Mr. Rorani is trying to explain is that we're the direct landlord. I understand that. So he's the landlord in this case with his restaurant.

7:36:12 – 7:36:28Speaker 44

But couldn't there be a negotiation or deal of whoever is in, whatever revenue gets generated in that building, which sits on public property. Maybe it's a better deal for the city where we get a percentage of that revenue.

7:36:29 – 7:36:49Speaker 49

Mr. Commissioner, if I may give a suggestion on that. Perhaps the revenue that is generated or the rents that are generated from the restaurant to the developer instead of us receiving 3%, maybe on just that particular revenue we get 4%. Would that be something that you would be able to contemplate?

7:36:49 – 7:37:42Speaker 44

Right, because, I mean, look, you could... I'm assuming you're probably gearing up to build something similar to, like, a really popular place. It's almost like a Mila's. And we want to make sure, at least from... the city side that we're gonna benefit too from any sort of venture that's gonna be going on on city property. And right now, I don't think $18 million through 2051 is, I don't think it's a good deal considering what we're giving away, but is there a way to have some skin in the game as a city where when you do good, we do good? I think that's why we have the percentage rent, because again, the valuation. But if you have a restaurant that's doing $100 million in sales, they're playing a flat fee of rent.

7:37:44 – 7:37:55Speaker 59

But I'm not involved in that. They're making their own improvements and spending their own money. I'm not part of that. I don't reap the benefits of their profit. It's for me to go put my hands in their pocket.

7:37:55Speaker 44

Isn't that part of the responsibility as being a landlord to a city asset?

7:37:59 – 7:38:35Speaker 59

I mean, it's to get a tenant to sign up for a restaurant in a restaurant market that's all but suffering where we're having closures left and right, and to get someone to convince them to do a restaurant and put 10 to 15 to say that we want to take not only beyond the 8 to 10 percent of the rent, but then we want your profits, too. I think that's going a little against the grain of what normal developers are getting on properties. To compare, like the Smith & Walensky, for example, they're giving 8 to 10 percent of gross revenues directly from the revenues to the landlord. They're not paying 3% on top of that then going, it's a very different system than what you're proposing.

7:38:36Speaker 44

What exactly, Ozzy, what exactly does Smith & Walensky do?

7:38:40 – 7:38:56Speaker 49

We have a minimum guarantee from them with, on the concession side, I believe it's 8%. On the restaurant side, it's 10%. In total, we end up with a million two, a million three a year. in rents from them.

7:38:57Speaker 44

Okay. Okay. Well, I'd like to see what, I'd like to hear from my colleagues also.

7:39:02 – 7:39:18Speaker 56

I just have a question. So, you know, at the time of the rent reset, there are appraisals that are done? Correct. Okay. And that's dictated in the terms of the agreement?

7:39:18 – 7:40:29Speaker 56

But not withstanding the appraisals, you know, were capped. We never really got the full amount of what the value of the property is at that time. That's where I kind of like what Commissioner Magazine is mentioning. No, Magazine, I'm so sorry. Commissioner Suarez is mentioning about the restaurant because it can become a term in the lease so that, okay, we don't touch that rent cap but at least the city is still getting an extra source of revenue from that $50 million investment that is really not being taken consideration right now in the current rent. And frankly, 100 years from now when we get the property back, is that $50 million investment even going to exist? So it gives us the opportunity to get an income stream, a percentage of, a small percentage of those revenues in addition to the $18 million.

7:40:30 – 7:40:56Speaker 59

Can I just further add one thing I think is important? You guys currently get a percentage of everything. So you guys are my partners in the sense that before we bought the building, our average rent in the building was $40 to $45 a square foot. Our average rent now is over $100 a square foot. You guys get a percentage of all of those increases. Same thing with the second phase. If our rents over the next 30 to 40 years continue to rise, you get part of that. There's no limit to that.

7:40:57Speaker 56

On the rents, but when it comes to the restaurant, a percentage of the sales that they have.

7:41:05Speaker 59

But I'm the office building developer. I don't own the restaurant.

7:41:10Speaker 56

Right. So in your lease, it would be a term in your lease between yourself and whoever becomes your subtenant.

7:41:19 – 7:42:00Speaker 49

So will you be generating percentage rent from the restaurant as well? If it's above a certain threshold, yes. So we would be getting a cut if he... So in the commercial real estate transaction, there's a break point. There's either a natural break point or unnatural break point where if the tenant reaches a certain threshold of sales, they will pay... In the case of a restaurant, 6%. Usually 6% over a 6% to 8% natural break. 6% above and beyond. So that's kind of, in our life, it's kind of like the percentage gross. So it's another 6% that he'll be getting. And we will be getting 3% on that 6%.

7:42:01Speaker 49

Correct. Above and beyond the rent that he's already charging that restaurant.

7:42:05Speaker 58

This is what we're going to do now.

7:42:07 – 7:43:11Speaker 58

If you could both please step back because what's going to happen now is if we don't, we're never going to decide. So I think we need to discuss amongst ourselves. Here's my view. We, absent this agreement, which our city has negotiated, and of course there's always ideas to tinker and we'll ultimately have to make a decision, each of us, whether we're comfortable with it. I look at the big picture that if absent this agreement, we're locked in for 64 years and we're going to get no improvements. So I like the direction this is going. I think it's good for Lincoln Road. I'm appreciative of your investment, Mr. Rivani, in Lincoln Road. As you've pointed out, the amount of revenue you've created in your properties just in the last couple of years, um, is, has been, has been outstanding. So, um, and ultimately our, our voters are going to decide on this. This is going to go to voter referendum and they'll have to make a decision whether they are comfortable with this. Um, so I'd like to hear from, uh, some of the rest of my colleagues and then let's, let's take the vote. Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

7:43:12 – 7:44:54Speaker 34

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. So thank you, Mr. Bonnie. I think this is a great project for our city, too. I think it's going to be so much better than having an empty, dumpy building. So thank you. I someone suggested to me because there is a narrative going around that this isn't a good deal for the city. And it's you know, there's CONVERSATION AROUND THIS, AND SOMEONE HAD SUGGESTED TO ME TO PUT IT INTO CHADGBT OR CLAUDE OR WHATEVER AND JUST TO SEE WHAT IT SAID, SO I DID. AND IT ACTUALLY, CHADGBT AI, WHICH WE ALL THINK IS SMARTER THAN HUMANS AT THIS POINT, SUGGESTED THAT THIS DEAL WAS ACTUALLY AN 8 OUT OF A 10. I THINK THAT, YOU KNOW, SOME PEOPLE THINK IT'S LIKE A THREE OUT OF A TEN OR A FIVE OUT OF TEN, WHICH, ACCORDING TO CHATGPT AI, IT'S NOT. IT'S ACTUALLY QUITE A GOOD DEAL. MAYBE IT COULD BE BETTER, BUT AT WHAT POINT DO YOU WALK AWAY AND SAY, YOU KNOW WHAT, IT MIGHT BE AN EIGHT OUT OF TEN IF WE WANT TO, YOU KNOW, NICKEL AND DIME, YOU GET TO A NINE OUT OF TEN OR A TEN OUT OF TEN FOR THE CITY. but then it becomes what a two out of 10 for you. So I respect that and I understand that. I do have one question though, and my colleagues have been asking a lot of really good questions. My question is, and this may have been addressed, but I don't think it was completely entirely. If Mr. Rivani does at some point, you know, say, you know, he makes some improvements, he opens the building, it's running great. And at some point, whether it's five years or 10 years, whatever, I don't know, some arbitrary timeline, he decides to, Flip the property or get out of the investment and he wants to go out of town. He wants to go somewhere else I don't know What will that look like? For us and for the investment and I'm not saying that you will I mean, I hope you're here for another 120 years, you know And well, let's hope that it happens after the project is complete.

7:44:54Speaker 49

I considering that. Very similar to the transaction that took place when Mr. Rivani purchased this building back in 2024.

7:45:05Speaker 34

But another investor, so everything will just kind of remain the same? I mean, is there a percentage that we get?

7:45:14 – 7:45:45Speaker 49

No, there's no transaction fee for the city as the groundless store in any of our agreements in the event of a sale. The only... The only item that we have in the agreement is that we have the right of first offer. So if they're going to be making a sale, they will announce it to us and they will let us know we're selling for $100 million. And the city will say, yeah, we have $100 million. We want to buy it or we are exercising our...

7:45:45 – 7:46:01Speaker 34

I would suggest that we get a percentage of that sale. Is that the discussion where you said you had never heard of that before? Correct. Okay. Yeah. But thank you for what you're doing because I think it is a great project. And thank you again for the human trafficking funding. It's very important for our city. Thank you. Thank you.

7:46:01Speaker 58

Do we have a motion?

7:46:06 – 7:48:04Speaker 43

I'll put a few things, I've tried taking notes on where people stand the things that are important. The motion, in addition to what staff recommends, what I would put forward is dedicating five years of infrastructure funding from the new building, or five years of funding from the new building in total up to $500,000 per year towards flooding resiliency and infrastructure funding, taking of the public benefits dedicated towards Lincoln Road, $100,000 of that to dedicate towards our trolley funding. And I've never heard of this transaction fee, but just given where the city attorney suggested the convention center hotel was 0.25%, believe Mr. Rivani's building, he bought it for $50 million. And we could say, okay, speculate what he would sell it for in the future. I'd rather get a net present value of that today. instead of waiting for that sale to happen, we'll assume it does at some point and some sort of transaction fee. Let's realize that now. So 0.25% of, let's call it a net present value of $50 million puts us around the $100,000 mark. I would ask that we increase our public benefits by $100,000. And that essentially, well, Commissioner, that's around Essentially the percentage that the city attorney indicated is the transfer fee for the convention center Or we don't have to on the building sale Right so what the building he bought it for and What the percentage? Transaction fee for the convention center hotel is we get that right here up front without having to wait for some sort of sale and

7:48:07Speaker 59

That'll be my motion. Can I add one point to that? Sorry.

7:48:13Speaker 58

Last point and then we got to figure it out.

7:48:16 – 7:48:38Speaker 59

I'm okay with giving an additional $200,000 now if it goes to infrastructure because I truly do believe it's a fundamental problem of Miami Beach. Our valet to this day and our first floor still floods. So I do think it is a very important piece of the puzzle for everybody from myself and every resident that for $200,000 if it is allocated to the infrastructure of the city of Miami Beach, and I'm happy to provide that.

7:48:38Speaker 16

$200,000 per year? No, the one-time fee.

7:48:45 – 7:49:13Speaker 49

That was good. Mr. Mayor, I'll be really fast, but I just want to clarify something Commissioner Magazine was saying on your recap of the $500,000. I just want to be clear, because this is going to go on reso, that it's not on the new building. It's as of the opening of Phase 2. So it's $500,000 from all revenue generated, regardless of what building it's coming from. Okay, thank you. Commissioner Suarez.

7:49:14 – 7:49:40Speaker 44

I still want to explore this idea of the restaurant component or any sort of revenue generating business that's going to sit there. What's to say that you charge a dollar to the restaurant or the members club for very low rent and you have your own deal with the restaurant? Where do we get protected on that?

7:49:40 – 7:50:20Speaker 59

Great question. I can't do it because the lender would never allow it. When we finance these deals, there's certain breakpoints. Who would never allow it? The lender. They'll never finance a deal by doing a $1 a foot. You have to hit certain thresholds on rents in order to make the investment make sense in the first place. And in terms of like percentage rents, for example, we have like a Magna Sushi that's on the ground floor or a milkshake tenant that was there on the ground floor of businesses that have failed. left and right, so it would, it's impossible. Which lender? The lender on the building, our lender. Like, you can't build new construction unless you're hitting certain rental rates on new leases. They won't finance the deal because if you don't have a guaranteed rental income, there's nothing bankable for a lender if, God forbid, you went sideways or you got foreclosed on that they can't take over.

7:50:27Speaker 58

Commissioner Fernandez.

7:50:31 – 7:54:01Speaker 56

Listen, I think it's a bad hedge because at the end of the day, the points I brought up are points that I bring up because ultimately we're not the ones making this decision. It's ultimately a decision that is made by whom? By the voters of our city. And I think it only... It's to your interest and to your benefit to give as favorable of terms as possible to our residents when we send this to them. I'll tell you, for me personally, the rent reset, the change of the term between the current governing lease and the new proposed lease, that change of the terms and the rent reset, It's something that, to me, I don't like that now we are going to have a less favorable term when it comes to that. But we're also going to be getting 248 million dollars over the course of this lease that that we don't have guaranteed now And we're gonna be getting an extra 18 million dollars I had I had asked the our Inspector General to give me his analysis of this of this deal and he wrote to me it appears to us that the city engaged in at lengthy good faith attempt to to arrive at terms that would better protect both the city's short-term and long-term interests than living with a current lease indefinitely. And that to me is reassuring. To me. And that last part there is me. And let me continue my quoting of what was sent to me. The investment of the company's $50 million in the building with adjacent improvements to a vital area that direct cash public benefits to the city and local causes and the gradual increased return to the city through base rent and additional revenue represent a comprehensive attempt to reach a mutually beneficial agreement between the parties. And so getting that puts me in a position of being comfortable to support this. However, I do think it's not just about supporting this today. You have to reach the threshold of getting the voters on your side. And I think that that's where these other points that have been brought up today is important, you stand to benefit from that, because if this doesn't pass at the voter box, then there's no deal. And that's where I would encourage you, leaving this room today, to maybe reconsider your position on that transfer fee, reconsider your position on the rent reset, but that's ultimately a decision you have to make on your own, but I do think it would just position you better to have success in November, because today is just a formality. What ultimately matters is what happens in November. With that, thank you, Mr. Mayor, and thank you, Commissioner Magazine, for walking this through and working on this with our city administration.

7:54:02Speaker 43

I step back and they did the work.

7:54:04Speaker 56

We have a motion.

7:54:06 – 7:54:32Speaker 43

The motion will, because I will take Mr. Rivani up on his offer, of increasing that incremental $100,000 to an additional $200,000. So that will bring the summation of our total public benefits to, I think, $1.5 million, with $200,000 of that that Mr. Rivani pro-offered benefiting or going directly into infrastructure, flooding, and resiliency. And you're recommending this, Eric?

7:54:34 – 7:54:47Speaker 44

I am. Second the motion let's call the vote who dis Who decides what this six hundred thousand and cash contributions for Lincoln protein Lincoln Road improvements are I?

7:54:47 – 7:55:01Speaker 41

Think there are delineated there already underneath I think it was just like a general because it says or Lincoln Road art so this would be money coming into the city which you as the legislative body would decide where to put it and

7:55:05 – 7:56:07Speaker 56

All of this money I think should be kept in this area of the city. We have so many needs. So many needs on Lincoln Road. Even needs for affordability and housing and infrastructure and so many things because when we talk about resiliency we think only of infrastructure. Resiliency is also people's resiliency and being able to afford to live here. I would love us to figure out a way, but I'm just going to yield to the sponsor, in a way that these dollars can continue to be reinvested in this part of the city so that we can shepherd through the full renaissance of Lincoln Road, the 17th Street, and even the resiliency challenges that we have in areas like Palmview. So if we could find a way, and I don't know, Mr. Manager, when we look through the length of this term, we're talking about $248 million. Are those dollars bondable?

7:56:09Speaker 41

I had a brief conversation with our CFO, and he seemed to think that that was a revenue stream that was consistent enough that we could try and do something.

7:56:18Speaker 43

Anything with a cash flow that's consistent like that is bondable.

7:56:21 – 7:56:47Speaker 56

Yeah, so it's just I think to the extent that we can keep these dollars focused in this area and the long-term needs, we have a single-family residential neighborhood there. that has resiliency challenges that we need to take care of. We need investments on Lincoln Road. We have housing affordability in this area of the city as well. I think the dollars are coming out from this area. They should also be reinvested there.

7:56:47Speaker 48

So included in the motion. Let's call the vote. It is a public hearing. I see Mr. Zaralto is online. Go ahead, sir.

7:57:01 – 7:58:14Speaker 20

Yes, good afternoon, Mayor and Commissioners, Daniel Serraldo, 730 10th Street. I'm not here to argue for or against this deal, but I'm here about what's missing from it. The city is being asked to commit to this leaseholder for up to 106 years, and voters are being asked to ratify it in November. yet the same leaseholder is currently defending a lawsuit brought by a former occupant of this very building, and that is case number 2026-005254-CA-01. alleging the business was forced out by construction disruption. Those allegations are unproven and the leaseholder has moved to dismiss, but the dispute goes to how this building is operated. And this deal would add 47,000 square feet of new office space and ties the city's rent in part to how well that building performs. There's not one mention of the case in the staff memo the term sheet, the appraisals, the amendment, and I also didn't hear it from what the IG told Commissioner Fernandez. So before this goes to voters, the record needs to acknowledge it exists. Residents deserve the full picture. Thank you.

7:58:16 – 7:58:40Speaker 48

Thank you. I see no one else in the audience requesting to speak, and there's no one else on Zoom. I have a motion by Commissioner Magazine, seconded by Commissioner Minor. on R7H as amended and also R7I, the ballot question. All in favor of these two items, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Nay. I have one no from Commissioner Suarez. The item passes 6-1.

7:58:41Speaker 58

Items. Okay. Thank you, everybody. Thank you, all commissioners. Thank you for your time. Thank you, Mayor.

7:58:47Speaker 48

R7O. R7O, accept recommendation modification of 63rd Street bridge schedule.

7:59:00Speaker 58

Commissioner Bhat, co-sponsored by me, Commissioner Dominguez, Commissioner Mateo Salinas, and Commissioner Fernandez. Commissioner Bhat.

7:59:10 – 7:59:24Speaker 16

This was something we heard some months ago when we were still in furlough with the federal government. We made some modifications based on data analysis, and it's pretty self-explanatory. With five co-sponsors, I'll call the vote.

7:59:28Speaker 44

Chair, can we have staff go over what the changes were from the last time they spoke to what it is currently?

7:59:34 – 8:01:35Speaker 33

Sure, I'll be happy to, Commissioner. Good afternoon, Mr. Mayor, Commissioner, Jose Gonzalez, Transportation Director. So over the past few months, we've been working with the Coast Guard and we held a community meeting to obtain feedback from the community with regard to the schedule that the Coast Guard had proffered, if you will. A couple changes. The first change is that the traffic study that we originally did recommended hourly openings. However, that was a non-starter for the Coast Guard. They would not allow openings every once an hour. They would only allow to continue openings every 30 minutes during the non-restricted times. For a couple of reasons, they mentioned that the 63rd Street Bridge already has a significant amount of restrictions. As we know, there's three hours during the morning peak period and three hours during the afternoon peak period where the bridge does not open. And secondly, while there are alternatives for vehicles, there are really no alternatives for vessels if they've got to cross under that bridge. So that was a non-starter for them. The other change that we discussed with them was the on-demand schedule and at what time should be the appropriate time to begin an on-demand schedule. And in order to inform that decision, we held a community meeting as was directed by the city commission and heard the community feedback loud and clear. The community would prefer an on-demand schedule very late, in the very, very late hours of the day and early morning hours of the day. But the community did not support a fixed schedule. for the bridge in the very late hours or very early morning hours.

8:01:35Speaker 44

In the surrounding neighborhood, yes.

8:01:37 – 8:01:49Speaker 33

In the surrounding neighborhood because there are concerns that if a vessel misses the bridge opening time, then they'll just linger there and there may be noise, complaints, and whatnot.

8:01:49Speaker 44

So what time does that start on demand? 11 p.m.

8:01:53 – 8:02:17Speaker 33

according to the data that we collected, both vessel as well as traffic data. 11 p.m. is the time when the volumes significantly decrease, and so we feel that starting an on-demand operation from 11 p.m. to 7 a.m. would, you know, would really meet the needs of the marine traffic, vehicular traffic, and the community's quality of life concerns.

8:02:18Speaker 44

And it goes from 11 p.m. to when?

8:02:21Speaker 44

Which is when?

8:02:24 – 8:02:35Speaker 33

Then during the weekday, the restriction, the morning rush hour restriction would kick in from about 7 a.m. No openings. From 7 to 10, I believe. To about 10.

8:02:35Speaker 16

To clarify, which is not a change.

8:02:38Speaker 33

Correct. We would maintain the current weekday restrictions during morning and afternoon rush hours.

8:02:44Speaker 44

And what happens on the weekends?

8:02:46 – 8:03:14Speaker 33

So on the weekends, essentially the bridge would be on a schedule. Let me just make sure here. So the bridge would open on the hour and half hour only if there is demand seven days a week from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m. Only if there is demand. It would open on the hour and half hour.

8:03:18 – 8:03:34Speaker 44

Well, I want to thank Commissioner Bott for hearing my concerns when this originally came up. I think this strikes a perfect balance of vessel traffic and quality of life issues in the immediate area.

8:03:35 – 8:03:50Speaker 33

Commissioner, just one thing I want to add. And then also on the weekends from 11 p.m. to 7 a.m., seven days a week, the bridge would open on demand. From 11 p.m. to 7 a.m. On the weekends as well. So that's seven days a week as well.

8:03:52Speaker 16

So I move the item.

8:03:53 – 8:04:41Speaker 48

I have a motion by Commissioner Bott, seconded by Commissioner Fernandez on R7O. All in favor please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, the item is approved 7-0. That was R7O. R5Z. R5Z is an order to the Mayor, City Commissioner, City of Miami Beach, Florida, amending Chapter 54 of the Miami Beach Code entitled Floods by amending Article 3 entitled Resiliency Standard for Title Flood Protection to modify the enforcement, penalty, and compliance provision for violations of this article and adopt other clarifying amendments. Providing for repealer, some ability, codification, and effective date. This is a first reading public hearing. It is item R5Z.

8:04:42Speaker 12

Vice Mayor Dominguez. Thank you. So in recent years, we've done a lot of... Mr. Mayor, I'm sorry.

8:04:47Speaker 56

I need to recuse myself from this item, and I need to... Do I need to read something into the record, Nick?

8:04:55Speaker 25

Yes, Commissioner.

8:04:56 – 8:05:13Speaker 56

Okay. If I may. Thank you. I'll be recusing from discussing and voting on Agenda Item R5C. because my spouse and I reside on a property with a seawall butting the Biscayne Waterway, and I may directly or indirectly benefit as a result of the adoption of the amendments in this ordinance.

8:05:16Speaker 58

I think you should move.

8:05:20 – 8:05:43Speaker 12

So in the past few years we've done strengthening with regards to the construction standards for our sea walls. This item gives a little bit more time for repairs if it's overtopping that's only impacting an individual property and it's not impacting the right away or a neighbor's property or public property. I'll let Amy explain a little bit further.

8:05:44 – 8:06:31Speaker 39

Thank you very much, Amy Knowles, Chief Resilience Officer. As you all know, we have a lot of seawalls, 55 miles, and most of them, 91% are privately owned. We do have a fair amount of seawalls that are very, very low. And during king tides and other times of the year, we do have overtopping. This is really a triaged approach to compliance because seawalls are very expensive. So if a seawall is being overtopped, then it impacts the public right-of-way. that does require corrections within two years, that's in the existing ordinance. What's different here is that if the overtopping is on personal property onto the upland, they have five years to correct that, which allows them more time to plan. And that is the item before you today. Thank you. I move the item.

8:06:32 – 8:06:55Speaker 16

Can I ask some questions? Amy, if you have somebody who has a seawall that overtops and the water stays and sort of it becomes fetid water in their yard. So it doesn't literally go into the neighbor's yards, but it becomes effectively a swamp. Where would that fall? That's this item. That would be rectified by this.

8:06:55Speaker 12

It gives them a little flexibility.

8:06:56Speaker 16

Within two years, though?

8:06:58Speaker 39

They get more. They would have five years to correct.

8:07:01 – 8:07:30Speaker 16

Right. So the reason I'm asking is that I know of cases. I've been approached by residents who have neighbors who are not attentive homeowners and don't live in the properties but have their seawalls over top. The yards become a disaster. All kinds of bad things happen there, and the property is on either side. then have to deal with the consequences and have no recourse because it's not literally on their property, but it still affects some swamps of mosquitoes and whatever other issues.

8:07:31Speaker 12

So is there... They first have to get a violation and then they would have up to five years.

8:07:39 – 8:08:03Speaker 16

Right. So my concern is that the people... It's one thing if it only affects your property, but if it's also affecting the neighbor's properties, is there a happy medium? so that there's like a two-year, a three-year, and a five-year. If it doesn't affect anybody else at all, then it's five-year. If it affects the public right away, then it's two-year. If it affects your neighbor, any one of your adjacent neighbors, then there's a three-year.

8:08:05 – 8:08:30Speaker 39

So thank you, Commissioner. If it does affect your neighbors, then you would have two years. The only condition where you would have more time is if it only affects your property. If there's a condition that is that dire, as you are suggesting, it is possible that there's also a building violation, which would require a quicker time frame, that there may be a structural problem with that seawall, because that sounds very extreme. So that would be an additional avenue.

8:08:31Speaker 19

And Commissioner, if I may add, that also may give rise to a property maintenance violation that code compliance could enforce.

8:08:44Speaker 58

We have a motion? Second.

8:08:46 – 8:09:05Speaker 12

And just one other thing. Just because you get additional time, you do have to demonstrate that you're taking steps to remediate the problem. So it's not that somebody can sit back and then the final year all of a sudden have to scramble. No, each year they have to show that they're progressing and doing what they're supposed to do.

8:09:07Speaker 48

Let's call the vote. It is a public hearing. I see no one in Zoom, no one in the audience. I have a motion by Commissioner Dominguez, seconded by Commissioner Suarez. Commissioner Magazine.

8:09:17Speaker 48

Commissioner Suarez. Yes. Commissioner Fernandez is abstaining. Vice Mayor Dominguez. Yes. Commissioner Bott.

8:09:24 – 8:09:38Speaker 48

Commissioner Mattel Salinas. Yes. Mayor Miner. Yes. Motion carries. The item is approved. Second reading public hearing is scheduled for September 10th. That was item R5Z. Just for clarity, is it abstaining or recused? Abstained. It's an AP.

8:09:38Speaker 58

Okay. Should we let him back in? Commissioner Fernandez? No.

8:09:49Speaker 58

While we're waiting for Commissioner Fernandez to come back in, let's call R7M. R7M.

8:09:56Speaker 48

As in Mary? R7M is a public hearing. Approve use of one Ocean Drive by Boucher Brothers Pier Park LLC.

8:10:04Speaker 58

And should we call R5AG and R5AH together? I'm getting the nod. We voted unanimously to let you back in, Commissioner Fernandez.

8:10:19 – 8:11:32Speaker 48

So R5AG. Is in order to the mayor city commission of the city of miami toronto amending miami beach resiliency code by amending chapter 7 entitled zoning district regulations article 2 entitled district regulations section 7.2.16 Entitled gu government use district section 7.2.16.3 thereof Entitled development regulations gu by modifying the development regulations to clarify setback requirements and providing for a codification repealer and an effective date That's r5g. It is a public hearing requiring five sevens vote r5 ah It's an order to the Mayor and City Commissioner of City of Miami Beach, Florida, by amending the Future Land Use Map of the 2040 Beach Comprehensive Plan pursuant to Section 2.4.1 of the Miami Beach Resiliency Code and pursuant to Section 163.3181, Section 163.3184, and Section 163.3187, Florida Statutes, by changing the Future Land Use Designation for a parcel of land located at One Ocean Drive. Miami Beach, from the current designation of recreation and open space, including waterways, ROS, to public facility governmental uses, PF, and providing for inclusion in the comprehensive plan, transmittable repealer, servability, and effective date. R5AH is a second reading public hearing.

8:11:34 – 8:12:37Speaker 56

Mr. Mayor. Commissioner Fernandez. Thank you, Mr. Mayor. This is an ordinance I'm sponsoring, modifying the maximum setback requirements in the GU zoned area. Right now, there's maximum setbacks, and that limits how the city could redevelop a GU zoned property here by doing this amendment. We, in fact, are allowing... WOULD ALLOW FOR THIS PROPERTY TO HAVE EVEN GREATER SETBACKS. USUALLY WE SEE PEOPLE WANTING TO WAIVE SETBACK REQUIREMENTS OR GET A VARIANCE TO REDUCE THEIR SETBACKS, AND HERE IS ONE OF THOSE RARE OPPORTUNITIES WHERE IT'S something different, is to increase the setbacks. It doesn't touch anything with FAR or Hyde or anything like that. This is strictly to remove that maximum setback requirement. Debbie, I don't know if there's anything else to add.

8:12:37 – 8:13:12Speaker 9

No, that is 100% correct. The performance standard districts, which are the areas south of 5th Street, are the only districts in the city that include that maximum required setback. All of our other districts include minimum required setbacks, but this is a unique part of the city, and we have found that it's very challenging for public property to enforce that maximum setback because we have things like parking, public parking, public restrooms, park facilities that we don't want necessarily right at that five foot. So we are, the administration is supportive and the planning board also was supportive of the amendment.

8:13:12Speaker 56

And with that I move the item Madam Vice Mayor.

8:13:23 – 8:13:48Speaker 48

These items are public hearings so we're listening to now R7M. R5-AG and R5-AH. I see no one on Zoom requesting to speak, and I see no one in the audience requesting to speak. May I call the roll on all three? Yes. So, Vice Mayor Dominguez. Yes. Commissioner Fernandez. Yes. Commissioner Suarez. Yes. Commissioner Mattel Salinas.

8:13:49Speaker 48

Commissioner Magazine. Yes. Commissioner Bach.

8:13:52 – 8:14:09Speaker 48

Mayor Miner. Yes. So the items are approved. That was R5AG, R5AH, and R7M. Yeah. They did it together. Yep.

8:14:10Speaker 58

All good? Thank you. Thank you. Thank you, Commissioner Fernandez. R7K.

8:14:21Speaker 48

R7K is public hearing. Approve revocable permit 100 Lincoln Road, the Decaplage condo.

8:14:29Speaker 55

Mr. Mayor, move the item.

8:14:36 – 8:14:56Speaker 48

It is a public hearing. I see no one on Zoom, no one in the audience requesting to speak on R7K. If there's no discussion, may I call the roll? Yes. All in favor of R7K, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, R7K is approved 7-0.

8:14:56 – 8:15:15Speaker 58

We're getting some requests here, so let's call R5M.

8:15:25 – 8:16:10Speaker 48

R5M is an ordinance of the Mayor, City Commissioner of the City of Miami Beach, Florida amending Chapter 70 of the City Code entitled Miscellaneous Offenses by amending Article 2 entitled Public Places by amending Division 2 entitled Bicycling, Skateboarding, Roller Skating, Landline Skating, Motorized Means of Transportation, Electric Bicycle, Mopeds, Motorized Vehicles, and Motorized Scooters by amending Section 70-66 thereof entitled Definitions by creating and amending Certain terms therein, and by amending Section 70-71 thereof, entitle enforcement penalties by amending and providing for additional penalties therein, by creating Section 70-73 thereof, entitle responsibilities of micromobility devices operations to establish certain requirements applicable to micromobility devices operators and providing for repealers of ability qualification and effective date. That is item R5M. It is a second reading public hearing.

8:16:13 – 8:17:35Speaker 16

Thank you. So this is a second reading. This has been a couple of years in the making. We've had a lot of input from our Transportation Committee, e-bike and micromobility device users, bicyclists, pedestrians, the police department, park rangers, code, Marketing, I think almost every department has been touched with this. What we are trying to do is start setting a framework that we can all live with so that we can encourage micro mobility and set parameters for safe usage. We have seen devastating fatal accidents where usually the pedestrian suffers more injuries than the micro mobility device user. Obviously, micromobility device use versus car or truck is not something that anybody wants to see either. We are codifying. We're not doing anything extreme. We are codifying what is already in the state laws, and we are clarifying a particular definition that is a little bit wonky in the state laws to make it clearer in our laws. Like I said, it's a second reading, and I'll let Mark talk about the clarification of the definition.

8:17:36 – 8:19:02Speaker 55

Yeah, no, thank you, Commissioner. I appreciate that. After first reading, we are clarifying the definition of motorized means of transportation, and the reason for that is because in defining micromobility device, the state defined it as a motorized transportation device, but then goes on to include a bicycle and human-powered devices, and obviously saying a motorized transportation device, and then including bicycles is nonsensical. So by adding the word Motorized before the words micro mobility devices in our definition of motorized means of transportation effectively allows regular Pedicle pedal bicycles to continue to be used on the beach walk if we were to not add that word and just have Micro mobility devices as part of motorized means of transportation which are prohibited on the beach walk Regular bicycles would be prohibited on the beach walk which I is obviously not your intent. So that's why we added that word That's is that the only change? Other than in designed or equipped in terms of the factors to look at whether a micro mobility device was designed or equipped to carry more than one person at a time, we also added in wheel size and seat size as additional factors that the police department could consider when making a determination whether or not a particular micro mobility device was designed or equipped to carry more than one person at a time, just additional factors for them to consider.

8:19:03 – 8:21:08Speaker 16

I will add that literally this morning, Axios put out an article where the headline is South Florida sees a surge in e-bike injuries among kids. Yesterday, the county had a very lengthy discussion about banning e-micromobility devices outright on some of their county roads, not all at this moment, but there has been discussion about opportunities for other cities to adopt portions of their ordinance that was discussed yesterday and unincorporated Dade having that same ability. That is not the goal that we are trying to effectuate here. We are trying to effectuate a way for us to coexist, and it is a slow, labor-intensive process because this is not going to be the final stop. What I don't want to get to is to have bans happening for kids, people of certain ages doing this or that. We eventually want to get to safer for everyone in mindful and thoughtful ways. And this is a stop along that road. So for those who have contacted me saying it's harming our ability to get from north to south, we are working on it. We are installing speed feedback signs on the beach walk, which will happen by the end of the summer, I believe. We are looking at lots of different other modes of communicating with people and educating people and providing safe options for people. This is going to be for the long haul. We had hopes that the state was going to step in and take a leadership role. Governor DeSantis declined to do so, which sort of hampers our collective ability because it would be much better for us to be doing this together than than in a patchwork fashion, but we are getting there slowly and surely. So with that, I move the item, and I would hope to get my colleagues' support on this.

8:21:08 – 8:21:19Speaker 44

And Mark, just to confirm, the equipped handlebars appropriate on these e-mobility devices for more than one person?

8:21:19 – 8:21:45Speaker 55

Yeah, I mean, the state has, this is all, like Commissioner Abbott said, in state law. And in state law, it just says designed or equipped. So we added in a number of factors to help give our police additional guidance when making the determination whether a particular micromobility device is, in fact, designed or equipped. And one of them is an extra set of handlebars. That's something they would consider. So it's, I think, helpful. I'll second the motion.

8:21:47Speaker 48

Hold on. It is a public hearing. I see no one on Zoom, no one in the audience who wants to speak, or no, am I wrong?

8:21:58 – 8:24:34Speaker 30

Good afternoon, Mayor and Commissioners. As I'm sure most of you saw, I sent an email to you all yesterday. I want to thank Commissioner Bopp because I worked together along with other stakeholders in this long process to kind of get us to a spot, I think, where we're all sort of happy that you're not banning, you're not prohibiting, you're not making it more difficult. But I came across something recently in terms of the updating the definitions in Section 70-66, which is about the motorized means of transportation. And in the last over 10 years of that ban, if a e-bike rider removed the battery from their bicycle, they were compliant with the definition of motorized means of transportation, meaning that they were not operating a motorized means of transportation on the beach walk. I know we had some discussions, Tanya, Commissioner, along with the city attorney about this about a month ago, but then when analyzing this, it actually, it would be banned. So someone who's riding, because many residents now only own an e-bike and they don't have a regular pedal bicycle. But as you know, it's very dangerous to ride in our city. There have been a lot of very serious crashes. Many of them, including myself, just to fully disclose, I take out the battery if I ride on the beach walk so that I follow the law to that letter, letter of the law. And if you pass it today and don't amend it so that the proposed language so that a bicycle with the battery removed is not a motorized means of transportation, that would be illegal. And I would have to ride with my kids on the dangerous streets. I don't think anyone wants to do this. I'm pedaling at a slow speed. We're all pedaling at slow speeds. There's no electric assistance being provided. It's very obvious. There's a hole in the bicycle. And I know that some people have said, well, it might be hard to enforce. And then that I respond with the city now for a car. Mr. Mayor, find a little bit extra time, please. Yes. For cars that are parked illegally in our city, before any enforcement action is taken, they determine the residency status of the owner. That is much more labor intensive and difficult than looking at a bicycle and seeing, hey, is there a spot where a battery would go and is it currently occupied or is it not currently occupied? And perhaps an officer may not know or a park ranger may not know and they'll ask the person to stop and they'll look and they can confirm. And I think that is...

8:24:34 – 8:26:17Speaker 16

So Matthew, to your point with, you know, it's just, it's getting late and we have a lot to go through still. So we did have that conversation and I do hear the concern. You're not the only one to have raised it. And in discussing this with Mark, correct me if I'm wrong or if you see a different path through now and our police department, what, the consensus was is that you might be asked to stop if you are riding an e-bike but with your battery removed but you won't be penalized because your battery will be removed the problem as we saw it um with codifying this is that it then makes things less clear for those people who have bikes where the battery is incorporated and it's just a little switch where you you know the the The park ranger or the police officer can't see whether it's there or not. They have to rely on the word of mouth of the person. We don't want to then, no pun intended, but give license to people to start using those types of bikes on a place where you're not supposed to. Look, down the road, we might get to a place where we all agree that a 10 mile speed limit does the trick, and on the beach walk, we can all coexist, and that's one thing, but we're not there yet. So right now, for those people who have the e-bikes where you can remove the battery, and you happen to be on the beach walk, even though it's not the ideal place for you to be riding because of the huge number of pedestrians, if you are pulled over by a park ranger and it is clear that your battery is not in, there will be no violation. And so in conjunction, unless I'm getting this wrong, this is what I understood our sort of ending up point was on this, was to sort of not codify it so that we could allow some discretion by the enforcing agents. Please, Mark, jump in if I'm wrong on this.

8:26:17 – 8:27:39Speaker 55

Through the Chair. Thank you. I think that's accurate. I just want to point out, though, that our modification to the definition of motorized means of transportation doesn't have any effect on the issue Matthew's raising. It's a fairly novel issue, removing the battery, whether integrated or outwardly visible, from an electric bicycle. It's something we hadn't contemplated. But as the code stands now, motorized means of transportation is a device that is propelled other than solely by human power. That's how it reads. So I could interpret it and argue it either way for you, how it's propelled right now or how it's manufactured and intended to be propelled. So I could argue it's illegal or it's legal either way. And I think you're correct, Commissioner, in that we decided to accommodate it had come from Matthew and I think others. who only may have an electric bicycle, despite the enforcement challenges it may present for police to make that determination as someone goes by at 10 miles an hour or whatever, that I would prepare guidance for the police and interpret this until you all get to that point and make a decision One way or the other and then I'd add clarifying language, but I'd let the police know for now If you see someone and you pull them over and they do not have a battery and it's incapable of providing propulsion or assistance the motors incapable of doing that to the bicycle then do not issue the violation and So that's, I think, where we landed.

8:27:40Speaker 16

And I think, remember, this also is taking effect in some time from now, if I remember correctly. It's in August of next year.

8:27:49 – 8:28:42Speaker 16

And so... Give us time to, let's do this in incremental steps. I mean, if I had my druthers, I'd spend a whole bunch of money to build protected bike lanes and do all kinds of things and build a second beach walk. And those things are not in my purview. So before we make draconian changes, I mean, it's taken two years to get to this point. So let us figure this out. Let us put this into action. Let's see how it goes. By the time this law goes into effect, we're going to have speed feedback monitors on the beach walk. And we might find all kinds of new information between now and when this goes into effect. So heard and noted and discussed as how best to proceed. But give us time to get people educated and engaging correctly with what we're trying to do before we try to move too many pieces all at once. It's hard enough getting to where we are now.

8:28:43 – 8:28:54Speaker 44

So through the chair, could I respond? Yes, but then I'd like to call the vote. I just want to ask, if Matthew does take out the battery, is he...

8:28:55Speaker 16

He would not be in violation if the battery is gone, which is what we're saying.

8:29:03 – 8:29:25Speaker 30

So thank you for that clarification. My concern is that When you said it's officers discretion I know that I've heard some of your colleagues before mention a concern with being the discretion of an officer So to me, it's either it's black and white either it's allowed for anyone or it's discretion again the the police department the park rangers have discretion and

8:29:25 – 8:31:10Speaker 16

The goal is not to be punitive to people. The goal is to encourage better behavior. If you're doing something egregiously unsafe or stupid or racist or homophobic, there's not a lot of discretion there. If you're doing something that, hey, that's not OK to do, please don't do it again, move it along kind of thing, they have the option to be mindful about the person, the knowledge base, the intent, how it's being handled, and proceed that way. you know, our police chief will tell you that officers have discretion, and that is why we spend as much time and effort hiring intelligent, astute, emotionally aware individuals, and then training them properly to become good police officers, and the same with our park rangers. So nothing is black and white. Well, I retract that sentence. I retract that entirely. In this case, I think having somebody who is trained through guidance, through our attorney, our city attorney who is going to put together guidelines on what works, what doesn't, I think will be okay. But again, we can take a look at it six months after this goes into effect and if we see there are problems, we can amend it or maybe we can even loosen it up because we see the people are only going 10 miles an hour because of speed feedback signs and you know, then the issue resolves itself. But we don't know yet. So let us have some time to put this stuff into place, to educate our population, to try to explain why this is serious, and they should take it under advisement that helmets will save your life, just a question of when, and all kinds of other similar messages.

8:31:12 – 8:31:24Speaker 30

Thank you, Commissioner. I appreciate the guidance that you're going to issue, but just for the record, I think there is a concern that it's not codified and that it's guidance and discretion. Otherwise, I do appreciate the conversation.

8:31:25Speaker 16

Let us try it the way we think is the best way to try it before we decide that's not the best way to do it.

8:31:33 – 8:31:52Speaker 44

Thank you, Matt. We have it on the record, Mark, if there is an e-bike and the battery is missing, Will police be able to issue a citation? No matter, it's not there, it's in the backpack. If a police officer decides to give a warning, or not a warning, but a citation,

8:31:54Speaker 55

Yeah, as I said, the way the law is written now, it's a little bit ambiguous. It's probably legal, but it's a little bit ambiguous. However, I will give guidance and clarification.

8:32:03 – 8:32:40Speaker 44

By the way, the only reason I'm saying this, I'm not trying to throw a curveball. I was at South Point Park last night, and Commissioner Mateo Salinas can attest. There was a young kid. He's, I think, 18, 19. He's a special needs kid. And someone gave him an e-bike. And he didn't have a battery. And he was, I think this was in December 25, he told me he was on the boardwalk. He was pedaling. And he got arrested. He went to TGK. Can I finish, please?

8:32:40Speaker 58

Let me finish, please. By the way, I should have called this vote 10 minutes ago. Seriously, I'm going to cut this. This is going so far afield. But finish your thought.

8:32:47Speaker 44

Listen, I just want to make sure that that doesn't happen.

8:32:51 – 8:33:03Speaker 55

Yeah, I will issue guidance that no citation should be issued, however, if a person gets pulled over because the police officer sees an e-bike and can't determine whether a battery's in or not, if the person has cocaine on them or punches the officer in the face, I can't promise they'll be arrested, but they won't be issued a citation for that.

8:33:03Speaker 16

I'm pretty certain that the gentleman in question would not have gone to TGK for riding an e-bike in South Point Park. I mean, I don't...

8:33:12Speaker 44

It wasn't South Point Park.

8:33:13Speaker 16

Or on the beach walk. And also, I forgot the other point that I was going to make. Never mind.

8:33:25Speaker 48

There's no one else requesting to speak. So, Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

8:33:31Speaker 48

Vice Mayor Dominguez. Yes. Commissioner Bott.

8:33:35 – 8:33:46Speaker 16

Yes, and I just remembered the other point, which is that this does not apply to ADA devices, lest anybody be concerned. Since there was a mention of a special needs person, I wanted to make sure that everybody understands this does not apply to electric ADA devices.

8:33:51 – 8:34:13Speaker 48

Commissioner Suarez. Yes. Commissioner Magazine. Yes. Commissioner Fernandez. Yes. Mayor Miner. Yes. This is second reading. The item is approved for the record that was moved by Commissioner Bott, seconded by Commissioner Suarez. R5M. Thank you. R7Q. R7Q is prepare RFP for AAC consultant.

8:34:15Speaker 44

I believe this was pulled by Commissioner Mateo Salinas. Monica Mateo Salinas.

8:34:22 – 8:34:47Speaker 34

Yes, so I did pull it only because I was wondering if we could send this to FERC because what's the dollar amount that we're going to be, is there a dollar amount? So I would just like to send this to FERC and maybe even dual refer it to, no, no, just to FERC. Let's just send it to FERC because what exactly are we trying to do with this? I just want to understand a little bit more.

8:34:47 – 8:35:27Speaker 44

It's simply to send, SAVE ON EFFICIENCIES WHERE AI CAN HELP THE GOVERNMENT AND IT'S SOLELY BASED ON A CONTINGENT BASIS. SO THERE IS NO COST UNLESS THERE IS A COST SAVINGS TO US AND EVERYONE USES AI NOW SO I CERTAINLY DON'T SEE WHY WE NEED TO DELAY THIS CONSIDERING we're trying to save money moving forward in our budget, in our operating budget, it's kind of like a no-brainer. I don't think we need to put this through the meat grinder of .

8:35:29 – 8:35:50Speaker 58

I don't remember when, it was a while ago, but I had brought an item that this commission passed to incorporate AI into every level of government. But certainly happy to enhance it. Certainly looking at our building department separately, our commission passed a pilot program to incorporate it for our permits.

8:35:52Speaker 34

I just have one more question, actually. But is the consultant AI, or are we hiring a consultant to tell us what AI model to contract? You know what I mean?

8:36:02 – 8:36:33Speaker 44

I don't know if Frank is here. Is Frank here? OK. I just have a question. So we're not hiring. We're not using AI. We're going to see if there is a consultant group will use AI to save us efficiencies. And it is going to solely be based on a contingent matter. So Frank, maybe you can give a little bit more nuance to what this proposal does.

8:36:34 – 8:37:11Speaker 47

Sure, good afternoon. Frank Quintana, IT Director, CIO. So the intent of this proposal was to try to find a creative way to restrict the types of expenses that we would traditionally have from a consultant that may charge a flat rate. We tried to think of ideas where we could potentially tie their the payment structure to deliverables and things that would net actual results, not just a, we're going to give you a list of 10 things that you can implement. If they're not implemented, they get paid anywhere. So there are different ways to structure some of the professional services type of agreements. And that was really the intent based on the discussions that we had.

8:37:12 – 8:37:25Speaker 44

Yeah. And so I, you know, look, we're all, we're debating how we can save money right now for, to lower our millage rate. I mean, this just goes hand in hand. I don't know why we need to send this to the committee. I have a question.

8:37:26 – 8:38:12Speaker 58

Recently, a former high-level Google executive who now has a company we met with, Eric Frank, offered his services for free. Now you tell me, based on that conversation, whether you think if there's anything that can come from that. And there's, recently I had someone else, another pretty high level there. I don't know, they claim their motivation is pure. I'll take it at their word. Maybe there's some level of benefit to them to offer services. But that's my question. Do we need to hire a consultant? Do you think some of these, whether there may be opportunities where high level companies will provide that input without spending on a consultant? I'd like to hear from Frank.

8:38:12 – 8:38:23Speaker 16

I also would like to hear from Frank, but I would not be comfortable in the slightest turning something over without a proper vetting of a high-level vetting.

8:38:25Speaker 58

And it comes to commission, but I'm just saying they're offering their services for free.

8:38:27Speaker 16

Because look at what has happened on a national basis, where high-level, supposedly secure, purest motivation companies, and at every state level.

8:38:36Speaker 58

The commissioner, it obviously comes to commission, but the point is whether there's opportunities to get a service that is not going to require a consulting agreement. That's the question I'm asking.

8:38:45Speaker 47

So as far as services free or not?

8:38:47Speaker 58

I mean, there's no difference between that and a consulting. I mean, you still have to vet them.

8:38:52Speaker 47

So as far as getting services free or not or at no cost or what have you, that's a little out of my professional realm there.

8:38:59Speaker 41

I'll chime in on that. I'll take free services over paid services any time.

8:39:04 – 8:40:17Speaker 44

Yeah, but again, guys, I mean, I just want to move, I want to get back to the item. The item is designed specifically for a consultant to make a fee on how much we save. So if we save $10 million based on their recommendations and we move forward with it, I don't know what the percent, maybe they get, they save 10%. So we, the taxpayers have saved 10 million and they get paid a million in fees. I'm not saying that's the case, but we pay less and they get, THEY GET CREDITED FOR THAT. SO THEY HAVE SKIN IN THE GAME ONLY IF WE IMPLEMENT THESE MEASURES. IT'S NOT THEY'RE GOING TO GIVE US A BUNCH AND SAY, HEY, THIS IS HOW MUCH YOU'RE GOING TO SAVE, CUT US A CHECK. NO, THEY'RE GOING TO SAY, HEY, LOOK AT WHAT THESE OPTIONS ARE, THIS IS HOW YOU CAN SAVE TAXPAYER MONEY, AND WHATEVER FEE THAT WE COME UP WITH OR STAFF RECOMMENDS we'll be able to negotiate that when it comes back. But I want to get this started right away. I certainly think staff is more than capable of getting this started. Mr. Mayor.

8:40:17 – 8:42:41Speaker 56

Commissioner Fernandez. Thank you, Mr. Mayor. Recently I had a conversation with someone from Tyler Technology, which I know we use, Tyler, in our enterprise technology. And they specifically about this type of use of artificial intelligence and they brought to my attention Collier County that had used their technology when it came to their budget and identifying efficiencies with Collier County using this type of technology. They were able to identify about 22% of their budget for potential patient opportunities. And they had, using this type of technology, already been able to implement $40 million in efficiencies while continuing to improve their service delivery. So I don't think anything bad can come out of exploring a solicitation, asking the administration to prepare an RFQ. looking at what other communities have been able to achieve using this, I don't think we're disadvantaged in any way by doing that. Because ultimately, if there is a contract to be awarded, I would imagine that contract would still have to come back to the Commission for us to be able to award a contract. And even then, from the Collier County experience that was shared with me, You know, they identified potential reallocation opportunities and their budget and all that, but then it's ultimately still up to their commission and to their administration to decide what they end up doing. You know, the technology might propose efficiencies and ways to reduce expenditures and ways to create reductions in workload, but it only identifies that. Implementing that, implementing that ends up being up to us as the governing body and up to the city manager. So with this phase of it right now, this very preliminary phase, I don't have an issue with it.

8:42:41Speaker 58

Commissioner Bata and Commissioner Malika Mateus-Alenas.

8:42:45 – 8:44:00Speaker 16

Frank, could you advise how we would safeguard sensitive information, employees' home addresses, date of birth, Social Security, that kind of information? We've seen it time and time again when AI is allowed into systems that things go wrong. I just read an article today about how AI broke out of its proscribed definitions and I don't even remember what happened because it was like a bad headline of a B-rated movie, but it basically said no to the guidelines that were governing it and went off and did its own thing. So I'm not... objecting in principle to the idea of finding ways to find efficiencies. I am very concerned about letting this in willy-nilly, even if we say, sure, we're going to make decisions about how we implement it. How do we safeguard from having it go wrong where we have 2,200 employees and we have 82,000 residents, presumably most of which at least are connected to the city with sensitive data, that's a lot of people. And how do we protect against that?

8:44:00Speaker 48

So that's a great question.

8:44:02 – 8:46:16Speaker 47

Without having this turn into a kind of a lecture on AI and what it is and what it isn't. A lot of that is driven by data privacy. Some are laws, some are policies that we have within the city with a lot of the AI tools that we've built in-house. There's governance that goes with that as well. I would never recommend that we plug in some outside AI type thing and here have at it and figure it out. That is generally not the way AI works. It's, they're models that need to be trained to look for specific things. They get very good at doing repetitive type work and analysis and that kind of thing. It is not, in my opinion, where you would come in, let someone in and go, here's all of our stuff, all of our information, all of our PII, all of the financial stuff that we have, and go ahead and figure it out. That's not the way that it works. So the intent with anything that we do along the lines of finding consultant or a contractor or what have you that does the work is we look at specific use cases for types of systems so for example financials you know personnel management permitting that kind of thing and you basically teach it about the types of things that we have or there's some pre-built models that do it and you would feed it information in a controlled environment all the AI tools that we built are bubbled in the sense that they don't talk to other things, so they're completely segmented. And we do that to protect even our own stuff. That's information that we have that's not the kind of examples that you brought up where Social Security numbers and addresses and routing numbers and billing and that kind of thing. So there are different ways to address that. I understand your concern, I agree with you. I mean, generally I'm distrusting of vendors in general that come in and say we can absolutely do that because until you can actually show it, and with all respect to Commissioner Fernandez and the example with Tyler, I've seen the dog and pony show, and a lot of times it's not as substantive as what is promised, right? So that's the benefit of actually having them show us what it is that you do on a small scale with test data, and then we make decisions on an educated basis, you know, with our recommendation, with your authority to do so, to feed some of those things and find some of those efficiencies.

8:46:18Speaker 44

I'd like to move my item.

8:46:21Speaker 58

Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

8:46:22 – 8:46:45Speaker 34

Yeah, fine, let's prepare the RFP, but I still want to hear it at FERC because I know, Commissioner Suarez, you mentioned the contingency because everything over $75,000 has to go to FERC anyway, so we would prepare the RFP and then based on the responses that we get and then look at, you know, I can't imagine somebody would do this on complete contingency.

8:46:45Speaker 44

That's what it's directed to do. There is no fee to this. There's no flat fee. It's zero right now.

8:46:53 – 8:47:41Speaker 44

Yeah. So I can't believe it comes back to us. It's going to be still be zero. It's only going to be based on how much money they save the residents. Now, what that fee is, we can certainly determine that when they come back with that solicitation. But again, I mean, guys, we're trying to save as much money as we can. We're trying not to cut frontline workers like police and fire. This is a perfect opportunity right now to save money where there may be efficiencies. I don't see why we need to send this to FERC. It's going to come back before us and we're going to be able to take this as fast as possible to see how much we can save. And again, it's going to literally cost us nothing unless we take the measures that these suggestions might be.

8:47:42 – 8:48:04Speaker 58

I'm supportive and I agree. I think there's a place when it comes back to us that we'll send it to FERC. I would like simultaneously to explore some of these companies to see if we can get the same services for the same quality, maybe even better quality that these, at least two that I know of have reached out and offered their services to our city.

8:48:05 – 8:48:29Speaker 41

Yeah, I was just going to ask for the ability for us to try and craft something that would be a little bit more all-encompassing than just the contingency-based fee models because the companies that I've dealt with over the time that I've been in government that are contingency-based are not necessarily the folks that I would want to be making these kind of decisions with.

8:48:29Speaker 58

Yes, understood. Commissioner, Vice Mayor Dominguez.

8:48:32 – 8:49:28Speaker 12

Oh, thank you. Yeah, I do think this is a good idea to explore. We do need to be cautious though with AI, even having the experience of what we saw at the federal government where I saw and we saw multiple times in the news where government Contracts were inflated by millions of dollars and there were errors and there was one that was completely off the mark where it mislabeled transgenic mice as something else. So we just need to be cautious. that AI isn't the end-all, be-all, and it's gonna do all of the savings. It's hard to keep AI accountable, so we do need to be cautious. I was also supportive of it going to FERC, but I understand that there is no price right now. But typically, when we've hired consultants in the past, it's roughly about $250,000, so it's not a small amount. It will be something for us to look at.

8:49:30 – 8:49:46Speaker 58

Okay. And Eric and Frank, I met recently, you described to me a lot of the efforts that have been made to incorporate AI throughout our city, and that is continuing? Yes, sir. Full steam ahead? Do I have a second? With the safeguards. Motion?

8:49:50 – 8:50:02Speaker 48

I have a motion. This is R7Q. I have a motion by Commissioner Schwarz, seconded by Commissioner Mattel Salinas. All in favor of R7Q, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, the item is approved 7-0 R7Q.

8:50:03 – 8:50:25Speaker 56

I just wanted to point for the record because we're an hour and a half away from adjourning. We have, according to the city clerk, 32 resolutions, 24 ordinances, six pulled consent items, and four addendum resolutions. You passed good legislation that you proposed limiting our discussion, and I'm happy to abide myself by it if you choose to enforce that so that we can get...

8:50:25 – 8:50:47Speaker 58

I know, but it's 526 now. I don't know if we've all abided by that till now, but... I appreciate that. I'm trying to go as fast as I can, but thank you. Since we're on the topic C7AS, I think it's similar, but thank you, Commissioner Fernandez. I agree, and let's try to get through these as quickly as we can.

8:50:50Speaker 48

C7AS is Evaluate Consolidating Departments. It was requested by Commissioner Suarez, and there is a co-sponsor by Commissioner Fernandez, C7AS.

8:51:00 – 8:52:15Speaker 44

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. We, again, just had a lengthy discussion on how we can save taxpayer dollars moving into the next budget season or year. And I want to see if there is a consensus with consolidating some of our departments. So, for example, tourism and economic development I certainly think we can combine the two and we can save a lot of money on instead of hiring another tourism director and consolidate the role similar to what we did with fleet facilities and parks. For the longest time we had parking and transportation that was also consolidated and at the time I think everything was running pretty smooth. I think when you look at how we have about what 42 directors Mr. City Manager? 21 departments. How many directors do we have?

8:52:15 – 8:52:45Speaker 44

So you know That's a director for every 4,000 residents. I think we can start shrinking our government to have less of an overhead. I wanted to see where my colleagues sit on this to really find an efficiency in government and have less of a tax burden on our tax.

8:52:45Speaker 56

Commissioner Fernandez. Point of information. Wasn't this a consent item? It is not, yeah. Okay. I'm happy to second the item.

8:52:52 – 8:53:19Speaker 16

Commissioner Bott? I move to defer this item. I think this is a very substantive discussion. It was added to the agenda after 6 last night, I think. I was on my way to a neighborhood association meeting. I didn't even know about this until this morning. And I'm not voting in support of something that I haven't even had time to read yet. So I'd like to make a motion to defer this discussion. I'll second that deferral.

8:53:21Speaker 12

One thing I'll mention is the item mentions just for something to be presented for consideration in October. It's not even for September. It's not rushed.

8:53:31Speaker 56

It's just an evaluation.

8:53:33Speaker 16

I haven't read it. I'm not going to vote for something that I haven't read yet. Let's call the vote.

8:53:38 – 8:53:49Speaker 48

On the motion to defer, correct? Correct. I have a motion to defer, seconded by Commissioner Mattel Salinas, to defer C7AS to September. All in favor, please say aye.

8:53:50Speaker 44

So we're deferring to have a presentation on what the city administration could consolidate with?

8:53:59Speaker 48

I think it's to defer this particular item.

8:54:04 – 8:54:37Speaker 16

As a matter of form, I think it's bad practice, for myself at least, to vote in support of something that I haven't even seen yet. I don't think that's how legislative policy should be made. I don't think it serves our residents well. And if everybody else somehow magically had the opportunity to read this and give it due consideration last night and I'm the only one who didn't because I was at an HOA and I didn't see that it had been added until this morning, then I guess I'm the idiot here. But I'm not voting for something that I haven't read yet.

8:54:40 – 8:54:51Speaker 12

I MENTIONED SOMETHING ELSE. SO YOU DEFER THE ITEM TO SEPTEMBER. THE MEMO STILL SAYS OCTOBER. SO IF IT GOES THROUGH NOW, THE CITY ADMINISTRATION HAS SEVERAL MORE MONTHS TO PREPARE.

8:54:52Speaker 16

IT CAN BE PUSHED OUT TO NOVEMBER OR DECEMBER.

8:54:56 – 8:55:34Speaker 44

AGAIN, WE TALKED ABOUT A ROLLBACK RATE THAT WAS A BUDGET FOR THE ROLLBACK RATE THAT WAS COOKED. AND IT WAS REALLY LITERALLY putting police officers, firemen, and cats on the chopping block. And here we have an opportunity to lower managerial positions and shrink the government so that it's less of a burden. I mean, again, this is to October, and there's plenty of, there's no... There's no, this isn't going to hurt anyone. We have a motion and a second to defer.

8:55:35Speaker 48

Let's call the vote. All in favor of deferring this item to next month, please say aye. Aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? I'll oppose too.

8:55:43Speaker 43

I'd still like to hear it in October, whether it is deferred or not.

8:55:47 – 8:56:03Speaker 48

Yeah. So the item could be considered in September and the date doesn't change. We're not hearing this item today. I heard a no from Commissioner Suarez. I'm not sure if I heard a no somewhere else. Commissioner Fernandez, no?

8:56:04Speaker 56

I'll vote to defer because at the end of the day, I mean, we're still going to get the information. It is what it is.

8:56:13Speaker 48

So C7AS is deferred 6-1. Okay, R7AT.

8:56:26 – 8:57:34Speaker 58

780 direct administration to repurpose and deploy retired police vehicles as decoys Thanks for being up here, I'll tee it up So essentially this would and I know we have and I'll let you give all the numbers we do have decoy cars out there in the past year or so starting to put solar-powered battery packs in them so they have the lights and they with the, it's hard to tell if they're decoy cars or not, which is great because they're newer models. The older decoy cars are kind of obvious. This would, and I guess what's on the table is there's 27 police, older police cars, retired vehicles that would potentially be auctioned off fairly soon. The cost, and I'm sorry, I'll turn it over to you in a minute. The cost is about $890, I'm being told, to put the solar power. So for 27 cars, you're talking about $24,000. There's obviously a non-gain of auctioning off the vehicles, but it's pretty de minimis.

8:57:36 – 8:58:28Speaker 18

Sure, no problem. Good afternoon, everyone. Operations Division, Marlon Rivero. So with our friends at Fleet, we were able to gather these numbers. And the cost overall, we essentially have 27 cars that are coming up to being retired. It's about $900, about $870 to outfit them each with solar-powered panels. SO WE CAN GO UP TO 27, APPROXIMATELY LIKE YOU SAID, SIR, THAT WOULD COST ABOUT $24,000. WE CURRENTLY HAVE 12 ON THE STREET. THEY'VE BEEN VERY EFFECTIVE. I THINK THE KEY TO THEM IS BEING STRATEGIC WHEN WE MOVE THEM AND WE PLACE THEM SO THEY DON'T GATHER DUST AND EVERYTHING ELSE THAT WE WOULD KNOW. BUT IT'S CERTAINLY A VIABLE OPTION. Profit at auction.

8:58:28 – 8:58:54Speaker 58

I'm being told is about thirty six thousand dollars give or take so thirty six hundred thirty six hundred dollars per vehicle Give or take I think I think Commissioner Fernandez you had a separate item to put Strategically at the entrance points of our city police cars and police vehicles this I think could be a nice supplement to that item I don't know whether you had in mind I did but I'm not sure that made it through the enhancements mr.

8:58:54Speaker 56

Manager I'm not sure. I do know it was part of the budget. So I don't know if we were able to get the funding.

8:59:03 – 9:00:14Speaker 58

Well, what I'm saying is I think this is a nice supplement. We obviously have our police, and I think we made it pretty clear that we're going to keep our staffing levels at police. And I've noticed the decoys, and they're pretty, again, the newer vehicles, the newer models. So it's not as obvious. It's a decoy. The solar power is a game changer. I'd say it really got me thinking because a general manager at a retail store, I don't want to say which one because I don't know if any bad guys are listening. I don't want to know where's the decoy. But he called me and he said, I want you to know because our police department had put a decoy car, and it's a pretty central intersection, but it happens to be outside a very large retail store. He goes, it has been a game changer. He goes, the amount of shoplifting has gone down tremendously. He goes, the amount of homeless individuals hanging out in the area has gone down. And it's a pretty safe area to begin with, but he said, this really has made an impact, so thank you to the police department. And he obviously was asking if they can continue. So it got me thinking, if it works here, And have you seen measurable success?

9:00:15 – 9:00:43Speaker 18

They surely are asked for. I'll put it that way. So again, it's about distributing the ones we have. If we were to gain more, then we would use that smartly. But the advantage of it is that with the solar panels comes the ignition of the red and blue lights. And that's huge. Some people typically, they just assume it's a decoy car with nobody in it when they don't see it or when they see it's dark. But the red and blue certainly helps it stand out. So we've been pleased with it.

9:00:43 – 9:00:58Speaker 58

I would propose, I can't move the item, but I would propose that we not auction off these 27 vehicles. And again, it's just a supplement to our already good police visibility. Do any of these police vehicles have a video footage?

9:00:59Speaker 18

Say that again, sir?

9:00:59Speaker 44

Do any of these police vehicles have a monitoring?

9:01:04Speaker 18

Not that I'm aware. Not that I'm aware.

9:01:08Speaker 58

It might be worth considering what the expense to that would be. Do you have any sense? I know we're catching.

9:01:13Speaker 44

Similar to like how Tesla has videos.

9:01:17Speaker 18

I don't. We would confer with Fleet.

9:01:20Speaker 44

Go ahead, Chief.

9:01:22 – 9:01:51Speaker 22

I agree, by the way, they've been an excellent tool in terms of deterring crime. Quite frankly, they're really, really coveted. Lots of residents and businesses have access to employ them in proximity to their residents or business. Don't know off the top of my head what the cost would be to stream live video from those vehicles into our Arctic, for example. We can certainly find it out and let you know. And if it's feasible, happy to look into getting some of those. All right. So we have, Eric?

9:01:51 – 9:02:22Speaker 41

And if I could just, I know we've been talking about specifically the 27 cars that are deadlined right now. I would have to double check because I believe what I heard from Fleet is that they had already been removed from decals. So I just need to make sure that before we say that 27, I would just say the next group of available cars we would outfit and we would deploy.

9:02:24Speaker 55

Mr. Manager, that is my quote.

9:02:26 – 9:02:45Speaker 22

I just want to, some of that is true. Mr. Manager, it's partly true. There are some cars that have already been destriped and ready for auction. The ones that the Major is referring to have not quite been online yet, but in the process of getting decommissioned.

9:02:46Speaker 18

So, sir, that was stated to us that in the next few months, these are the cars that are coming up for their timeline.

9:02:53 – 9:03:53Speaker 48

So we have a motion. Second the motion. Second by Commissioner Mattel Salinas. This is on R7AT. All in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Thank you. Hearing none, R7AT is approved 7-0. R5L. R5L is an Orders of the Mayor, City Commissioner of the City of Miami Beach Board, amending Chapter 2 of the Code of the City of Miami Beach, entitled Administration, by amending Article 6, entitled Procurement, by amending Division 3, entitled Contract Procedures, by amending Section 2-367, entitled Rejections of Bids, Negotiations, Sole Source Purchase, Waiver of Competitive Bidding, to establish new procedural requirements in connection with waivers of competitive bidding. and amending Section 2-369, entitled Award of Contract, to include additional factors to be considered when determining the lowest-invest bidder and providing for repealers of ability, complication, and effective date. This is a second meeting public hearing. It is item R5L.

9:03:54 – 9:04:46Speaker 56

Commissioner Fernandez. Mr. Mayor, this is an item that adopts recommendations from the Inspector General from the lessons learned from the Poseidon Ferry No-Bid Contract. It broadens how we define the lowest and best bidder, so it's not just about pricing, but it's also about risk responsibility and whether a vendor is truly prepared to deliver services to the city. And when the city uses cooperative purchasing options above the formal bidding thresholds, the city manager will now have to provide a more detailed written justification, as well as analysis with any bid waiver request addressing all factors used to decide the lowest and best bidder. I don't see procurement here, but I'm happy to move this item.

9:04:51Speaker 48

It is a public hearing. I see no one on Zoom, no one in the audience requesting to speak. I have a motion by Commissioner Fernandez, seconded by Commissioner Suarez. May I call the roll? Commissioner Fernandez?

9:05:02Speaker 48

Commissioner Bach?

9:05:04Speaker 48

Commissioner Mattel Salinas? Yes. Commissioner Magazine?

9:05:07Speaker 48

Commissioner Suarez? Yes. Vice Mayor Dominguez?

9:05:11Speaker 48

Mayor Miner? Yes. Motion carries. The item is approved. That was item R5L. R7AH. R7AH is

9:05:25 – 9:05:42Speaker 58

Agreement with Savino and Miller developed master plan for entirety of West lots r7 th Commissioner bought Co-sponsored by Commissioner Suarez co-primed co-prime Thank you ladies first Yeah Great

9:05:53Speaker 48

I just don't know which of the two primes made the motion.

9:06:00 – 9:06:58Speaker 16

Just for the record, for anybody listening, this is to authorize one of our existing vendors. This is to authorize, thank you, for any one of our existing vendors, excellent landscape architects who just completed a long planned and long desired project in mid beach the bay shore park which is a spectacular location if you have not yet been there to take a look at the west slots which are underutilized and imagine how they could be used differently not getting rid of parking and keeping the services that need to stay there in that general area but looking at how to use that land mass more effectively to create another world class park with a variety of potential amenities. So this is just the beginning of a planning process that would be open to the public, but we need to start somewhere, and we believe they are the best people to start that process.

9:07:00 – 9:07:11Speaker 48

So I have a motion by Commissioner Bott, seconded by Commissioner Fernandez. All in favor of R7AH, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, R7AH is approved 7-0.

9:07:14Speaker 58

Let's call the budget items R7D and R7E.

9:07:18 – 9:07:32Speaker 48

R7D, public hearing. Adopt fifth amendment to the fiscal year 2026 capital budget. That was R7D. R7E, public hearing. Adopt fifth amendment to the fiscal year 2026 operating budget. That's R7D and E, both public hearings.

9:07:33 – 9:09:22Speaker 15

So the first item is a Fifth Amendment to the capital budget. It contains six items. It recommends an increase of $2.2 million and the transfer of $2.3 million between existing projects. The first project is a 7th Street garage superstructure renewal. There's a request to add $369,000 to the budget, and that's because of additional repair work that's needed, and it's recommended to be funded with available dollars in the 7th Street garage fund. The second project is a South Point Park project. This is a Geobond project that was slated to be funded in tranche two. The project has been designed and is ready to go forward. So there's a recommendation to temporarily swap funding from two existing tranche one projects that don't need the funds right now to this project in order to move forward. The third project is a West Avenue Phase 2 project. Additional funding has been requested to cover costs for construction, engineering inspection, and expanded public outreach in the amount of $1.86 million. Of that amount, $608 is for the public outreach. And the recommendation is to fund that using available water, sewer, stormwater, and capital reserve funds. The next three projects are water and sewer projects that need additional funding because their costs are higher than the original budgets. and the recommendation for all three of these projects is to take funds from existing projects that have been funded with um state and federal grants so the first is the sewer pump station rehab number two and the third the second is the aerial crossing water main replacement project and the third is a stormwater pump station culvert i'll move the item

9:09:25 – 9:09:40Speaker 48

This is on item R7D, a motion by Commissioner Dominguez and a second by Mayor Miner. It is a public hearing. I see no one in Zoom and no one in the audience requesting to speak. On R7D, all in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, R7D is approved 7-0.

9:09:42 – 9:10:00Speaker 15

And the operating item has two. It's a blood component that was approved by the city commission for the fire department at last month's commission meeting. And the second item is for the Stella Myers Transportation Services that was also approved by the city commission at last month's meeting. I'll move it.

9:10:00 – 9:10:16Speaker 48

Second. I have a motion by Commissioner Dominguez, seconded by Commissioner Fernandez. It is a public hearing. I see no one in Zoom, no one in the audience requesting to speak. On R7E, all in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, the item's approved 7-0. Thanks.

9:10:16Speaker 58

Let's call R7AP.

9:10:23Speaker 48

R7 AP implement parking holiday program dollar per hour parking for August through October. R7 AP.

9:10:31Speaker 58

Commissioner Fernandez, co-sponsored by Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

9:10:36 – 9:11:09Speaker 56

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. This is an item actually that Commissioner Mateo Salinas and I worked on together when I was an aide, and I'm proud to be – well, she was an aide. We both used to be aides. And I'm proud to be working now together again with my great colleague, Commissioner Matos Salinas, so that in the slow months, our businesses can have the support of attracting visitors from throughout the region to support our local economy. And I'll pass it over to Commissioner Matos Salinas.

9:11:11 – 9:11:32Speaker 34

Thank you, Commissioner and Mr. Mayor. I just want to say that this is excellent legislation. This really does help our businesses. I had a meeting recently with the Washington Avenue bid, the Lincoln Road bid, and the 41st Street bid as well. And they brought this up that this was so helpful to them last year. And I said, great, let's bring it back. And here we are. And thank you for this legislation. And I'll move our item.

9:11:32 – 9:11:43Speaker 48

Second. Let's call the vote. I have a motion by Commissioner Mateo Salinas, seconded by Commissioner Fernandez. This is item R7AP. All in favor, please say aye.

9:11:44Speaker 48

Anyone opposed? Hearing none, R7AP is approved 7-0.

9:11:48Speaker 58

Thank you, Commissioner Fernandez and Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

9:11:52Speaker 58

Let's call R9V.

9:11:55Speaker 48

R9V is discuss, take action, enforcement efforts, excessive vehicular muffler exhaust noise.

9:12:02 – 9:12:13Speaker 58

So sponsored by myself, Vice Mayor Dominguez, Commissioner Bott, this has been an effort, and I know you spent a lot of time on this as well, Vice Mayor Dominguez, so take it away.

9:12:14 – 9:12:57Speaker 12

Oh, thank you. This item has been on the agenda for a while. We do have monthly enforcement reports that are sent to us through LTC. The increase in the number of citations has been unbelievable. And I've also had meetings with SOFNA and other stakeholders of that area regarding Quiet Zone signs, and we did a pilot now, South the 5th. It just started a couple weeks ago, so we're really looking forward to seeing even more. But any update from MBPD regarding noise enforcement, happy to hear it, and then we can close this one out for now.

9:12:57 – 9:13:17Speaker 18

Yes, ma'am. Very proud of our enforcement. Year to date, we have 1,401 citations that have been written on the vehicle enforcement. I know it's a big concern. That's over twice what we had last year. We had 675. So we've definitely made it a priority for us. It's been going very well, at least from what we're hearing.

9:13:18 – 9:13:33Speaker 12

Are you seeing any difference with the new quiet zone signs where officers have been able to give citations based on the signs? I've had a couple other neighborhoods request them, and I know it's still very, very early, but that's why I bring it up.

9:13:34 – 9:14:06Speaker 18

It's still very new. In the area one zone, we've given approximately 213. When compared to other areas, that's for loud exhaust. For loud music, 252. It's certainly the area that we're giving the most citations at and the most enforcement. I actually went by 4th Street just to see what the sign was looking like. It's pretty clear of what it is, but not specifically whether they're citing the signs or not, but we're pleased with it.

9:14:06 – 9:14:18Speaker 12

Well, we appreciate it. You and your team have really done a lot. The numbers speak for themselves, and let's continue to keep that as a priority because the neighbors really appreciate it.

9:14:18Speaker 59

Thank you, Commissioner.

9:14:20Speaker 58

One question. Thank you for citing those numbers. Is it broken down by how many are given during nighttime hours?

9:14:29 – 9:14:41Speaker 18

Not on this report, sir. This is broken down by areas and by the violations. So we've been focusing on loud exhaust, loud music, loud noise, and horns.

9:14:42Speaker 58

Is that something that could be broken down and provided to us?

9:14:45Speaker 18

We certainly could.

9:14:47 – 9:15:01Speaker 58

Okay. Yeah. No, thank you. Thank you collectively working on this. It's a complaint we get a lot, certainly as the late night hours when those modified mufflers come rumbling down the street.

9:15:02Speaker 18

Correct. And we actually have a lot of our enforcement happening between that afternoon and midnight overlap. So I'm sure the numbers are there. We can just provide them.

9:15:11Speaker 58

Great. Thank you.

9:15:13Speaker 18

Right. Thank you.

9:15:22 – 9:15:36Speaker 48

Our 9a Oh Our 9a a It's good to see the family support our 9a a discussed potential amendments to single-family development regulations expedite planning review I

9:15:48 – 9:16:06Speaker 44

Thank you, Mr. Mayor. I'm going to have Deputy Tackett kind of bring it home on this one. This was before us and then staff wanted to come back and give us, I think, two options for deregulating a lot of the issues that we have when it comes to the permitting process.

9:16:06 – 9:17:08Speaker 9

Correct. Thank you, Commissioner. So we have provided two options that we would like some direction on. The first option would be the extreme scenario with simplification where basically you would just be given a height and setbacks and anything could be built basically within that envelope provided. The second option is slightly more nuanced but we think would still go a long way to simplifying the regulations and speeding up the permit review process. Single-family homes do take an excessive amount of our plans reviewer's time because of the complexity of the regulations. So we are confident that we could move forward with either of the proposals, but would recommend that you give us direction today to refine option number two, which we think will just provide some better protections property owners, and neighborhoods in general. So we would like this to be a referral to the planning board.

9:17:09Speaker 44

And how much? You said it takes a considerable amount of time percentage-wise.

9:17:13 – 9:18:31Speaker 9

So a brand new, I mean, percentage-wise, it's hard to say depending on the number, but a brand new single-family home, for example, a first run is going to be probably a four-hour review, three- to four-hour review for our permit staff. Because the requirements are so complex, writing out the comments and then typically we would be in communication with the architect because sometimes the architects don't understand certain sections that we have in the single family. Like there's, you know, the lot coverage calculation, for example, if you have an outdoor area It may or may not count as lot coverage. It depends how deep the overhang is and things like that. So it not only takes a considerable amount of time to review, but then to explain some of our comments to the design professionals is also very time consuming. And that's what I have found because I have reviewed homes myself. And it's a lot of back and forth with the property owner and or their architect or contractor for everyone to get on the same page. So I think we can do better. and keep the intent of these single-family regulations, which is to provide some protections for adjacent neighbors, but simplify it so that we can keep these things moving along.

9:18:31Speaker 44

I'll be okay with option two. That gives it a more nuanced approach.

9:18:39 – 9:18:53Speaker 16

Debbie, you said that you would like direction to move it to the planning board, either option one or two? We are recommending option two. Right, but the direction is to move it to the planning board for further discussion.

9:18:53 – 9:19:05Speaker 9

Let me just confirm what the, I believe we are asking for a direction to prepare an ordinance that is consistent with number two and a referral to the planning board, yes.

9:19:06Speaker 16

So could we refer to the planning board for them to discuss it before you prepare the ordinance? Yes. That would be my motion on option two.

9:19:18Speaker 9

So then we could bring a discussion to the planning board and then bring a referral back to the commission.

9:19:24Speaker 44

Then it has to go back to the planning board?

9:19:27 – 9:20:33Speaker 44

That's ridiculous. Why? By the way, this is exactly why we need this, is because we have these long processes that get drawn out and government just gets in the way and red tape. So we have to go to the planning board, hear what they have to say, then it has to come back here, then it has to go back to the planning board. So that's like six months. Guys, what is the number one thing that we heard, not the number one, but one of the major things that we heard when we were knocking on doors? It's getting a permit. By and large, that is one of the biggest pain points about our government that we actually have the ability to control right here, right now. We can do that. We can alleviate it much better for anyone who wants to build a family and a home in Miami Beach. So I certainly wouldn't be afraid of that. I'm okay with the more nuanced approach instead of the more an aggressive approach or option one, I think that's fine, but let's send it to the planning board and have it come back to us again.

9:20:33 – 9:21:17Speaker 16

Through the mayor, if I may. Commissioner Bach. Debbie. So if it goes to the planning board for discussion and there's an ordinance prepared, if the discussion ends up giving very different guidance, you have to revise the ordinance anyhow, right? I'm not trying to add layers of time to this. I just want to get the most Effective way of getting feedback that we can see before it becomes Law of the land you put so I'm sorry So is it a viable Process to go to the Planning Board with a prepared ordinance and then say they change a whole bunch of things then what happens I

9:21:18 – 9:22:01Speaker 9

So that's a great question. It really depends on if the title of the ordinance would change. So this would require an advertisement. It's a legal notice, a public hearing. You know, in my experience, the single family regulations, for the most part, it's one big section. So a title, the legal requirements of the title would be to point out the sections that were changing and the general idea of what's being changed, but not so specific. about, for example, if the setbacks are changing. We would just say that the setback section is being amended, but we wouldn't, you know, the title wouldn't have to include that granular detail of exactly what is being proposed.

9:22:01Speaker 16

And could you create the title so that it covers every possible eventuality, and then if you only do five of the ten in the title, you don't have to worry about having a revised title?

9:22:10 – 9:22:48Speaker 9

You know, we would create the title broad enough to allow for some flexibility and for some discussion at the planning board. Ultimately, depending on what the planning board discusses, and maybe they want a different section of the ordinance amended. Maybe they would like the landscape section, for example, amended. Then we would have to, you know, re-notice the title. But for the most part, you know, if the title is general enough and provides a little bit of flexibility, we're typically, we would be okay. But you're correct. I mean, it just depends. If the planning board gives us a completely different direction than we're going in, it may affect the public notice.

9:22:48 – 9:23:05Speaker 16

Well, I think that's probably a bigger issue anyhow, right, than just the re-noticing. It's a bigger issue because it's a fundamental change of what you guys thought was good direction so okay so I retract my amendment and I'm fine to send it along with a broad title and a draft ordinance to Planning and see what happens.

9:23:06Speaker 44

Second. I move my item.

9:23:10 – 9:23:26Speaker 48

Call the vote. So this is a referral to Planning Board option 2 with a draft ordinance motion by Commissioner Abad seconded by Commissioner Suarez all in favor R9AA please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, the referral to planning board is approved 7-0.

9:23:30Speaker 58

Let's do the boards, R9A and B.

9:23:36 – 9:23:52Speaker 48

Yes, sir. Everyone has a yellow sheet of paper in front of them. All these can be done by acclamation if you so wish. 7-0. Thank you, everyone. There was an open seat for everyone, so.

9:23:58Speaker 55

I moved that very quickly. Yes.

9:24:02Speaker 58

I nominated that.

9:24:04Speaker 60

Thank you. We're all done? Yes, sir.

9:24:07Speaker 58

All right. Let's do R7 AO.

9:24:13Speaker 48

R7AO. Proceed with ITB for General Contractor for 41st Street Revitalization Project. R7AO. This is where I'm going to move the item.

9:24:26Speaker 48

Call the vote. I have a motion on R7AO. A motion from Commissioner Fernandez, seconded by Mayor Miner. All in favor of R7AO, please say aye.

9:24:35 – 9:25:03Speaker 48

Hearing none, the item is... No one in opposition, correct? Hearing none, the item is approved 7-0. That's R7AO. Call C2E. C2E was separated by two members of the commission. Issue RFQ 2026306 WG Parking Management Service. C2E was separated by Commissioner Fernandez and Commissioner Mateo Salinas.

9:25:06Speaker 58

You guys want to fight it out?

9:25:07 – 9:25:41Speaker 56

Sure. The reason why I pulled this item was specifically I like for for this to go to committee to discuss how feasible would it be to incorporate into this the unified valet systems that we still have pending at committee for 41st Street, for the entertainment district, possibly for Lincoln Road. So I'd like to be able to discuss the pros and cons and whether that can be incorporated into this contract. So that's the reason why I pulled this.

9:25:43Speaker 34

I also want to send it to FERC for similar reasons. Thank you.

9:25:50Speaker 12

That's great. My only request, this Christine, Chief Procurement Officer, would be if we could approve the month-to-month extension just to allow us time.

9:25:59Speaker 56

So I'll make a motion to refer to FERC with a month-to-month. Thank you. Of course.

9:26:06Speaker 3

Commissioner Mattel Salinas, you're second?

9:26:10 – 9:26:56Speaker 48

So on C2E is referral to FERC with approval of month-to-month of the current agreement. C2E, all in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, the item is approved 7-0. That's C2E. Thank you. Thank you. C7C. C7C increased PSA with HML public outreach West Avenue phase 2 neighborhood improvement project C2C was separated by Commissioner Swartz, I'm sorry C7C Commissioner Swartz Thank You mr. Mayor I pulled this item

9:26:58Speaker 44

for a couple of reasons. David, can you go over some of the funding and the roles and responsibility that this third party would be doing?

9:27:08 – 9:28:59Speaker 53

Sure. David Gomez, Director of Capital Improvements. Good afternoon. This particular item is a continuation of services for HML Public Outreach. They are serving as the city's PIO, or Public Information Officer, for the West Avenue project. Their contract began in 2021. This extension will take them through projected completion, which is 29, for a total duration of eight years. Total contract funding equates to just around $1 million, or an average of around $125,000 per year. Their role on this particular project, as I'm sure you all are familiar, is quite extensive actually. Because of the size of the project and the complexity of the project, the amount of information that they manage for us in terms of public outreach, in terms of interaction with residents, in terms of coordination, not only with property owners and property managers, but even with city staff and the consultants and contractors is far and away beyond what we usually do on these projects. original estimates under their original uh... contract was about twenty five hours per week from all of their staff combined they are approaching to full-time equivalents on what they're doing for us now between regular bi-weekly meetings with the residents and arranging those things and and producing the collateral support uh... they're also responding to thousands of emails arranging for meetings for harmonization following up on multiple attempts to meet with properties for harmonization agreements. it is an impressive amount of workload. I'm not sure if I answered your question.

9:28:59Speaker 44

The harmonization agreement's already done, correct?

9:29:02 – 9:29:17Speaker 53

No, no, not at all. We have harmonization agreements in place for segments two and three. There's a large percentage of them done for segment six. And then there's spattered around where we've gotten more of them. We don't have 100% of them yet.

9:29:20 – 9:30:19Speaker 44

Okay, so the only reason I pulled this is I think it's a little redundant. We have a neighborhood affairs division. Why should we spend close to a million dollars on outsourcing this when we already have a department designed specifically for this? I think a million dollars in taxpayer funds could certainly be used BETTER OR MORE EFFICIENTLY. THIS WAS APPROVED IN 21, SO THIS PREDATES AT LEAST THREE OF US ON HERE. I WOULDN'T HAVE APPROVED IT IN THE BEGINNING. I HATE TO SOUND LIKE A BROKEN RECORD, BUT WE JUST TALKED ABOUT HOW WE CAN SAVE so much money from the operating budget, I just think it's ridiculous to spend a million dollars on a third party when we have multiple departments that can do this job currently.

9:30:21 – 9:31:53Speaker 53

So I will respond by saying that we have a combination of efforts and it depends primarily on the project. A project such as this one that is so intensive in terms of public outreach and engagement and communications, it would just be overwhelming if we relied on our in-house staff to do that. Our in-house staff does manage many of our projects. One example is the Promenade and there's many others that they do the public outreach for us and they handle it in-house. Larger projects, we tend to use a private PIO. And primarily it's because of their flexibility in staffing and their adaptability. For example, we recently hit an issue with term permitting for the West Avenue project. It's the most recent cause of delay for work in the field. Just yesterday, inspections in the field to determine where those lines are that Durham was questioning required three or four staff members from RPIO to go ahead to the next building to meet with the property manager and let them know they were coming, stay behind at the previous building to clear up any questions that property had. babysit our inspecting team at the current project where they're inspecting, and it's a snowball effect. If every time we run into one of those things where we need additional staff, we pull from our in-house staff, it takes them away from the stuff that they have to do.

9:31:53Speaker 44

But what does Neighborhood Affairs do? Why wouldn't Neighborhood Affairs be able to handle this?

9:32:00 – 9:32:34Speaker 41

If I could. Neighborhood Affairs was pulled together from the PIOs in the individual departments. So we now have three PIOs, one in South Beach, one in Mid Beach, one in North Beach. That's the entirety. There's no multiple departments. There are three people that are handling this. We're talking about two near full-time positions just on this project. that would ultimately cost us more in-house than we're paying in contracted services.

9:32:35Speaker 44

What is the rate per hour for these individuals? What is the rate per hour? Because I see it's $100 an hour. Is that correct?

9:32:42Speaker 41

So you have two hours per week out of the over 50 hours that are being billed at $110. You have $79 and $89 are the majority of the hours.

9:32:57 – 9:33:14Speaker 44

I MEAN, I DON'T KNOW, BUT IT SEEMS A LOT FOR WHAT, I GET IT, YOU KNOW, IT'S ALL ABOUT HOW YOU MANAGE OUTREACH. I MEAN, YOU KNOW, COMMISSIONER FERNANDEZ, HE DOES A MONTHLY TOUR ON WEST AVENUE. HE'S NOT GETTING PAID FOR IT.

9:33:15Speaker 43

BY WEEKLY, I THINK.

9:33:16 – 9:34:09Speaker 44

YEAH. AND I DON'T KNOW. I'M A NO ON THIS. I DON'T THINK WE SHOULD BE SPENDING a million dollars to basically have someone answer emails, make a website. I just think we have a department for that. And if we were flush with cash and we weren't forced to lower our rollback rate with a looming cuts from, not cuts, but Our budgets gonna have to be lowered with with the tax cuts that's possibly gonna get past November I don't think this is just a good use of taxpayer money. So that's just me You know, I hope I'd like to hear what my colleagues have to say and why this was probably a good idea I Have a vice mayor Dominguez and Commissioner magazine I

9:34:11 – 9:35:06Speaker 12

Thank you, Mayor. So we're not forced to roll back our rates. That was a choice, and we're still discussing how we're going to make use of that choice. But we've received a bunch of emails about this topic, but the one that struck me the most, and we all got it, was from a business owner, Stefan, and for him, The importance of the PIO team given the complexity of this project And we still have about 144 weeks to go and the amount that's listed there is meant for the duration of the project at this time so I think it's critical this project has been complicated disruptive and a lot of different moving parts and I think it's money well spent and I, Fernandez, Commissioner Fernandez, I think you moved the item. Yes. I'll second that.

9:35:08Speaker 29

Commissioner Agassina.

9:35:11 – 9:36:17Speaker 43

I'll echo, I think this is the epitome where we simply just have to do more, right? We have so many communications and PIOs and PIO departments and neighborhood affairs departments, and then we go and contract out more communication? No. I will not vote for that. I live in this neighborhood. I got involved in this city because of some of the projects along here. We need to be more efficient with how we operate across the board. There's probably five different teams all delivering some type of similar message. It's not about needing more. We need to work smarter. I see Commissioner Fernandez and the staff out there. Of all the things you described, David, respectfully, I'm hard-pressed to think unless they are literally receiving thousands of emails, thousands. Well, show me. Truly, if they are receiving, what, thousands a day, thousands a week?

9:36:18 – 9:36:58Speaker 53

No, it's not, obviously not 1,000 a day or a week, but just as an idea, in the last two years, probably less than the last two years, more than 250 harmonization meetings, more than 100 stakeholder meetings, more than 500 one-on-one meetings, 550 issues tracked, issued more than 100 project updates, biweekly meetings, as we mentioned before, and managing the, obviously the WhatsApp contacts, and maintaining the data, the project database, which is all of the contact information, which in and of itself is a almost full-time task of more than 400 people. It's not.

9:36:59Speaker 43

How many emails though?

9:37:00 – 9:37:52Speaker 43

In the total? We need to work smarter. We need to work smarter. It's as simple as that. We cannot have PIO officers, public information officers, out the wazoo, and then contract out communications. We simply can't, we have to put a line in the sand about constraining the growth of government. It is as simple as that, and I hate to sound petty, and it's not that these things aren't important, they're supremely important. But if you don't put your foot or line in the sand and say we just simply have to do more with less, it'll never get done. And this is one of those instances where I just have to say we need to work smarter, we need to work harder.

9:37:54 – 9:38:18Speaker 44

I mean, we could use this million dollars for a lot of the other projects that are on the chopping block, like the teen club. I'm sure that's a better use of this million dollars than contracting out what our internal department can do. And how many emails has been sent or received since this program began?

9:38:19Speaker 53

I'd have to get you that number. I don't have that number.

9:38:22 – 9:38:42Speaker 44

Yeah, see, I mean, you're kind of throwing out, well, it's been thousands. There should certainly be an exact number of how many emails were sent. But scheduling meetings, managing a WhatsApp group, I mean, come on. We have a division literally called Neighborhood Affairs.

9:38:46Speaker 58

I got to suggest from the description, it's not the best pitch. Yeah.

9:38:53Speaker 16

If this is not approved, how will you handle the work that's currently being done by this outside vendor?

9:39:01Speaker 41

We'll downshift it significantly.

9:39:03Speaker 16

What does that mean?

9:39:04Speaker 41

It means some of the things that are currently happening are not going to happen.

9:39:08 – 9:39:40Speaker 43

If I ever said that to my boss, I'd be fired. Excuse me. I'm sorry, Commissioner. If I ever said that to my boss, I'd be fired. My boss would say, I guess you have to stay later tonight. I guess you have to work on the weekends. That is the reality of real-life work. I am sorry. It's as simple as that. If my boss came to me and said, we lost a resource. We need this work to be done. If I said, I'm sorry, we're just going to have to produce less, I would be fired on the spot. We have to deliver, and we have to do it with less. Sorry, Commissioner, Shirley.

9:39:41Speaker 16

We have three Neighborhood Affairs Division employees. They would be doing this full time?

9:39:51Speaker 41

They're already doing this full time.

9:39:53Speaker 16

Okay. Would it slow the project, the completion of the project?

9:40:02Speaker 41

I mean, harmonization agreements are a critical path. Yep.

9:40:10 – 9:40:22Speaker 44

Where do you need, excuse me, where do you need, the next harmonization discussion is for projects, or is it for sections three and four for West Avenue, for example?

9:40:22Speaker 53

Section three is already complete. Four has some, or most of them already done. The next segment is segment six, so they need to concentrate on getting those. So where are we in construction? What

9:40:33 – 9:41:54Speaker 44

We are currently in construction on segments two and three. Okay, so we're still in two. The city staff has plenty of time to meet with residents and property owners for something that's potentially years away from even starting construction. So again, this is just the role of government. I don't think we should... And if this is sort of the way we're going to move... where we're gonna contract that government, then that's another discussion, okay? So, Commissioner Magazine is right, Mr. City Manager. We should be doing more with less. And I just can't believe that is the impression government wants to give this board and the residents. that we're going to just deliver less because you're not paying into someone who can manage a WhatsApp group or make websites or schedule meetings. Because that's going to have to happen anyways with staff. Again, I mean, if our neighborhood affairs division isn't doing this, then what are they doing anyways? They are doing this already. I know. So then why are we paying extra to do it then?

9:41:56 – 9:42:09Speaker 16

Because managing... From what I understand, there's... there aren't enough of them to get all the work done. So you have to either hire more people or find other ways to get it done. That's my understanding. Please correct me if I'm wrong.

9:42:09 – 9:43:38Speaker 41

How large is our capital budget? How many projects is there in the capital work plan? Each one of those projects requires a PIO. Most of those projects are handled by our in-house neighborhood affairs division. This is a $100 million project. This project requires additional handholding. It requires additional information. We are constantly being asked to provide more information in real time. We are constantly being asked to provide additional resources and additional communication. And we need additional resources. Outside resources, this is not, I believe firmly in staffing up for the troughs, not for the crests. And for those of you who haven't looked at that in management, inside city staff is for the troughs. We contract for the crests when we have large projects. This is definitely a crest. This is something that we need to augment city staff, and I believe the most effective way to do that is with outside resources. We're talking about two and a half years worth of service for this dollar figure. We've already expended the $400,000. Then we're talking about six years of service.

9:43:45Speaker 58

Mr. Mayor. Commissioner Fernandez.

9:43:50 – 9:47:20Speaker 56

One of the greatest challenges with this project were the delays that were caused by misinformation. And the delays caused by misinformation cost the cost of this project to skyrocket. And I do believe that hitting the brakes on the level of communication, and I'm not saying hitting the brakes on communication because I know our internal team will always step up to the plate and will always do the best that they can to deliver to the best that they can. However, I'm concerned that if we put the brakes on this, Those harmonization agreements are not gonna happen. We're still working with certain buildings on issues having to do with the drainage issues. We're still trying to figure out some of the stuff, even with the bay walk and just a number of things that just continue out there. The moment that everything started to change with this project, that I started to notice a reduction of complaints, with this was when there was more hands-on communication, a greater onsite presence, more direct line of communication, even the WhatsApp groups and all that. And this isn't just for now, this is to get us through the next two years. So it's not just to increase the project for, or the cost for services delivered until now, it's for the projected completion through 2028. And so I just want to put it out there, just having lived what we lived here prior to the enhanced level of communication, we do run the risk of there being a more widespread source of misinformation or the absence of accurate information that then caused people to organize and come and push the types of pause on these projects that we experienced for a number of years and that this commission had the fortitude to overcome. So I just want to be cautious of that. I know it's a big number, but I'm also, you know, For a construction project, a government construction project of this size, it's not unheard of to have a 1% budget dedicated to public communication. What's the total cost of this project right now? $100 million. $100 million. So you generally have somewhere between 1% and 2%. dedicated to public communication, and this falls in line with that. If you were telling me you were exceeding that, then I would have concerns, but frankly, this seems within the range of what government usually invests, because it is an investment, so that our residents know what's going on, so that they're not fed misinformation, and we don't experience, again, the type of delays that misinformation caused in the past that is now costing us much more.

9:47:22Speaker 58

Thank you, Commissioner Fernandez. We have a motion and a second. What's the, just to clarify, what's the motion?

9:47:28Speaker 48

Motion is to accept the resolution. So I have a motion to accept the resolution by Commissioner Fernandez, seconded by Commissioner Dominguez.

9:47:36 – 9:48:05Speaker 58

So I got to tell you, I have a lot of hesitancy on this, but you made A pretty compelling argument, Eric. And I just, at some level, even though I don't love it, I have to trust your judgment if this is necessary. It's less than 1% of the total project. I do share a lot of the sentiment, though, that we heard from Commissioner Magazine and Commissioner Suarez. Understood?

9:48:05 – 9:48:29Speaker 43

And I'll probably vote in opposition, but I take your points as well, and I get managing the peak to trough, and if you're not fully staffed up for excess levels, you need to do outside support. Perhaps I'm not even talking about this project, I'm not talking about this project specifically, just an overarching theme that I've been reemphasizing.

9:48:30Speaker 44

One last question. How many employees do you have in the Neighborhood Affairs Division, and how many employees do you have in the Communications Department?

9:48:39Speaker 41

So Neighborhood Affairs is four total employees.

9:48:44Speaker 41

And Communications includes Neighborhood Affairs, and I believe Linda's here.

9:48:53Speaker 26

So we have 18 employees, and four of them are NADD.

9:48:58 – 9:49:13Speaker 44

Four of them are what? Matt, Neighborhood Affairs. So we have 18 employees and we can't do what we're doing now with 18 full-time employees? I mean, what are we telling the residents? This is a joke.

9:49:14 – 9:49:43Speaker 34

Well, but I would like clarification because I know that everyone's doing different things. I mean, two or three of them are up in the communications room running all of our meetings. You know what I mean? So they can't do what Neighborhood Affairs, you know, and And it's a fair question. I'm not trying to, it's fair to ask, but I do think we need to define what people are doing because then residents get on Facebook and they say, oh, wow, there's 19 people in this department. What are they all doing? Again, fair question, but people just don't know. And so at some point we should clarify that.

9:49:44 – 9:49:59Speaker 44

Well, thank you. Listen, roles change, responsibilities change. And I'm just going off of what's on this memo. And this memo just simply says they're answering emails, making websites, managing a WhatsApp chat group. I mean, we can just do that.

9:49:59Speaker 58

It wasn't the most compelling pitch.

9:50:01Speaker 44

We can just do that ourselves. I mean, come on, guys. This is ridiculous.

9:50:06 – 9:50:23Speaker 16

So if I might, Linda, please correct me. A million dollars? So we have, I think, three people up in the booth right now who are AV specialists who are not going to be doing walkthroughs with residents. We have four. And then we have two photographers, right?

9:50:24 – 9:50:35Speaker 17

We have in the design team and photography team, we have three people, and then we have two persons dedicated to digital media, and then Melissa and I, and then that group.

9:50:36 – 9:51:31Speaker 16

Okay, so there is some overlap of what the team could do in terms of writing and communications, but you're talking about bodies to walk through, to have meetings, to oversee. It's a different skill set than... You know PJ is up there doing presentations and doing Commission meetings and Events around the city and doing all these things. He already goes to the neighborhood affair Community meetings about these projects like we have to be realistic. I don't think anyone is suggesting that it's a great idea to spend money if we don't need it, but but This is There is a fallacious argument being made that the 18 people in this department are not already fully occupied. And so I think we've got a motion and a second. Call the vote and vote as your conscience dictates.

9:51:32 – 9:52:58Speaker 43

And I'll say magazine. I will call the vote I'll say one thing with all this communicating going on whether it be for this project with outside vendors one thing I don't know if we need legislation or policy that actually really really irks me is it's left up to us to communicate staff level decisions on Facebook, which is probably the main form of interaction with our residents. There are three or four primary Facebook groups related to the community that the entire everybody in our community knows about and when we're talking about why is that palm tree cut down as part of the euclid oval circle why is and these are decisions that we probably have no idea about but we pay a large staff to manage those communications they're not doing it in the primary form where this communicating is happening. So maybe not for this discussion, but it's something that has been stewing with me. If we're dedicating all these resources to communications, it is not lost on me whatsoever that our primary means of communicating, our city staff seems to have adopted a policy that outside of their official Facebook channel, that they're not interacting on our primary methods of communication.

9:52:58Speaker 44

That's a great point. And through the mayor, you have three photographers and two media?

9:53:05Speaker 11

No, we have three people in the design and photography team, so they do every single collateral for all the departments, and also they're at all the events.

9:53:16Speaker 26

We photograph over 150 events a year.

9:53:20 – 9:53:41Speaker 44

And we do maybe 4,000 pieces of collateral and design. So maybe we need less photographers and design people and get personnel who are more equipped to what these PIOs do. I mean... Okay, I don't want to be a dead horse, and you guys know where I'm on this, so.

9:53:41 – 9:53:55Speaker 58

Yeah, let's call the vote. I am mindful that we have Neighborhood Affairs Division people in the audience as well, so I'm sure they are working hard, so thank you for your efforts. This is part of the legislative way it goes.

9:53:56 – 9:54:37Speaker 56

Mr. Mayor, I just want to note because I like to be respectful of people's neighborhoods. You know when it's something in my neighborhood I also I always ask for a little bit of deference to me when this North Beach I'd like to give a lot of deference to Commissioner Bond and so on This is in West Avenue. And so, you know the residents there are the ones who benefit from this Commissioner Magazine and what is your preference with this item? Because you're living this, you're living this, and you're having to deal with this every day, and so I just wanna, I want to understand what is your preference.

9:54:37 – 9:55:37Speaker 43

I've actually, and I appreciate it, Commissioner, I've heard from our residents, including as we speak, And they're saying it is much needed and a valuable resource. And as I mentioned, where I was going with my commentary wasn't specific really to this. It wasn't isolated to this. It was more of thematic talk. So I've heard from residents of our neighborhood groups that chimed in during this discussion say, hey, they're really providing a valuable service. I think I've boxed myself in on my vote, but I'm telling you in live time that my comments may not have been agreeable with some of the community leaders that have sacrificed countless days hours weeks months and years of their time seeing these projects through and I think that feedback is probably more important than my My budget

9:55:41 – 9:56:04Speaker 58

Okay, let's let's call the vote On C7 say on this one Eric you you you switched you switched probably got me I was leaning against I'm for I did get some messages from residents who said in real time today actually they had an issue and the the the neighborhood affairs division team was able to step in and

9:56:05 – 9:57:08Speaker 56

And Mr. Mayor, I mean, we are about soon to start 41st Street, and that's gonna be another project that's gonna have, that is going to require HEAVY AMOUNT OF COMMUNICATION ALSO WITH THE BUSINESS, NOT JUST RESIDENTS THERE, BUT ALSO THE BUSINESSES THAT ARE FRONTING THAT. AND I THINK WE JUST, YOU KNOW, I WANT US MAYBE WE SHOULD LOOK AT OTHER CITIES AND SEE WHAT IS THE AVERAGE THAT OTHER CITIES ARE SETTING ASIDE FOR COMMUNICATIONS IN THESE CAPITAL PROJECTS. BECAUSE I FEEL PRETTY CONFIDENT IN THAT THIS IS WITHIN THE NORMS. of how much is invested in this. Whether it be at the county or at the city, any city, this is within the norm. You have over $100 million capital project that is affecting people's commute and daily quality of life, 1% allocation to make sure that they understand what's going on. It's normal.

9:57:08Speaker 58

Thank you. Commissioner Fernandez, let's call the vote.

9:57:11 – 9:57:33Speaker 48

This is a C7C to approve the item. I have a motion by Commissioner Fernandez, a second by Commissioner Dominguez. All in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? I have one from Commissioner Suarez. And Commissioner Magazine's item is approved. That's C7C. Opposed? It's called C7AR.

9:57:33Speaker 56

Well, he gave his... C7AR. I'm sorry, Mayor. C7AR.

9:57:56Speaker 48

C7AR is donate 2015 Tucson generator to Hutzala.

9:58:05 – 9:58:42Speaker 58

Second. It's a donation of a generator that is not being utilized by the city anymore. In lieu of auctioning it off, its approximate value is $22,000. THE CITY WOULD DONATE IT TO THE VOLUNTEER AMBULANCE SERVICE. THEY HAVE 30 VOLUNTEERS IN MIAMI BEACH, TWO AMBULANCES, 330 VOLUNTEERS THROUGHOUT SOUTH FLORIDA. IF YOU'VE NEVER SEEN THEM IN ACTION, THEY ARE AN ABSOLUTELY INCREDIBLE ORGANIZATION. ALL VOLUNTEER. At least from the people on the streets.

9:58:43 – 9:59:36Speaker 48

So we have a motion. Yes, sir. I have a motion by Commissioner Dominguez, and I heard a second from Commissioner Fernandez. All in favor? I made the motion. You made it? I'm sorry. So Monica Mattel Salinas made the motion, seconded by Commissioner Fernandez. All in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, the item is approved 7-0. That's C7AR. C4N. C4N is a referral to Public Safety Neighborhood Quality of Life Committee and the North Beach CRA possible soccer mural in North Beach. That's an addendum item, C4N. I heard a motion from Commissioner Mateo Salinas and seconded from Commissioner Fernandez on C4N. All in favor, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, the referrals are made under C4N.

9:59:40Speaker 58

A couple of other referrals that I guess have either been pulled or were addendum items. Let's just do those. C4M.

9:59:49Speaker 48

C4M is an addendum item. Referral to land use. Require commission approval for removal of residential parking. C4M.

9:59:57Speaker 55

I second the item. I move it.

10:00:00Speaker 48

I have a motion by Commissioner Suarez, seconded by Commissioner Fernandez. C4M. All in favor, please say aye.

10:00:09Speaker 34

Aye. We make me co-sponsor to that, please.

10:00:11 – 10:00:37Speaker 48

Okay, so C4M is co-sponsored by Commissioner Mateo Salinas. All in favor of C4M, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? C4M is referred 7-0. Another referral, R9F. R9F, referral to public safety. Identify and rename street after Dennis Russ.

10:00:40Speaker 34

Yeah, I'd like to just move the item.

10:00:44Speaker 58

Second. So moved by Commissioner Mateo Salinas, seconded by Commissioner Fernandez.

10:00:49 – 10:01:08Speaker 48

Yes, sir. R9F, all in favor of the referral on R9F, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, R9F is referred 7-0. Two more referral items. R9H? R9H is a referral to FERC on-site mental health counselor for city staff, R9H.

10:01:09Speaker 34

Actually, I'd like to withdraw that item.

10:01:12 – 10:01:29Speaker 48

R9H is withdrawn. That's my favorite word. R9I. R9I is a referral to public safety. Identify and rename street after Michael Tilson Thomas. R9I.

10:01:35Speaker 58

Commissioner Bott's item. She moves it. Commissioner Fernandez seconds.

10:01:39Speaker 48

All in favor of the referral on R9I, please say aye. Aye. Anyone opposed? Hearing none, R9I is referred.

10:02:02 – 10:02:26Speaker 48

R5S is an ordinance of the Mayor, City Commissioner, City of Miami Beach Board amending the code of the City of Miami Beach Subpart B entitled Miami Beach Resiliency Code Chapter 7 entitled Zoning Districts and Regulations Article 1 entitled General to All Zoning Districts. Section 7.1.7 entitled Color of Exterior Surface to extend the deadline for applicability of the regulations and providing for codification, repeal or severability on an effective date. This is a first reading public hearing. The item requires a 5-7 vote. It is R5S.

10:02:27Speaker 58

Commissioner Fernandez.

10:02:28Speaker 56

I move the item. Since it's first reading, I'll give our presentation a second reading.

10:02:36Speaker 58

Vice Mayor Dominguez.

10:02:39 – 10:02:56Speaker 12

Thank you, Mayor. So I still have a concern about this. During the time that it's been open, there was a business in Sunset Harbor that painted a hideous color. And then the color started peeling. And so I do have concerns. I'm happy to make this go through.

10:02:56Speaker 56

Which business was that? You can say it on the record.

10:03:00Speaker 12

The Harbor Club.

10:03:03 – 10:03:32Speaker 56

Actually, that business was painted first, and then it started peeling, and then they weren't able to go in and repaint because of the regulations that we had in place without having to go through a land use, an extensive land use board process. and the residents were going to have to deal with the deteriorated paint job while, in this case, the property went through the laborious land use process.

10:03:32Speaker 12

So that color was approved?

10:03:35 – 10:03:57Speaker 56

I'll defer, I don't believe the color was approved, but changing it would have required to go through a difficult process, through a land use process, a more onerous land use process, and in the meantime, the property was left with the faded conditions which, to your point, was not appealing to the neighborhood. But I'll defer to the planning director.

10:03:57Speaker 12

But it wasn't even appealing when it was first painted.

10:04:00 – 10:04:51Speaker 9

I mean, go ahead. So I can give you a little bit of background. So the property owner of that building did come to the planning department really six months ago. to request they paint that dark pink color. That exceeded our ability administratively to approve. So we outlined the design review board process. It's a three to four month process. And the property owner obviously expressed concern about having to go through that whole process just for a paint color. Now, we try to work with people to say, well, if you lighten it up by a shade, we could have approved it administratively. But they were very adamant about this deep pink and Commissioner Fernandez's ordinance that he sponsored would allow them to continue with that paint and paint the building that color without getting an approval from the planning department.

10:04:52 – 10:05:37Speaker 56

And my concern is I saw the colors. And I could see how from a planning perspective, if I'm the planning director, you might be able to tell the differentiation in the colors from a layman's perspective. And by the way, from a gay man's perspective, I couldn't see the difference in the colors, yet it would have been this hurdle and this hurdle in time, hurdle in cost, and you know, the extra layers of bureaucracy that end up affecting our businesses and communities and even homeowners. But I get your point. I get your point. I'm happy to move the item as it is for now.

10:05:37 – 10:05:49Speaker 12

I'm happy to move it now and your presentation for second reading and the census is only through December 31st from what I read in that document. Thank you. Let's call the vote.

10:05:50 – 10:06:06Speaker 48

It is a public hearing. I see two individuals requesting to speak. First one is Tim Carr. Mr. Carr, are you here to speak on R5S? Mr. Carr, please unmute yourself.

10:06:07Speaker 58

Maybe in the West Avenue item.

10:06:09Speaker 48

Yes. Let's go then to Sara De Los Reyes, please.

10:06:16 – 10:06:51Speaker 10

Hi. Good afternoon, everybody. I do have some input about this. When originally they painted the building, I did call the owner, the owner of the property, and I said, that paint is going to fade very fast. He said, Sarah, this is none of your business. You have nothing to say about it. And I said, well, I'm just letting you know, it is going to fade. And it happened. So I warned them. I didn't make a big deal about it because what am I going to do? They decided to do that. They said that the city recommended that color. That's what he said. And that's my conversation with that owner about that.

10:06:54 – 10:07:06Speaker 48

Thank you. Thank you. I see no one else in the audience requesting to speak. No one else in Zoom. I have a motion by Commissioner Fernandez, seconded by Commissioner Dominguez. May I call the roll? Yes. Commissioner Fernandez. Yes. Commissioner Magazine.

10:07:07Speaker 48

Commissioner Bond.

10:07:11 – 10:08:03Speaker 48

Commissioner Mateo Salinas. Yes. Commissioner Suarez. Yes. Vice Mayor Dominguez. Yes. Mayor Miner. Yes. Motion carries. Second reading, public hearing scheduled for October 14th. R5T. R5T is an ordinance of the Mayor and City Commissioner of the City of Miami Beach, Florida, amending Chapter 46 of Miami Beach City Code, entitled Environment, by amending Article 5, entitled Turtle Nesting Protection Ordinance, by amending Section 46-203, entitled Prohibited Activities Disruptive to Marine Turtles, by amending Section 46-203C. special events to establish rules for special events held between April 1st and April 30th and May 1st and October 31st including lighting, prohibition, time limitations and penalties providing for repealer, severability, qualification and effective date. This is a second reading public hearing. It is item R5T.

10:08:03Speaker 58

Commissioner Suarez and co-sponsored by Commissioner Fernandez.

10:08:09Speaker 44

Thank you Mr. Mayor. This is the second reading. I was just advised by the City Attorney to make a small amendment to the deposit, if you can clarify, please?

10:08:18 – 10:08:33Speaker 38

Sure. The ordinance requires a deposit of $50,000 as part of the process. We want to make clear that this is in addition to any other security deposit that may already be required by Tourism and Culture.

10:08:37Speaker 56

Okay. I would like just to propose This applies also during the 4th of July?

10:08:47Speaker 39

Yes, it would. It would apply to any event between May 1st and October 31st.

10:08:54 – 10:09:06Speaker 56

That's the one day I would like to make an exception. If we could just, I would like to propose for that one day we could have an amendment to the ordinance. Okay with that. That would be reasonable.

10:09:07 – 10:09:33Speaker 43

And I'll also say we have an event that's become a flagship event of our season here in Miami Beach and actually occurs not deep into this season. It would only be a week or two outside of that. So wondering if you'd be amenable to that, whether it be just grandfathering it in or extending back to let's call it May 15th. Commissioner Bott.

10:09:33Speaker 16

So let me get this straight. We're trying to protect turtles, right? That's what this whole thing is about?

10:09:38Speaker 44

Nesting season.

10:09:38Speaker 16

Nesting season. And so, but we're going to carve out these days or weeks. And what happens if there are turtle nests? Will there not be any protections? Like, how will that work?

10:09:50 – 10:10:04Speaker 39

So what would happen is we would still require the event producer would need to go to the state. They would need to get permits and approvals. They would have to have sea turtle friendly lighting as much as possible during the event. So that would all still stay.

10:10:04Speaker 16

So what is it exactly we're making an exception for? to have happen?

10:10:10 – 10:10:36Speaker 39

Well, I think what the commissioner is asking is the ordinance is basically saying after 9 p.m., we will not have special events on the beach from May 1st through October 31st. I think the commissioner is asking to allow the July 4th event. But it will still have the safeguards from the state? Yes, they would require sea turtle friendly lighting, so it's state requirements as well as the requirements from our own ordinance.

10:10:37Speaker 16

And any sea turtle nests are already roped off and people take care to not set up tents or blankets or whatever near there? Yes, Commissioner. Okay, thank you.

10:10:48Speaker 44

Okay, and then Commissioner Magazine, the May 15th?

10:10:52 – 10:11:38Speaker 43

Yeah, the May 15th. It's the F1 Corbin Beach event that's been a flagship of our city for the past five or six years. It's, I think, done wonders for our city, the type of caliber and attention that it's attracted. Seemingly, they've done so without any issue for the past five or six years. It's already operating, so... leave it up to you whether you'd consider either grandfathering it in, or I think it's usually done that F1 weekend, which is the first weekend in May, so perhaps starting May 15th, or if you didn't want the ambiguity of what date it might be or moving it up for other dates, just grandfather in that event that already exists and is operated without any issue and always goes through the state process. But correct me if I'm wrong,

10:11:42Speaker 44

Would they still be able to operate an event after 9 o'clock on the beach?

10:11:51 – 10:12:09Speaker 39

Under the amendment, they would not. Only would be able to until April 30th, essentially. So they would need to be able to have, I believe they operate until May 8th or so. That's what it was this year. They would need an exemption because it would be an event on the beach after 9 p.m.

10:12:12Speaker 44

When does sea turtle season, for the record, when does sea turtle season officially start? Not what we define, but the state.

10:12:18Speaker 39

The state begins May 1st. Ours begins April 1st.

10:12:25Speaker 44

So ours begins after?

10:12:29 – 10:12:41Speaker 39

Ours begins before the state, and that's because our nesting season starts earlier than the rest of the state of Florida. The bulk of our nesting does begin...

10:12:41 – 10:13:14Speaker 34

In May we did have some nests in April this year, but the book starts in May So we've we've always We've I am pretty sure for the last several years. We've had both a July 4th activation and the Carbone Beach event has any of those events that harmed the sea turtles that we've had historically the past five, 10 years or whatever we've had events? I mean, they're already happening, so.

10:13:17 – 10:14:02Speaker 39

Well, that would be hard to say. Um, you know, we have, um, mother sea turtles that come up to nest and they get spooked and they get disoriented and they won't nest. They'll go back out to the ocean. Um, it could cause when there are hatchlings, they are directed towards any artificial light, the brightest light that's available. So they get disoriented and they may not make it into the ocean. Another condition I can think of is just not having the space available to nest As we take out up the beachfront just actually that square footage it restricts their ability to nest We would have to ask but this isn't harming them further because these events already happen these two suggested dates Yeah, those are existing events now perhaps the if I may through through the vice mayor

10:14:04 – 10:15:16Speaker 56

Yeah, well the Fourth of July, that's a national holiday and obviously it's a big celebration as we experienced this year. So to me that's kind of like in a category of its own. However, I do believe we do have legacy events in our city to the extent that we want, without picking and choosing which ones, grandfathering in the existing ones, knowing is probably I don't think there's a lot of them. Grandfathering in the existing ones. Any new ones, they can't. But those legacy events that we have had for a long time, that way, as a matter of public policy, we're not selecting the winner and the loser, but it's in general, if you have been here, and usually if we're permitting you to come back, you're usually probably a good event if we're granting you this permit. Let's allow them to continue, let's grandfather them so that we're fair across the board.

10:15:18Speaker 44

What was your point, Commissioner Fernandez?

10:15:21Speaker 56

Grandfather, the existing ones.

10:15:25Speaker 44

During the entire period or during May?

10:15:30Speaker 56

During this period of time. I just don't want us to be picking and choosing, and I don't think there's a lot of events during this period of time.

10:15:39 – 10:15:50Speaker 44

But this is why this ordinance is here, right? It's to protect. Maybe tourism can... shed some light, and how many are we talking about?

10:15:51 – 10:16:20Speaker 26

For Legacy, I would say the biggest one would be during F1 weekend, if Carbone has been for about four or five years. We also have the Air and Sea Show. Depend on what they do. This year, they included concerts that were on the west side, but they still had to go through the process of providing lighting plan. If they don't do anything on the east side, then it wouldn't affect them, really. Cool. I would say those are the biggest ones during May.

10:16:21Speaker 44

Yeah, the only thing is, you know, what's the point of making this ordinance if we're going to just waive it for everyone? It just kind of defeats the purpose, right?

10:16:28Speaker 34

We're not waiving for everyone. We're just waiving it for, I guess, two, maybe three events.

10:16:32Speaker 39

And we're not going to add more, which is also helpful.

10:16:36Speaker 44

What was that, Amy?

10:16:38 – 10:16:49Speaker 39

Based on this year, we have 10 events after 9 p.m. throughout the season. Last year, we had 12 events after 9 p.m. on the beachfront throughout the season.

10:16:50Speaker 26

And we worked with their team to identify those 10 events, but I don't know if you have the list there, but they weren't annuals or major events.

10:17:00Speaker 56

It wasn't provided. My office asked for the annual events so that I could understand this better, and I wasn't told that we had 13 events.

10:17:11Speaker 26

Yeah, I think it was very limp. I think the list that you asked for was last year. I would have to look back.

10:17:19 – 10:17:49Speaker 43

What you're saying, we essentially have one annual recurring event that's never had any issues. It predated all of us. I don't. I don't see it my role to come in here and say, oh, wow, this has been a great flagship event for our city. This high profile, great press. Let's get rid of it. It's never had any issues. We are co-signing not to have new events to accommodate the entire rest of the season. That's a huge win. I think that's a good place to land, but I'll defer to the sponsor on that.

10:17:53 – 10:18:04Speaker 44

How many nests were recorded? Amy, I don't know if you know this. from May 1st to end of May. Do you, by any chance, have that information?

10:18:05 – 10:18:19Speaker 39

Well, I have last year's full season. I don't have it broken down by month, but it was 210 nests. That did include some relocations from the Bell Harbor Beach. 210 total? 210 total nests in last year's season, 2025 season.

10:18:19Speaker 44

Okay, and we're at a record number this year, or we're trending up?

10:18:24Speaker 39

Yes, we are advised by the county we have a high number of nests.

10:18:28 – 10:18:46Speaker 44

Okay, look, I'm not trying to really impede on some of the events that have been brought. For example, F1 weekend, they still have to have a lighting plan where they cannot have bright lights.

10:18:47Speaker 39

Yes, Commissioner, they would have to have a lighting plan and meet our ordinance as well as FWC.

10:18:52 – 10:20:02Speaker 44

So how about we apply the deposit fee to anyone during this time? And other than July 4th, because there's fireworks, not much you can do about that, but for Carbone Beach F1, they still have to submit a deposit and they have to adhere to the lighting plan. And it's not like, hey, one light bulb's on and they get charged $50,000. If you can go through the instances of each individual violation, And again, this is just to hold them accountable, right? Because they can say, well, here's a lighting plan, but you know what? We're bringing in this huge strobe light now, and sorry. So we want to prevent that from happening. But I am also mindful of existing events. But those existing events still need to submit a lighting plan. And if they violate that lighting plan, then there should be a penalty for that. Is that okay? Is that amenable to you commissioner?

10:20:04 – 10:20:40Speaker 39

The lighting plan is one we've come up with or the one that they always have to go through it through the state Because it's during this season So the state really requires that they're meeting all sorts of state rules and they're basically saying, you know All light has to be sea turtle friendly and it can't be visible from the beach and that is very difficult so we as a city require a lighting plan to have them prove to us that they are doing everything they can to to have the lights be low, the right color, low to the ground, shielded from the ocean. It is very difficult to have an event that meets all those requirements. We do the absolute best we can.

10:20:41 – 10:20:52Speaker 44

So can we have a deposit where if any violations occur per our lighting plan, that it's going to be withheld against their deposit?

10:20:54Speaker 39

I think if the Commission is comfortable with that and the City Attorney says that is enforceable.

10:20:59Speaker 38

MR. Mr. City Attorney? MR. We can, I mean, we can treat them the same as we would any other event, you know, with a $50,000 deposit. MR. Great. MR.

10:21:09 – 10:21:46Speaker 44

They would just be allowed to go past nine o'clock. MR. They would just be allowed to operate. MR. If that's what you'd like to do. MR. Okay. meet halfway with some of my colleagues let's do that let's let's just when is carbone beach happen wait i mean it happens the first week in may it's the first week or second week it's the first week so let's say may 15th okay um well no it would be may 1st too but we can allow legacy There's 12 of the legacy events?

10:21:46Speaker 43

No, we're saying one annual recurring.

10:21:50 – 10:22:20Speaker 26

And for the record, I went back, Commissioner Fernandez, to look at the list that I provided, and it was the Air and Sea Show, Sports Illustrated, which is on the Collins Park beachfront, World Ocean Celebration, our Fourth of July, and Mind Travel Live to Headphones. I did include the times, and not all of them go beyond nine, so it wouldn't affect them all. So really it would be the Air and Sea Show, the swimsuit event, if they go past nine. And what we've been doing this year.

10:22:20Speaker 44

What month was the swimsuit event?

10:22:22Speaker 44

What month was swimsuit?

10:22:23Speaker 26

That was in May, May 30th.

10:22:27Speaker 43

Isn't that at a private venue?

10:22:30Speaker 26

They do various events. They've done at the W, Paraiso is on the west side. This one was specifically Sports Illustrated, was on the beachfront. But again, this was 2025.

10:22:43 – 10:23:01Speaker 44

Call the vote. So I want to make sure we're very clear with our words. Let's do, Commissioner, legacy events or a date.

10:23:03 – 10:23:34Speaker 56

I think, if I may, I think the legacy events. I just don't want us to say we're making an exception for one event and not for others because what you may value might not be what I may value. So I'd just rather, if an event has been longstanding in our community, I'd rather make a way to embrace them and then slowly as they go off, well then they don't come back. Nothing new.

10:23:38 – 10:24:03Speaker 44

Yeah For this I mean because I don't want to Well, it is but it's we don't we have plenty of time and then let maybe we get clarification or what we define as a legacy then I don't want to I'm not trying to push you guys to vote on something that even I'm not really comfortable with so let me just defer this to September and then Thank you for calling the appreciate that last item of the day r5 ae

10:24:14 – 10:24:51Speaker 48

R5AE is an Orders of the Mayor, City Commissioner, City of Miami-Dade, Toronto amending Chapter 94 of the City Code entitled Special Assessment by creating Article 4 entitled Special Assessment Districts by creating Division 1 entitled Allison Island Special Taxing District to restate and incorporate into the City Code the Allison Island Special Taxing District originally created pursuant to Miami-Dade County Ordinance Number 89-125 for the construction and maintenance of a guardhouse and gates, as well as security services on Allison Island, and to amend the purpose of the district to include landscaping improvements and maintenance in the right-of-way, and provided for repeal or qualification of servability on an effective date. This is a first reading public hearing. This is item R5AE.

10:24:53Speaker 48

Second. Call the vote.

10:24:56Speaker 3

Sorry, I heard a motion from Commissioner Mattel Salinas.

10:25:00Speaker 48

And second there from Commissioner Suarez. It is a public hearing. I see no one on Zoom. No one in the audience requesting to speak. Commissioner Suarez. Yes. Commissioner Bott.

10:25:12Speaker 48

Commissioner Matel Salinas.

10:25:14Speaker 48

Vice Mayor Dominguez.

10:25:15 – 10:25:32Speaker 48

Commissioner Magazine. Yes. Commissioner Fernandez. Yes. Mayor Miner. Yes. Second meeting public hearing is scheduled for September 10th. The item was approved 7-0. Thank you.

10:25:32 – 10:25:51Speaker 58

Excellent meeting. Excellent meeting, everyone. Thank you so much to my colleagues, to our residents. We don't have any meetings in August, but we're obviously very available to our residents if any issues come up. And we'll see you officially in September. God bless.

This transcript was automatically generated from the official public meeting video and is presented unedited. It reflects remarks made on the public record by elected officials, staff, and public commenters. Transcript accuracy may vary; view the original recording for reference.